Home

PlanMaker 2006 User Guide

1. eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 332 EXACT Compare texts cceesceceeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeessaeeesaeeeeeees 332 EXP power OF siviseceyecsscueifetasvas eatctvaseeesAitenadienasviaaenestes 332 EXPONDIST exponential distribution cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 333 FACT factorial ieat ren eaea ainaani anaele 333 FACTDOUBLE double factorial 0 c cscceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneees 333 FALSE logical value FALSE 334 FDIST F GiSthibUtiOn siccssscosssctestsessstseenss anaana nanii 334 FILENAME file name of GOCUMEND ceeeeeeeeeeteteeeees 334 FIND S arch fOr text ic intiera eaaa aae aaraa e iaaii 335 FINV percentiles of the F distribution eenen 335 FISHER Fisher transformation eeeeeeeeeeeeeneenneene 336 FISHERINV inverse of the Fisher transformation 336 FIXED format number as text with fixed decimals 336 FLOOR round down to a multiple of base seee 337 FORECAST forecast using linear regression 0 c00 337 FREQUENCY frequency c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeeenaeeeenees 338 FEST FeSi aien enaere e aa aai Ea i aata 339 FV f t re val e arr sitikia asrnane a e AR 339 FVSCHEDULE future value c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 340 GAMMADIST gamma distribution 0 ccceeeeeeeeeesteeteees 340 GAMMAINV percentiles of the gamma distribution 341 GAMMALN logarithm of the gamma function
2. 08 341 GAUSS PlanMaker 97 compatibility function 341 GCD greatest COMMON divisor cceeseceseesteeeeeeesteeeeeenaes 342 GEOMEAN geometric mean cccceeeeeeseeeeeeeseteeeeeeeeeees 342 GESTEP greater or equal Step ceceeeeeeseeeteeeetteeteees 342 GROWTH values of an exponential regression 005 343 HARMEAN harmonic mean c ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeetteeeteeeteaes 343 HEX2BIN hexadecimal number to binary number 344 HEX2DEC hexadecimal number to decimal number 344 HEX2OCT hexadecimal number to octal number 345 HLOOKUP look Up rOW WISE ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeetetaeeteneeeeaes 346 HOUR NOU sed ol coms ste the Saheb oa cee eceebacred acl eentee oun acta acded 346 HYPGEOMDIST hypergeometric distribution 08 346 IF if then else condition eeeeeeeeeeceeete teense ceeeeesetaeeeeaeeeneees 347 IMABS absolute value of a complex number n 348 IMAGINARY imaginary coefficient of a complex number 348 IMARGUMENT angle of a complex number eee 348 IMCONJUGATE conjugate complex number 349 IMCOS cosine of a complex number s es 349 IMDIV division of complex NUMberS scceceeeeeseeeeeteees 349 IMEXP exponential of a complex number 350 IMLN natural logarithm of a complex number e 350 IMLOG10 base 10 logarithm of a complex number 350 IM
3. The equation editor is available only for certain versions of PlanMaker Hint Move the mouse pointer over any of these icons and a short explanation of its function is displayed Object list At the right of the Object toolbar a drop down list containing all objects existing in the current document is displayed Open this list and click on the name of an object the corresponding object will be selected Selecting objects in object mode In Object mode all types of objects can be selected with a single mouse click Note This is especially useful for objects with a transparent filling e g text frames In Edit mode such objects can only be selected by clicking on their borders In Object mode they can be selected by simply clicking anywhere inside the object To select multiple objects draw a frame around these objects with the mouse or press and hold the Shift Shift key and click each object you want to select Jumping from object to object In Object mode you can jump from object to object by using the following keys Key Result Tab Tab Select next object Tab Shift Tab Select previous object For example use of the Tab Tab key will select the next object Changing position and size of objects To change the position or size of objects 136 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Changing the position of objects To change the position of an object select it and either
4. ccceeeeeereeeee 178 Data series and data points 0 ce eeceeeeeesteeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeene 178 TROMGAIMGS cseruccschansetshctrenesiiteketisthepsatatesetveitantenatieetetntenetnie 181 Category axis X AXIS cecccecceeeeseeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaes 183 Value AXiS y AXIS ceeeccceceeesseeeeeneeceeeeeseaeeeeaaeeseaeeeeaeeteaeeeaes 185 Series axis Z AXIS sascha ec teeta yeni ava asehesteasate 186 GiIGIING S serie ataa naaa aas E aaraa aAa ant 188 E eae E AEA T A T TE A E nate ad 188 Common chart properties csceeececeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeseneeteaes 190 Updating Charts casearia iei iieii a iid AAE EAA 194 SPELL CHECKER itssccdecterca denaii aniani aiaiai 195 Setting up the language for spell checking cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Spell checking documents c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaaeeteneeeeaes 196 Spell checking as you typ seseeessessiessnesiesriesrissrinssrnnsrrssrresre 197 Editing user dictionaries u seeseeeeesrsesrsrrssrirresrinnesrrnnnesrennssrennenns 197 Sman exi erma aeia aaa aa aa i ar aa ie Miecvtieebaricetevdey eels 198 Creating SmartText entries ccccccecceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 198 Inserting SmartText EntrieS ccecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 200 Editing SmartText entries c ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeseees 200 MANAGING DOCUMENTS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 203 UICK Path tsk arsheie t
5. Limit plot area to radar If this option is checked only the area inside the radar will be filled If it is not checked the rectangle surrounding the radar will be filled as well Updating charts By default charts are automatically updated when the content of one of the cells it is based on changes If desired this feature can be disabled requiring charts to be updated manually Deactivating automatic update To deactivate the automatic update of charts choose File gt Properties switch to the Calculate property sheet and uncheck the Recalc automatically option in the Charts group box As a result charts will only be updated when the Extras gt Update Charts com mand is invoked 192 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Spell checker PlanMaker comes with an integrated spell checker allowing you to check the spelling of text entered in table cells and text frames This chapter covers information on working with the spell checker E Setting up the language for spell checking The Extras gt Preferences command enables you to change the language for spell checking if you have installed multiple languages m Using the spell checker There are two different ways to use the spell checker A Choose the Extras gt Check spelling command to check spelling for the entire document B Activate the Check spelling as you type option to check spelling as you type When an unknown word is typed a dialog box with spel
6. 1 Select the OLE object User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 155 2 Open the Edit menu At the bottom of the menu a menu entry with the name of the object is displayed Click this entry to open its submenu Choose the Edit command from the submenu 3 The application associated with the OLE object will open and the object can be edited 4 Exit the application 5 If the application displays a dialog box asking if you want to update the object in the PlanMaker document click Yes The OLE object will now be updated in the PlanMaker document Editing links to OLE objects Use the Edit gt Link command to edit links to OLE objects created from a file with the Link option checked A dialog box displaying all links existing in the document will appear Select one of the links and use the buttons available in the dialog to edit it Button Function Update now Updates the OLE object Use this button if the file has been changed by another application and PlanMaker has not yet updated the OLE object automatically Open source Launches the application associated with the OLE object so you can edit it Hint Alternatively simply double click the object to open it for editing Change source Lets you select a different file as the source of the OLE object Cancel link Terminates the link to the source file If the file is changed by another application afterwards the OLE object in the PlanMaker
7. Keywords Poo Description l You can search files by file name folder file type and document summary title subject author keywords Multiple criteria can be combined For example if you select a specific folder all documents located in the folder are displayed If you also enter text in the Title input box only documents that are in the specified folder and have the specified title are displayed Options available in the Search dialog box User Manual PlanMaker Managing documents e 205 m New list button Starts a search with the specified criteria and displays the resulting file list in the File Manager Add to list button Starts a search with the specified criteria and appends the resulting file list to the existing file list in the File Manager E File name Lets you specify the file name or file name search pattern to search for For example if you search for MyReport pmd only files named MyRe port pmd are found If you use a search pattern such as My pmd all files start ing with My are found m File type Lets you specify the type of files to search for For example if you want to search for Excel files choose the Excel format in the File type list m Title Subject Author Keywords Lets you search the document summaries see also section Document sum mary If you fill out multiple fields PlanMaker will only find files where all s
8. 98 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Alignment To change the alignment of the cells choose Format gt Cell and switch to the Alignment property sheet To change a single cell navigate to it without selecting To change multiple cells select them before executing this command Cell x Number Format Borders Shading Alignment Protection Horizontal alignment p Inner margins center x Left fo cm Right fo cm Top fo cm Bottom x Bottom fo cm r ertical alignment gt Rotate by r Properties gt odgo x E i I vertical text I Join cells cme Options available Horizontal alignment Determines the horizontal alignment of the cell content within the cell boundaries Default Text left aligned numbers right aligned and logical values and error values centered Left Left aligned Centered Centered Right Right aligned User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 99 Flush Fully justified evenly distributed between left and right cell border This affects only cells that contain multiple lines of content and have the Wrap text option see below activated Center across columns Content of one cell centered across multiple columns Select the cell with the content and an arbitrary number of cells right of it these cells have to be empty Vertical alignment Determines the vertical alignment of the cell content within the
9. Description Example See also Returns the covariance of two data sets The covariance is the average of the products of the deviations for each pair of values It can be used to determine the extent to which two data sets vary co vary Rangel and Range2 are references to the two cell ranges containing the two data sets Empty cells text and logical values are ignored Rangel and Range2 must have the same number of values otherwise the function returns a N A error value If Al A3 contains the values 2 5 3 and B1 B3 contains 2 7 4 COVAR A1 A3 B1 B3 returns 2 55556 FISHER CORREL CREATEDATE date the document was created Syntax Description Note Example See also CREATEDATE Returns the date time the current document was created This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value In a document created on the 24th of August 2004 at 9 03 AM CREATEDATED returns 08 24 04 9 03 AM Note To change the format of the resulting date choose the Format gt Cell command and select the desired date format e g date only date and time or time only NOW CRITBINOM Syntax Description CRITBINOM n p Alpha Returns the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribu tion is greater than or equal to the criterion value Alpha This
10. If you enter the formula SUM A 1 C 3 gt 42 the conditional format will be applied if the sum of cells A1 C3 is greater than 42 If you enter the formula ISEVEN ROW the conditional format will be applied if the current cell is located in a row with an even row number m Using absolute and relative cell addresses in formulas Please note that formulas used for conditional format can contain absolute cell addresses as well as relative cell addresses 110 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Absolute cell addresses like A 1 always refer to cell Al no matter which cells were selected before you called the Conditional Formatting command Relative cell addresses like A1 refer to the upper left corner of the selected cell range If you have not selected a cell range A1 refers to the current cell If you have selected a cell range A1 refers to the cell in the upper left corner of that range A2 refers to the cell below etc AutoFormat The Format gt AutoFormat command lets you apply a predefined scheme of formats to an entire cell range AutoFormat x Styles r Sample June July Select the desired cell range and choose Format gt AutoFormat A dialog display ing a list of predefined AutoFormats pops up Select the desired format and click Apply The cell range will be reformatted accordingly Character styles Use Format gt Character Style to select from a list of defined
11. Note See also k1 is the lower limit for the number of successes k2 optional is the upper limit for the number of successes This function was retained only for compatibility with PlanMaker 97 Use of the following Excel compatible functions is recommended in stead Bn p k1 equals BINOMDIST k1 n p FALSE Bin p kl k2 equals BINOMDIST k2 n p TRUE BINOMDIST k1 1 n p TRUE This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value BINOMDIST BESSELI modified Bessel function In x Syntax Description See also BESSELI x n Returns the modified Bessel function I x x is the value to be evaluated n is the order of the Bessel function Must be gt 0 BESSELJ BESSELK BESSELY BESSELJ Bessel function Jn x Syntax Description See also BESSELJ x n Returns the Bessel function J x x is the value to be evaluated n is the order of the Bessel function Must be gt 0 BESSELI BESSELK BESSELY BESSELK modified Bessel function Kn x Syntax BESSELK x n 290 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description See also Returns the modified Bessel function K x x is the value to be evaluated n is the order of the Bessel function Must be gt 0 BESSELI BESSELJ BESSELY BESSELY Bessel function Yn x
12. SYD DDB SLOPE slope of a linear trend Syntax Description Example See also SLOPE y_values x_values Returns the slope of a best fit line for the given values The slope of a line is the value the y coordinate grows when the x coordinate is raised by 1 A best fit line is the result of a linear regression a statistical technique that adapts a line to a set of data points for example the results of a se ries of measurements y_values are the known y values x_values are the known x values The resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor has been measured at several temperatures Cells A1 A4 contain the temperatures measured 8 20 25 28 Cells B1 B4 contain the resistances measured 261 508 608 680 The following calculation returns the slope of a best fit line based on these values SLOPE B1 B4 A1 A4 returns 20 76799 INTERCEPT FORECAST User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 409 SMALL k th smallest number Syntax Description Example See also SMALL Range k Returns the k th smallest value in a data set Range is the range of data to be evaluated k determines which number to return If k 1 the smallest value will be returned if k 2 the second smallest value will be returned etc k must not be smaller than 1 or greater than the total number of values in Range Otherwise the function returns a NUM error value If the cells A1 A5 are filled with the numb
13. The formula is immediately embedded in the PlanMaker document as an OLE object You can edit objects created with the Equation Editor by double clicking on them Following a double click the Equation Editor is restarted and the formula object is opened in it After you make the desired changes simply close the Equation Editor again Moreover you can change the properties of an Equation Editor object by selecting the object with a single mouse click and then invoking the Object gt Properties command Information from the creators of the Equation Editor The SoftMaker Equation Editor is a special version of the MathType program from Design Science If you make frequent use of formulas in your documents you might find that MathType itself is even better suited to your needs than the SoftMaker Equation Editor While just as easy to use as the Equa tion Editor MathType has a number of additional functions that can help you be more productive and create more complex formulas MathType is available in English German French and Japanese You can obtain information about the purchase of MathType from your software distributor or directly from Design Science 158 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Design Science Inc 4028 Broadway Long Beach CA 90803 USA Telephone USA 800 827 0685 for customers within the USA and Canada 562 433 0685 for international customers Fax USA 562 433 6969 E
14. This function counts workdays only Saturdays and Sundays are skipped Optionally you can specify a list of holidays to be skipped as well see Holidays parameter StartDate is the start date Days is the number of workdays A positive value will return a date in the future a negative value will return a date in the past 436 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Holidays optional is a cell range or an array containing a list of dates to be skipped e g holidays WORKDAY 6 7 2004 10 returns 6 21 2004 NETWORKDAYS XOR logical XOR function Syntax Description Note Example See also XOR Valuel Value2 Value3 XOR exclusive or returns the logical value TRUE if an odd number of the arguments is TRUE otherwise it returns FALSE This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value XOR TRUE TRUE returns FALSE XOR TRUE FALSE returns TRUE XOR FALSE TRUE returns TRUE XOR FALSE FALSE returns FALSE OR AND NOT YEAR year of a date Syntax Description Example See also YEAR Date Returns the year of a date YEAR 09 25 1966 returns 1966 WEEKNUM MONTH DAY WEEKDAY ZTEST z test Syntax Description ZTEST Area x Sigma Returns the one tailed probability of a z test Area is
15. Chart properties 3D View property sheet Note This property sheet is only available for three dimensional chart types Use the 3D View property sheet to modify the 3D effect settings for the chart Rotation angle and Elevation angle Lets you modify the viewing position Rotation angle rotates the chart around the vertical axis Elevation angle changes the height of the viewing position mu Perspective To display the chart with perspective distortion check this option and choose the amount of distortion 0 to 100 percent Height and Depth Lets you modify the height and depth of the chart as a percentage of its origi nal size Chart properties Radar property sheet Note This property sheet is only available for Radar charts Use the Radar property sheet to modify settings specific to Radar charts User Manual PlanMaker Charts 191 Starting angle Rotates the chart by the specified angle Orientation Specifies if the data points are arranged clockwise or counterclockwise m Round chart If this option is checked circle segments are drawn between the axes instead of lines Polar coordinates If this option is checked polar coordinates are used instead of Cartesian coor dinates Only available if Round chart is checked If Angle between axes is set to x an axis is plotted every x degrees If Angle between axis descriptions is set to x an axis label is plotted every x degrees
16. Description See also ERF LowerLimit UpperLimit Return the Gaussian error function LowerLimit is the lower bound for the integral UpperLimit optional is the upper bound for the integral If omitted the integral between zero and LowerLimit will be returned ERFC ERFC complement of the Gaussian error function Syntax Description See also ERFC LowerLimit Return the complement to the Gaussian error function LowerLimit is the lower bound of the integral Must be 0 ERF ERROR TYPE error type Syntax Description ERROR TYPE Reference Returns a number representing the type of error value in a cell Reference is a reference to a single cell Possible results of this function Error value in cell Result No error value N A User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 327 NULL DIV 0 V ALUE REF NAME NUM N A ND UW fF WN For more details about error values see section Error values page 280 Example If Al contains 1 0 and A2 contains 1 1 ERROR TYPE A1 returns 2 i e DIV 0 ERROR TYPE A2 returns N A i e no error The calculation below returns Error if any kind of error occurs in cell A1 otherwise it returns the contents of Al IF SNA ERROR TYPE A1 Al Error See also ISERR ISERROR ISNA section Error values on page 280 EUROCONVERT convert EU currencies Syntax EUROCONVERT Number From To Description Converts a number fro
17. FREQUENCY frequency Syntax Description Note See also FREQUENCY Values Bounds Returns a frequency distribution for the given set of values Use this function to count how many values are part of the specified intervals The result of this function is a vertical array see notes below Values is a cell range or an array containing the values to be evaluated Blank cells and text strings are ignored Bounds is a cell range or an array containing the bounds for the inter vals For example if Bounds is the array 10 15 42 the function de termines how many values are in the intervals 0 to 10 11 to 15 16 to 42 and how many are greater than 42 Both Values and Bounds have to be vertical arrays i e must not consist of more than one column Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 Please note that the array returned by this function contains one element more than the number of values in Bounds COUNT 336 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker FTEST F test Syntax Description See also FTEST Array1 Array2 Returns the result of an F test i e the one tailed probability that the variances in the two given data sets are not significantly different Array1 and Array2 are the two arrays to be evaluated They both have to consist of at least 2 values If the variance of Arrayl or Array2 is zero the fun
18. Formula basics The first section provides basic information on formulas Entering formulas This section provides information on entering formulas in cells Relative vs absolute cell addressing This section explains the difference between relative cell addresses A1 and absolute cell addresses A 1 m Error values If a formula results in an error an error value is displayed instead of the result This section provides information on error values Working with arrays This section provides instructions on working with arrays and array formulas Working with database functions This section provides information on database functions such as DCount DSum etc Functions from A to Z This section contains comprehensive descriptions of PlanMaker s arithmetic functions Hint A short introduction to working with formulas is also provided in chapter The PlanMaker Tour page 37 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 273 Formula basics Formulas can be composed of the following components m Fixed values e g numbers or text m Cell references e g Al or D2 D3 m Arrays see section Working with arrays page 281 m Arithmetic operators e g or m Arithmetic functions e g SUM For example a formula can look as follows 67 A3 Sum B1 C5 Arithmetic operators in formulas Formulas can contain any of the operators listed below Please note that operators follow a strict
19. Returns determinant of a matrix Array is a cell range or array containing the matrix to be evaluated It must contain numeric values only Its number of rows has to equal its number of columns MDETERM 9 8 8 2 4 6 1 2 1 returns 40 Section Working with arrays page 281 MINVERSE MMULT MSOLVE TRANSPOSE 372 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker MEDIAN Syntax Description Note Example See also MEDIAN Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the median of the given set of numbers The median is the number in the middle of a set of numbers half of the numbers are smaller than the median half of them are greater Numberl Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored If the total number of values is odd MEDIAN returns the number in the middle of the set of numbers If the total number of values is even MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the middle see second example MEDIAN 1 2 3 4 5 returns 3 MEDIAN 1 2 3 4 5 1000 returns 3 5 AVERAGE MODE PERCENTILE MID part of a text string Syntax Description Example See also MID Text Start Count Returns the section of a text string that starts a character Start and is Count characters long MID peanut 2 3 returns ean MID peanut 2 5 returns eanut MID peanut 2 100 returns eanut as well MID peanut 100 100 re
20. ing of the word when it has found some By means of the buttons you can specify what is to be done with the unknown word Button Explanation Change Lets you correct the word Before you use this button type the correct spelling in the Change to input field or select one of the suggested words from the list 194 e Spell checker User Manual PlanMaker Change all Works like the Change button but changes all further instances of the word from here to the end of the document Ignore Ignores the supposed spelling error and continues with the spelling check Ignore All Ignores all further instances of this word Note Use Ignore or Ignore All only for words that are correctly written but are not to be added to the dictionary When you exit TextMaker it forgets the list of ignored words Add Click this button to add the word to your user dictionary If this word is found by the spell checker again it will not be considered as an unknown word If you want to exit the spell checker before it reaches the end of the document click on Close Spell checking as you type If the Check spelling as you type option is activated spelling is checked as the text is typed and the spell check dialog box will open automatically when an unknown word is typed Note If text is entered into a cell containing a formula it will not be checked To activate the on the fly spell checker choose Extras gt Preferences switch
21. x y 2 Rangel and Range2 are cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Both ranges must have the same dimensions height and width If not the function returns a N A error value Pairs of values where at least one value is an empty cell or a non numerical value text string or logical value are ignored If Al A3 contains the values 9 4 7 and B1 B3 contains 1 0 5 SUMXMY2 A1 A3 B1 B3 equals 9 1 2 4 0 2 7 5 42 which is 84 SUM SUMPRODUCT SUMX2MY2 SUMX2PY2 SUMSQ User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 421 SYD sum of years digits depreciation Syntax Description Example See also SYD Cost Salvage Life Per Returns the depreciation of an asset for the specified period using the sum of years digits method Cost Initial cost of asset Salvage Salvage value value at the end of the depreciation Life Life of asset in number of periods Per Period to evaluate in the same time unit as Life Asset parameters initial cost 200000 salvage value 10000 life 10 years SYD 200000 10000 10 1 returns 34545 45 depreciation in year 1 DDB SLN T convert value into text string Syntax Description Note Example See also T Value Converts a value to a text string Value is the value to be converted If Value is not a text string an empty text string is returned This function was retained only for compatibility wit
22. 2 Set the desired color using the color controls available in the dialog see section How to use the color controls below 3 Click the New button 4 Enter a name for the new color and click OK User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 249 5 Click OK to close the dialog PlanMaker adds the color to the color palette of the document It will now be available in all dialogs that contain a color list Modifying colors To modify a color 1 Choose File gt Properties and switch to the Colors property sheet Hint Alternatively click the last entry Define color in any color list to define modify colors 2 In the Color palette list select the color to be modified Note The first 24 colors in the list are default colors that cannot be changed Only user defined colors can be modified 3 Make the desired modifications using the color controls provided in the dialog see section How to use the color controls below 4 Click the Change button Deleting and renaming colors To delete or rename a color select the color and click Delete or Rename Note The first 24 colors in the color palette list are default colors that cannot be renamed or deleted How to use the color controls The color controls provided in the dialog described above allow you to define a color in many different ways It does not matter which procedure you choose just pick the one you prefer Procedures available m Using color pane
23. Borders To create cell borders choose Format gt Cell and switch to the Borders property sheet Alternatively use the Format gt Borders command which does exactly the same Cell x Borders Line style Separation 1 pt Color GENI cme 96 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker To apply a border surrounding all selected cells 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Format gt Borders 3 Select a Line Style single or double lines If desired change the color and width of the lines Note If you set the Line Style to Double Thickness 1 affects the width of the inner lines Thickness 2 affects the outer lines The Separation option allows you to specify the distance between the lines 4 Click OK to confirm The selected cells will now be surrounded by a border Changing single borders To create or modify single borders lines above below left or right of the cells select the desired lines in the Example field of the dialog before applying line style thickness etc The Example field serves two purposes it displays an example of the currently chosen border and it is used to specify which edges will be affected when the line style is changed The inward pointing arrows are used to mark the edges that will be affected To select an edge click it with the mouse To deselect it click again After select ing the edges you want to change set the line style and the other o
24. DEC2OCT decimal number to octal number s s s 321 DECIMALS decimals of a number ceceeeeeeeeteeteeeeees 322 DEGREES convert radians to degrees 322 DELTA gualty vi sct c5 ccedesuetietetanleat edina earar i aaaea 322 DEVSQ average square deviation ccceccceceeeeeeteeteneees 323 DGET database function ccecccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeneees 323 DMAX database fUNCtiONn cccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeceeeeeseaeeneneees 323 DMIN database fUNCTION cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeaeeeeeees 324 DPRODUCT database function ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeteees 325 DSTDEV database function cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeesteeeeeeees 325 DSTDEVP database function ceccceeeeeceeeeeseteeeeeeeeeeenees 326 DSUM database function eceeeceee cess ceeeeeseteeeeeaeeeeeeees 326 DVAR database function cceccceceeeeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 327 DVARP database function 0 ceeeeeeceteeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 327 EDATE date before after n months 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 328 EFFECT effective interest rate eneee 328 EOMONTH end of month in n months s 328 ERF Gaussian error function ereenn 329 ERFC complement of the Gaussian error function 329 ERROR TYPE error type 0 ccceeceeseeeeeeseeseeeeeseneeeseaeeeeeees 330 EUROCONVERT convert EU currencies 330 EVEN round up to next even number
25. FVSCHEDULE 10000 A1 A4 returns 12341 09 The different interest rates can also be entered directly using the follow ing form FVSCHEDULE 10000 5 5 2 5 5 5 9 FV GAMMADIST gamma distribution Syntax Description See also GAMMADIST X Alpha Beta Cumulative Returns the gamma distribution X is the value to be evaluated Must be 0 Alpha and Beta are shape parameters of the function They both have to be greater than zero The logical value Cumulative lets you specify which type of function will be returned FALSE The probability density function is returned TRUE The cumulative distribution function is returned GAMMAINV GAMMAINV percentiles of the gamma distribution Syntax Description GAMMAINV Probability Alpha Beta Returns the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution 338 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 Alpha and Beta are shape parameters of the function They both have to be greater than zero Note The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned See also GAMMADIST GAMMALN logarithm of the gamma function Syntax GAMMALN x Description Returns the natural logarithm of the gamma function x is the val
26. Lets you choose the character used to separate cell contents e g commas m Text marker Lets you choose the character used to surround the content of each cell e g quotation marks User Manual PlanMaker Working with other file formats e 231 Example You want to store the following table as a text file B Untitled 1 Iof x ae ae ee ee If Separator is set to semicolon and Text marker is set to double quotation marks the resulting text file will be exported as follows A ae a ronegnengn Working with Excel files This section provides information on working with Microsoft Excel files in Plan Maker Opening and saving Excel files As described in the section Importing and exporting documents PlanMaker is able to open and save documents saved in Microsoft Excel format However some arithmetic functions are either incompatible or not supported by PlanMaker or Excel This section provides help resolving these issues Warning issued when opening an Excel file When you open an Excel file containing arithmetic functions that are not compati ble with PlanMaker the following warning message is displayed PlanMaker x Switch on syntax highlighting to check which cells are affected i Some Formulas could not be loaded These cells will have a colored background 232 e Working with other file formats User Manual PlanMaker To resolve proceed as follows 1 Choose the View gt Syntax Highli
27. Options This part of the dialog contains additional printing options m Copies Lets you enter the number of copies to print 218 e Printing and e mailing User Manual PlanMaker mu Collate copies If this option is checked a complete copy of the document is printed before printing the next copy If it is not checked first the first page is printed x times then the second page is printed x times etc m Draft mode Handheld PCs only If this option is checked pictures are printed in low resolution Print to file If this option is checked the printout is output to a file rather than to a printer Drop pictures If this option is checked pictures are omitted in the printout This is useful for printing drafts m Reverse order If this option is checked the print order is reversed and the document is printed from the last page to the first To start printing click OK Hint Before actually printing a document it might be useful to preview the printout via the File gt Page View command E mailing To send the current document via e mail 1 Choose File gt Send 2 Select the desired file format The resulting e mail will contain the PlanMaker document as an attachment in this format PlanMaker will generate an e mail containing the document as an attachment and pass it to your default e mail application User Manual PlanMaker Printing and e mailing e 219 Protecting cells and docum
28. Use this property sheet to change the character format font font size font styles etc of the axis labels 182 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Note If desired the axis labels can be rotated by choosing the Custom option and selecting the desired angle under Rotation Value axis y axis The y axis of a chart is also called value axis Showing hiding axes To show hide axes select the chart choose Object gt Properties and switch to the Content property sheet Check the axes to be dis played For example if you check the Y axis option the y axis value axis will be displayed Modifying properties To change the properties of the value axis select it right click it and choose the Value Axis Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the axis and either click the i6 icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the axis to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet m Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the axis Major ticks and Minor ticks group boxes Lets you modify the placement of the tick marks displayed on the axis m Tick labels group box Lets you modify the placement of the tick labels displayed at the tick marks Scale property sheet Use this property sheet to change the scaling of the axis Lowest value and Highest value group boxes These options determine where the axis will begin and end Auto chooses a suitable
29. Use this property sheet to change the character format font font size font styles etc of the axis labels Note If desired the axis labels can be rotated by choosing the Custom option and selecting the desired angle under Rotation User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 185 Gridlines Adding gridlines to a chart can improve its readability Two types of gridlines are available Major gridlines are painted at every major tick mark on the axis E Minor gridlines subdivide the major grid into a finer grid Showing hiding gridlines Gridlines can be enabled for each axis To determine which gridlines to display select the chart choose Object gt Properties switch to the Content property sheet and check all major or minor grids you want to be plotted Hint Alternatively use the two m s icons in the Chart toolbar or choose Object gt Chart gt Show Vertical Grid or Show Horizontal Grid to activate grid lines Modifying properties To change the properties of e g the major grid of the value axis select one of its gridlines right click it and choose the Value Axis Major Gridlines Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select one of the lines and either click the B icon in the Chart toolbar or double click one of the lines to access the properties dialog Options available Format property sheet E Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the gridlines Chang
30. adding removing and moving icons Using custom toolbar icons for starting other programs See the following pages for detailed information Showing hiding toolbars To show hide toolbars 1 Choose View gt Toolbars 2 Check the toolbars to be displayed uncheck the toolbars to hide 3 Click Close to close the dialog box The toolbars will now be displayed accordingly Hint Alternatively right click any toolbar to open the context menu and click one of the toolbars listed in the menu to show hide it Visible in mode Some toolbars are displayed only when a specific mode is activated For example the Formatting toolbar is only visible in Edit mode After switching to Object mode the Formatting toolbar will not be displayed as its functions are inapplica ble in Object Mode User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 261 To determine in which mode a specific toolbar is displayed choose View gt Tool bars select the toolbar and choose the desired option in the Visible in mode list Note Normally you should not change this option for any of the standard tool bars standard formatting etc but only for user defined toolbars Options available Option Explanation All modes Display toolbar in all modes Example Toolbar Edit mode Display in Edit mode hide in Object mode also see section Object mode page 136 Example Formatting toolbar Object mode Display i
31. e 163 If the default option Ignore object is selected nothing happens If the option Wrap text is selected the text inside the AutoShape is automati cally wrapped around the overlapping object Vertical Alignment group box Lets you change the vertical alignment of the inner text Option Result Top Align inner text at the top of the frame Bottom Align inner text at the bottom of the frame Center Vertically center text between top and bottom of the frame Flush Vertically justify text so that it is evenly distributed between top and bottom of the frame Text property sheet available only for TextArt objects Use this property sheet to edit or format the text displayed in a TextArt object m Text input field Lets you edit the text to be displayed E Font group box Lets you modify font and font size E Style group box Lets you apply the text styles Bold and Italic E Spacing group box To modify the Character spacing enter a value in the corresponding input field Values less than 100 will decrease the amount of space between letters and words values greater than 100 will increase it To modify the Line spacing entered a value in the corresponding input field If you check the Vertical text option the letters will be rotated by 90 degrees If you check the Same height option the letters will be stretched to a uniform height 164 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Variants button
32. etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc STDEV DSTDEVP database function DSTDEVP DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Calculates the standard deviation of a population based on the entire population using those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 323 See also DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc STDEVP DSTDEV DSUM database function Syntax Description See also DSUM DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the sum of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detail
33. hyperbolic sine is Number ASINH 1 1 returns 0 9503 ASINH SINH 0 1234 returns 0 1234 SINH ATAN arctangent Syntax Description Example See also ATAN Number Returns the arctangent of Number i e the angle whose tangent is Number ATAN 1 returns 0 7854 45 ATAN TAN 0 1234 returns 0 1234 ATAN2 TAN User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 287 ATAN2 arctangent 2 Syntax Description Example See also ATAN2 x y Returns the arctangent of the given coordinates i e the angle between the x axis and a line from the origin 0 0 to a point with the coordinates x y ATAN2 1 1 returns 0 7854 45 ATAN TAN ATANH inverse hyperbolic tangent Syntax Description Example See also ATANH Number Returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of Number i e the value whose hyperbolic tangent is Number Number must be gt 1 and lt 1 ATANH 0 5 returns 0 54931 ATANH TANH 0 1234 returns 0 1234 TANH AVEDEV average deviation Syntax Description Example See also AVEDEV Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the average deviation of the given numbers from their mean Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated Empty cells text and logical values are ignored AVEDEV 2 2 2 2 returns 0 AVEDEV 2 2 2 3 returns 0 375 DEVSQ STDEV VAR AVERAGE arithmetic mean Syntax AVERAGE Number1 Number2 Numb
34. ih Ell E BEN 2 16 Ea z coe E i fia Untitled 1 PlanMaker Sheet1 Si ins auto Most of the application window is taken up by your new worksheet On the top it is bordered by a row of alphabetic characters on the left by a column of numbers Let s have a closer look at the worksheet The basic structure of a worksheet As you already know from chapter PlanMaker basics a worksheet is divided into rows and columns This is also visible through the gray lines that are displayed in the worksheet A dark gray frame that we call the cell frame surrounds the cell in the upper left corner The cell frame indicates which cell is currently active When entering data it is always placed in the active cell E Press the 4 and gt keys to move the cell frame active cell from one cell to another Take a look at the Edit toolbar above the worksheet at the very left 38 e The PlanMaker Tour User Manual PlanMaker PlanMaker displays the address of the currently active cell The address always consists of one to two alphabetic characters and a number Al means column 1 row 1 A5 means column 1 row 5 D5 means column 4 row 5 etc The fact that every cell has a unique address is the key to all functions of a spread sheet Remember the variables a b c we talked about before In PlanMaker the cells are used as variables Therefore you can enter calculations in a cell that refer to other cells in your worksh
35. some very useful functions become available Quickly selecting a named range In the top left corner of the worksheet window you can see a drop down list that displays the address of the currently selected cell z A i o d This drop down list contains a list of all named ranges Clicking on one of these names will select the corresponding cell range Using names in formulas In any formula the range name can be used instead of the cell addresses it repre sents This will save time and make formulas more coherent For example You have entered sales figures for the month of January in cells A2 to A10 You have also assigned the name January to this range of cells To sum up the sales you simply type User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 71 SUM January This method is considerably more understandable than the default naming conven tion of SUM A2 A10 Hint The dialog box for the Insert gt Function command has a Category list One of the categories is Named ranges Click on this category and you can quickly pick named ranges and insert them in formulas Retroactively applying names in calculations The Apply command in the drop down menu of the Table gt Names menu com mand is useful for named ranges It scans all formulas in the selected cells and replaces all applicable cell ranges with the corresponding names Use this command as follows 1 Select the range of cells whose formul
36. strings and logical values evaluate as follows FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text representations of numbers for example 42 evaluate like numbers See examples below SUM 1 2 3 4 equals 10 If the cells Al A4 contains the values 1 2 3 and 4 SUM A1 A4 equals 10 Please note If the cells Al A3 contain 1 2 and TRUE SUM A1 A3 returns 1 since the text string and the logical value are ignored They are counted only if they were typed in directly SUM 1 2 TRUE returns 1 2 1 which is 4 The SUM function can also be inserted using the Sum symbol in the Edit toolbar PRODUCT SUMPRODUCT 418 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker SUMIF sum if condition is true Syntax Description Example See also SUMIF Range Criterion SumRange Returns the sum of those values in Range that fulfill the specified criterion Range is the cell range to be evaluated Criterion is the criterion that the values in Range have to fulfill to be included Use numbers or text like 42 or January to sum all cells that contain that value Use conditions like gt 10 or lt 5 to sum all cells that match the specified condition see examples below Note The criterion has to be surrounded by double quotation marks SumRange optional lets you specify the cell range containing the values to be summed If omitted the values in Range will be summed If the cells A
37. 0 Lambda A is the average number of successes per time interval Must be gt 0 330 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also The logical value Cumulative lets you specify which type of function will be returned FALSE The probability density function is returned TRUE The cumulative distribution function is returned POISSON FACT factorial Syntax Description Example See also FACT Number Returns the factorial of the specified number The factorial of a number is the product of all positive integers in the range from 1 to Number i e 1 2 3 Number Number must be 0 FACT 9 equals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 which is 362880 FACTDOUBLE FACTDOUBLE double factorial Syntax Description Example See also FACTDOUBLE Number Returns the double factorial of the specified number The double factorial is calculated as follows If Number is even its double factorial is 2 4 6 Number If Number is odd its double factorial is 1 3 5 Number Number must be 2 0 FACTDOUBLE 10 equals 2 4 6 8 10 which equals 3840 FACTDOUBLE 11 equals 1 3 5 7 9 11 which equals 10395 FACT User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 331 FALSE logical value FALSE Syntax FALSE Description FALSE returns the logical value FALSE See also TRUE FDIST F distribution Syntax FDIST X DegreesFreedom1 DegreesFreedom2 Description Returns the F probability distribu
38. 0 Division by zero Displayed when a formula contains a division by zero which is undefined for any number NULL Invalid formula Displayed when a formula contains syntax errors for example a missing parenthesis or missing arguments NAME Invalid name Displayed when a formula refers to a table name or named range that is nonexistent N A Not available Displayed when a cell contains a an N A error value or b a formula referring to a cell containing an N A error value See NA error value N A page 384 for details VALUE Invalid value Displayed when a function is used with an inappropri ate parameter type for example if a number is passed to a function that is expecting a text string NUM Invalid number Displayed when a function is used with a number that is out of range for example too large or negative instead of positive Hint To test if a cell returns an error value use the functions ISERROR and ISERR 278 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Working with arrays PlanMaker allows you to enter arrays also called matrices in spreadsheets and perform calculations with them An array is a rectangular table of numbers structured as follows a dy ay da da oy A da e iat a The entries a 1 through a are called the elements of array A An array consisting of m rows and n columns is called an m by n array or m x n array Entering arrays into cells To enter a
39. 3 for a vertical vector enter 1 2 3 Working with database functions PlanMaker provides database functions that allow you to query and evaluate a cell range that is structured like a database Database functions expect the following syntax FUNCTION_NAME DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea For example the DSUM function returns the sum of all cells in the DatabaseArea cell range that are in the specified Column and match the conditions defined in the CriteriaArea cell range User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 281 To utilize database functions proceed as follows Creating a database area A database area can be any cell range containing data to evaluate It has to be structured as follows m Its first row must contain labels for the database columns e g Amount Price etc E The data has to be arranged row by row one row for each record The rows of the database area represent what is called a record in database appli cations with the cells being the fields of the database Creating a criteria area The criteria area is a cell range containing conditions that the database records have to match It has to be structured as follows E Important The criteria area has to be located above the database area E The criteria area must not overlap the database area E Like the database area the first row of the criteria area must also contain labels for the columns below e g Amount Price etc
40. Below the labels conditions can be entered You can enter either single values or comparisons like gt 42 or lt 10 If multiple conditions have been entered in the same row the database contents have to match the conditions in column 1 and column 2 and column 3 etc If multiple rows with conditions have been entered the database contents have to match the conditions in row 1 or row 2 or row 3 etc Utilizing database functions After having filled out database area and criteria area you are ready to apply database functions Some examples assuming that the following spreadsheet has been created 282 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker 2 DFunctions pmd OF xX Another criteria area Amount Amount gt 25 lt 75 Database area Amount Item 10 Running shoes 100 Running shoes 50 Running shoes 30 Training shoes 50 Training shoes In this spreadsheet for example the following calculations can be performed DCOUNT A11 C16 A2 A3 returns 2 This formula counts the number of records matching the condition Color blue DCOUNT A11 C16 A6 B7 returns 3 This formula counts the number of records matching the condition Amount gt 25 and Amount lt 75 DCOUNT A11 C16 A6 C8 returns 4 This formula counts the number of records matching the condition Amount gt 25 and Amount lt 75 or Color red DSUM A11 C16 Amount A2 A3 returns 150 This formula calculates the sum of the
41. Column Row is the row number of the cell Column is the column number of the cell The optional argument Abs specifies the type of reference to be re turned 1 or omitted Absolute row and column 2 Absolute row relative column 3 Relative row absolute column 4 Relative row and column The optional argument Mode is just a placeholder for compatibility reasons with Excel It will not be evaluated The optional argument SheetName lets you specify the sheet name to be used in the resulting cell reference If it is not specified only the cell address will be returned If it is specified SheetName Address will be returned see last example ADDRESS 1 5 returns E 1 ADDRESS 1 5 4 returns El ADDRESS 1 5 4 Sheet1 returns Sheet E1 INDIRECT OFFSET COLUMN ROW AND logical AND function Syntax Description Example AND Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the logical value TRUE if all of the given arguments are TRUE otherwise returns FALSE AND TRUE TRUE returns TRUE AND TRUE FALSE returns FALSE AND FALSE FALSE returns FALSE AND A1 gt 0 Al lt 1 returns TRUE if Al is greater than zero and less than one User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 285 See also OR XOR NOT ACOT arccotangent Syntax Description Note Example See also ACOT Number Returns the arccotangent of Number i e the angle whose cotangent is Number This function is
42. Displays a variety of pre defined text effects to choose from Deformation property sheet available only for TextArt objects Use this property sheet to change the type of deformation used for a TextArt object For this purpose click one of the deformation types displayed User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 165 Charts In spreadsheets containing nothing but long columns of numbers it is often hard to interpret their meaning PlanMaker offers easy ways to turn raw numbers into charts that get the point across This chapter covers information on working with charts in PlanMaker Inserting charts The first section describes how to insert a chart Select the cells containing the data to be displayed choose Object gt New Chart Frame draw a frame with the desired position and size and select a chart type Editing charts This section contains information on editing charts for example changing chart type arrangement of the data series working with chart elements data series axes legends etc editing chart properties and so on mu Updating charts By default charts are automatically updated when you change the content of one of the cells they are based on If desired this feature can be turned off re quiring that charts be updated manually Inserting charts To insert a chart into the current worksheet 1 Select the cells containing the values to be displayed in a chart Hin
43. Gallery Then select the desired colors for foreground and background 140 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Picture Fills the object using a picture file To choose the picture file to be used click the Open button If the picture is larger than the object the picture will be cropped If it is smaller use the Position option to specify if it will be tiled or stretched Linear gradient Square gradient etc The lowermost five fill types in the list fill the object using a gradient First select the desired fill type Then select one of the subtypes in the Gallery By default a black to white gradient is used To choose other colors click one of the triangles below the gradient bar see image below Then select a color from the Color list a a Use the triangle on the left to change the start color and the triangle on the right to change the end color You can add additional colors to the gradient by double clicking the desired position in the gradient bar and selecting a color To remove an additional color double click the triangle filled with that color The other options in the dialog let you fine tune the gradient X offset and Y offset determines where to start the gradient Angle rotates the gradient Hint You can also modify these settings by moving or rotating the cross hair dis played in the Sample field using the mouse If you check the Double gradient option for example a bl
44. Hint Move the mouse pointer over any of these icons and a short explanation of its function is displayed For detailed information on each icon read the following pages 168 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Chart type The chart type determines how data will be displayed in charts for example as columns as bars as lines etc To change the type of a chart 1 Select the chart by clicking it 2 Choose Object gt Properties 3 Switch to the Chart Type property sheet 4 Choose the desired chart type and chart subtype Hint Alternatively use the first two icons in the Chart toolbar to change the type of a chart The first icon represents the chart type the second icon repre sents the subtype if available Chart types available Column chart hd Column charts display values as columns The higher the value the taller the corresponding column Column charts are often used to compare values Bar chart Bar charts are horizontally oriented versions of Column charts The data is displayed as horizontal bars instead of vertical columns Line chart Line charts display values as points and or connecting lines Area chart m Area charts are identical to Line charts except that the area below the lines is filled with color User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 169 XY Scatter chart XY Scatter charts display values as points and or lines Unlike Line charts the data area must contai
45. If it is not checked these keys move the cursor Show tooltips Determines whether tooltips are displayed Tooltips are small messages that show helpful information when the mouse is placed e g on a toolbar icon Maximum number of undo steps Determines how many of the user s actions can be reversed Note The higher the value the more memory is consumed Hint On Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs it is not recommended to increase this value since internal program memory is limited on such devices Mouse wheel Linux only If your mouse has a mouse wheel you can specify here the scrolling increment for a turn of the wheel by page one complete page or by a certain number of lines Buttons User Home and User Business Click one of these buttons to open another dialog where you can enter your per sonal information such as name address phone number etc To insert this information in documents use the USERFIELD function Preferences Look amp Feel property sheet The Look amp Feel property sheet in the Extras gt Preferences dialog box contains settings related to the user interface of PlanMaker Dialog style Use this option to choose the dialog style or skin you want PlanMaker to display Available options include Windows OS 2 Pocket PC etc User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 245 Language Here you can select the language to be used in the menus and dialog boxes The selections
46. If this occurs try altering the Guess parameter FV IPMT NPER PMT PV REPLACE replace text in a text string Syntax Description Example See also REPLACE Text Start Count NewText Replaces part of a text string with new text Text is the given text string Start is the position of the first character to be replaced Count is the number of characters to be replaced NewText is the replacement text REPLACE aaaaaa 3 2 bb returns aabbaa REPLACE aaaaaa 3 4 bb returns aabb REPLACE cccccc 3 2 dddddddd returns ccddcc REPLACE cccccc 3 4 dddddddd returns ccdddd REPLACE cccccc 3 6 dddddddd returns ccdddddd FIND SEARCH MID SUBSTITUTE REPT repeat text string Syntax Description Example See also REPT Text n Repeats the specified text string n times n should be an integer If not PlanMaker automatically drops its decimals REPT Text 3 returns TextTextText REPLACE SUBSTITUTE User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 401 RIGHT right part of a text string Syntax Description Example See also RIGHT Text n Returns the last n characters of Text If n is omitted only the last character is returned RIGHT peanut 3 returns nut RIGHT peanut returns t LEFT MID REPLACE ROMAN Roman numeral Syntax Description Example ROMAN Number Form Converts an Arabic numeral into a Roman numeral as a te
47. IfFalse Returns IfTrue if the specified condition is TRUE else returns IfFalse if given Condition can be any kind of value or expression that returns TRUE or FALSE IfTrue and IfFalse can be any kind of value or expression including formulas IF A1 lt 5 Order ok returns Order if A1 lt 5 otherwise it returns ok CHOICE IMABS absolute value of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMABS ComplexNumber Returns the absolute value modulus of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMABS 2 4i returns 4 47214 COMPLEX IMARGUMENT IMEXP IMCONJUGATE User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 345 IMAGINARY imaginary coefficient of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMAGINARY ComplexNumber Returns the imaginary coefficient of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMAGINARY 2 4i returns 4 COMPLEX IMREAL IMARGUMENT angle of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMARGUMENT ComplexNumber Returns the angle in radians from the real axis to the representation of a complex number in polar coordinates ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj form
48. Manual PlanMaker See also MIN MINUTE minute Syntax Description Example See also MINUTE Time Returns the minutes of a time value MINUTE 12 34 56 AM returns 34 MINUTE 09 25 1966 10 30 56 AM returns 30 HOUR SECOND MILLISECONDS MINVERSE inverse matrix Syntax Description Note Example See also MINVERSE Array Return the inverse of a matrix The inverse A of a matrix A is the matrix that A has to be multiplied by to receive the identity matrix 1 Array is a cell range or array containing the matrix to be evaluated It must contain numeric values only Its number of rows has to equal its number of columns Matrices whose determinant is zero can t be inverted In this case the function returns a NUM error value Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 MINVERSE 9 8 8 2 4 6 1 2 1 returns 0 2 0 2 0 4 0 1 0 025 0 95 0 0 25 0 5 Section Working with arrays page 281 MDETERM MMULT MSOLVE TRANSPOSE MIRR modified internal rate of return Syntax MIRR Values FinanceRate ReinvestRate User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 375 Description See also Returns the modified internal rate of return for a series of cash flows Unlike the IRR function MIRR considers the finance rate for invest ments and the reinvest rate for reinvestments The calculation is based
49. Ns key User Manual PlanMaker Screen elements 29 AUTO Indicates the current input mode AUTO Normal input mode numbers are automatically recognized as numbers and formulas inputs that begin with as formulas TEXT Text input mode everything you enter is always inter preted as text including formulas and numbers The default setting is AUTO With the key combination Ctrl Shift F4 Ctrl Shift F4 you can switch between the two modes Important If you switch to TEXT input mode an apostrophe is automatically prepended to all numbers and formulas you enter This converts these inputs into text which can no longer be used for calculations In order to turn text into numbers or formulas again edit the affected cells and simply remove the leading apostrophe PlanMaker basics This chapter discusses basic PlanMaker spreadsheet functions and terminology Users who have little or no experience in the use of spreadsheets should read this chapter thoroughly Topics covered in this chapter mu The structure of a spreadsheet Moving around in a worksheet E Entering data and deleting data m Undoing changes E Starting a new document m Opening printing and saving a document E Exiting PlanMaker The structure of a soreadsheet First let s have a look at how spreadsheets are organized 30 e PlanMaker basics User Manual PlanMaker File Edit View Format Insert Table Object Extras Window Hel
50. PlanMaker Tour User Manual PlanMaker Next delete the old formula by pressing the Del Del key or by simply overwriting the existing cell content Now enter the following formula SUM B2 B4 After you press you can see the result in the cell PlanMaker has over 320 built in arithmetic functions and one of them is SUM The SUM function calculates the sum of the values that your formula references The expression in parentheses after the function name tells PlanMaker where to start and stop totaling You have directed PlanMaker to start adding in cell B2 and stop in cell B4 Be tween cell B2 and cell B4 sits one cell B3 and it is included in the summing as well You could easily have specified a larger range such as B2 B123 The notation Starting Cell EndingCell can also be used when both row and column changes If for example you enter B2 as the starting cell and C4 as the ending cell these two coordinates form the corners of a rectangle The formula SUM B2 C4 would sum all numbers contained within this rectangle Working with the sum icon Actually there is an even easier way to insert the SUM function Delete the contents of cell B5 again Now click the sum icon Z in PlanMaker s Edit toolbar Move the mouse pointer to cell B2 and select cells B2 B3 and B4 by pressing and holding the left mouse button while you move the mouse pointer down to cell B4 Ve vw X sumB2 B4 If you look at the Edit toolbar w
51. Properties and switch to the Summary property sheet Fill the input boxes as desired and click OK to confirm Hint The search function of the File Manager see next section is able to search for information entered in the document summary For example you can search for documents with a specific title author keyword etc Request summary information when saving If desired PlanMaker will auto matically ask the user to fill out the document summary when a new document is saved for the first time Choose Extras gt Preferences switch to the Files property sheet and activate the Request summary information when saving option File Manager Use the File Manager to locate preview open delete or print PlanMaker docu ments You can also use the File Manager to search documents by file name title subject author keywords etc To launch the File Manager choose File gt File Manager User Manual PlanMaker Managing documents e 203 File Manager ojx O Eo EST Eee C TempiChart Documnet xls C Temp Document 1 pmd C Temp Document 2 pmd C Temp Example pmd C Temp Text Doc txt Close Search Output w Delete Preview Hint Under Windows and Linux the File Manager window can be resized and moved to any position on the screen In the File Manager dialog box columns can be resized by dragging the column headers To change the sort order click the corresponding column
52. Reference will be shifted Positive values shift to the right negative values shift to the left Height optional changes the height of Reference to the specified number of rows Height must be a positive value Width optional changes the width of Reference to the specified number of columns Width must be a positive value OFFSET A1 2 0 returns a reference to A3 OFFSET A1 C3 1 1 returns a reference to B2 D4 OFFSET A1 C3 1 1 5 3 returns a reference to B2 D6 SUM OFFSET A1 C3 1 1 5 3 returns the sum of the values in B2 D6 ADDRESS INDIRECT COLUMN ROW User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 389 OR logical OR function Syntax OR Valuel Value2 Value3 Description OR returns the logical value TRUE if at least one of the given argu ments is TRUE otherwise it returns FALSE You can use this function to verify that at least one of multiple condi tions is fulfilled Example OR TRUE TRUE returns TRUE OR TRUE FALSE returns TRUE OR FALSE FALSE returns FALSE OR A1 0 A1 gt 10 returns TRUE if Al is either zero or greater than ten See also XOR AND NOT PCF interest for fixed interest investments Syntax PCF Per CV FV Description Returns the interest rate required to obtain a specific future value after a specific period This function is applicable to investments with just one payment made at the beginning and a fixed interest rate Per is the number of periods PV
53. SUM A 1 A 10 this formula will always be converted to SUM January If you apply it to the formula SUM A1 A10 the formula will be converted only if the option Also apply to relative references is turned on For more information on absolute and relative cell addresses see section Relative vs absolute cell addressing page 279 Sorting cells To sort cells in worksheets select the desired cells and choose Table gt Sort Sort by ascending E C Descending Cancel r Then sort by Ascending none i C Descending r Then sort by Ascending none il Descending Mode Options f Sort row by row I Eirst row contains headings Sort column by column Case sensitive IV Sort including formats A dialog box with the following options will appear User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 73 E Sort by Then sort by Then sort by Select the desired columns to determine the sorting sequence If you select more than one column the selection is first sorted by the column selected in Sort by and then within this sequence by the column chosen in Then sort by For example if the first column contains family names and the second column has the first names you can sort first by the family name and then in groups of identical family names by the first name m Ascending Descending With this option you can determine the sorting direction Ascending goes from A to Z and Des
54. The calculation in this cell uses a PlanMaker 97 arithmetic function whose syntax or function might be incompatible with recent versions of PlanMaker This error only occurs when importing documents created with PlanMaker 97 an older version of PlanMaker Hint See corresponding function description in this manual Function unknown The calculation in this cell uses an arithmetic function unknown to PlanMaker This error might occur when importing documents created with other applications Hint Replace the function with a corresponding PlanMaker func tion For a list of all PlanMaker functions see section Functions from A to Z page 285 or this manual s index Customizing toolbars Toolbars such as standard formatting etc provide instant access to PlanMaker s most important functions Each icon displayed in a toolbar stands for one menu command When you click an icon the corresponding menu command is invoked 260 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker ODSCESBIt SS NI C MQIATIAA Y A toolbar here theStandard toolbar Hint Move the mouse pointer over any of the icons of a toolbar and a short explanation of its function is displayed This section provides information on customizing toolbars with the View gt Tool bars command Showing hiding toolbars Positioning toolbars m Managing toolbars creating new toolbars deleting and renaming toolbars m Editing toolbar icons
55. To deactivate the AutoFilter function choose Table gt Filter gt AutoFilter once again Note When you deactivate the AutoFilter function all rows hidden by the filter will still remain invisible To make them reappear use the Table gt Filter gt Show All command Inserting comments Using the Insert gt Comment menu command you can attach a comment to the current cell for example Don t forget to update this value Attaching comments to cells To attach a comment select the cell to which the comment will be attached and choose Insert gt Comment A yellow rectangle will appear allowing you to type in the applicable comment When done typing click outside the yellow rectangle or press the Esc ESC key Comments are stored in the document and will be saved with the worksheet data Viewing comments Cells with an attached comment have a yellow triangle in their top left corner Rolling the mouse over a cell with an attached comment will cause the comment 78 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker to be displayed The comment disappears when the mouse is moved outside the cell borders Editing comments To make changes to a comment go to the cell that contains the comment choose Insert gt Comment and apply your changes Hint Alternatively double click the yellow triangle in the cell or press the keyboard shortcut F2 Shift F2 to edit a comment Deleting comments To remov
56. User Manual PlanMaker SHEETNAME name of a worksheet Syntax Description Note Example See also SHEETNAME n Returns the name of a worksheet n is the number of the worksheet whose name you want to determine The first worksheet in the workbook is number 1 the second is number 2 etc If n is omitted the current worksheet is used This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value If a document contains four worksheets named Spring Summer Autumn and Winter in this order and Autumn is the current worksheet SHEETNAME returns Autumn SHEETNAME 1 returns Spring USERFIELD FILENAME SIGN sign of a number Syntax Description Example See also SIN sine Syntax Description Example SIGN Number Returns a value representing the sign of a number 1 if Number is positive 1 if Number is negative 0 if Number is zero SIGN 5 returns 1 ABS NEG SIN Number SIN returns the sine of Number SIN PI 2 returns 1 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 407 See also SIN RADIANS 90 returns 1 ASIN SINH hyperbolic sine Syntax Description Example See also SINH Number SINH returns the hyperbolic sine of Number SINH 0 45 returns 0 4653 ASINH SKEW skewness of a distribution Synta
57. Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc If more than one value matches the specified criteria this function returns a NUM error value DMAX database function Syntax Description DMAX DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the largest of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 321 See also Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price
58. a text string containing Number formatted in currency format and rounded to n decimals The currency symbol applied depends on your computer s language settings For example in the U S a dollar sign is applied in Germany a Euro sign is applied etc 310 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Annotation Note Example Number is the number to be converted n optional is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is rounded to two decimals If n is a negative value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example Please keep in mind that the result of this function is a text string To round a number without converting it to a text string use one of the round functions e g ROUND instead You can also have PlanMaker display a number rounded and formatted as a currency by applying one of the currency formats using the For mat gt Cell command This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value CURRENCY 123 456 returns the text string 123 46 CURRENCY 123 456 2 returns the text string 123 46 CURRENCY 123 456 2 returns the text string 100 DATE create a date value Syntax Description Example See also DATE Year Month Day Returns a
59. accordingly Now a calculation like the following is possible SUM Spring If you choose the Table gt Name command a drop down menu with the com mands Edit and Apply opens These commands contain all functions needed to work with named cell ranges For more information on these commands read the following pages Note The Table gt Names gt Edit command will not be available if at least one worksheet in your workbook has worksheet protection turned on see section Sheet protection page 223 Assigning names to cell ranges To assign a name to a range of cells 1 Select the cell range that you want to name 2 Choose Table gt Name gt Edit 3 Input a name for the cell range 4 Click the Add button You have now assigned the specified name to the selected cell range This name can be used in formulas instead of the original cell addresses If you assign the name January to the cell range from A2 to A10 the formula SUM January is synonymous with SUM A2 A10 Names may only consist of alphanumeric characters underscores and periods The first character must be a letter or an underscore Note Names that look like a cell address may not be used For example the name A2 is not valid because PlanMaker wouldn t be able to distinguish it from the cell address A2 68 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Hint A faster method There is a faster method for assigning names to cell
60. addresses In the top left corner of the worksheet window is an editable drop down list that normally displays the current cell address hmo As z A l if Use this drop down list to quickly set up a new named range 1 Select the cell range that you want to name 2 Click inside this drop down list 3 Enter the new name for the selected cell range 4 Press the Enter key You have now assigned the specified name to the selected cell range Deleting names To delete the name of a named cell range 1 Choose Table gt Names gt Edit 2 In the list of names select the name you want to delete 3 Click the Delete button The name has now been removed All formulas that use this deleted name will now return a NAME error value instead of a result For example if a cell range was named January all references to this named range such as SUM January will display a NAME error value User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 69 Defining names automatically from the selection If you select cells that contain both values and row or column headings you can let PlanMaker generate named ranges automatically from the cells PlanMaker then picks up the names from the headings To define names automatically 1 Select the desired cell range It must contain both the values and the headings that will be used to create the named ranges 2 Choose Table gt Names gt Edit 3 Click the Import button 4 In
61. and a short de scription of the document m File Manager Use the File Manager to locate preview open delete or print PlanMaker documents You can also search documents by file name title subject author keywords etc See the following pages for detailed information Quick Paths Quick Paths allow you to switch easily to frequently used folders when opening or saving files Quick Paths are named pointers to actual paths on your hard disk For example you could create a Quick Path Documents pointing to c My Docu ments SoftMaker After that you can switch to this folder e g in the File gt Open dialog by clicking the Quick path button and selecting Documents from the Quick Paths list Quick Paths are not only available in the File gt Open dialog but in most kinds of file dialogs User Manual PlanMaker Managing documents e 201 Creating Quick Paths To create a new Quick Path 1 Open any type of file dialog for example the File gt Open dialog 2 Click the Quick Path button 3 Inthe resulting menu choose the Create new Quick Path command 4 Enter a name for the new Quick Path e g Documents 5 Enter the path for the new Quick Path e g c My Documents SoftMaker 6 Click OK to confirm You have now created a new Quick Path Documents pointing to the folder c My Documents SoftMaker Quick Paths including search patterns Quick Paths can also include search patterns for file nam
62. at the first character The SEARCH function is not case sensitive i e it will not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters To perform a case sensitive search use the FIND function SEARCH a Banana returns 2 SEARCH A Banana returns 2 SEARCH a Banana 3 returns 4 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 405 See also SEARCH x Banana returns a VALUE error value since x does not occur in Banana FIND EXACT SUBSTITUTE SECOND second Syntax Description Example See also SECOND Time Returns the seconds of a time value SECOND 12 34 56 AM returns 56 SECOND 09 25 66 10 30 56 returns 56 HOUR MINUTE MILLISECONDS SERIESSUM sum of a power series Syntax Description Example See also SERIESSUM x n m Coefficients Returns a power series based on the following formula SERIESSUM x n m a al x n a2 x n m a3 x4 n 2m a4 x4 n 3m x is the base n is the exponent for the first element in the series m is the increment for n Coefficients is a one dimensional cell range or array containing the coefficients that the series elements will be multiplied by The number of coefficients also determines the number of elements the power series will consist of For example if 10 coefficients are given the series will consist of 10 elements SERIESSUM 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 returns 516 POWER 406 e Formulas and functions
63. be 80 of the font size of the style it is based on Cell styles Use Format gt Cell Style to select from a list of defined cell styles or to create and modify cell styles Cell styles are a combination of cell attributes number format alignment borders shades etc as well as character format that you can name save and later apply to cells If you frequently format cells in a certain font and a specific currency num ber format simply store these formats in a cell style and apply it to as many cells as desired When you choose a cell style all the attributes stored in that style are applied to the selected cells at once Annotation PlanMaker also supports character styles see section Character styles page 111 The difference between these two features is that character styles store the character format only whereas cell styles store both cell format and character format Note Character styles can be applied to single characters within a cell cell styles can only be applied to entire cells User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 115 Creating cell styles To create a new cell style 1 Choose Format gt Cell Style 2 Click the New button 3 Enter a name for the new cell style and click OK 4 The cell style has now been created To modify Click the Character button to change the character format A dialog box similar to the Format gt Character dialog see section Character format page 101
64. be modified Note These cells are displayed with a green triangle in their lower right corner Hint If sheet protection is active use the Tab Tab key to jump from one edit able cell to the next In addition if sheet protection is activated the following restrictions apply m The Table gt Names command is no longer available named ranges can no longer be modified m Some options of the File gt Page Setup command are no longer available Objects can no longer be inserted into the worksheet Most menu commands for editing the worksheet are unavailable Deactivating sheet protection To deactivate sheet protection choose Extras gt Disable sheet protection Once deactivated all cells will be editable and displayable again no matter what protection settings they have Hint The current state of sheet protection is saved within the document If a password has been assigned users will be required to enter the password to disable sheet protection User Manual PlanMaker Protecting cells and documents 223 Workbook protection If you activate workbook protection PlanMaker disables the Table gt Worksheet command and the context menu of the worksheet tabs As a result m Users can t add worksheets m Users can t copy delete or rename worksheets m Users can t hide unhide worksheets See the following pages for detailed information Activating workbook protection To activate w
65. built out of an alphabet with 26 letters PERMUT 26 3 returns 15600 See also COMBIN PHI PlanMaker 97 compatibility function Syntax PHI x Description Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function Note This function was retained only for compatibility with PlanMaker 97 Use of the following Excel compatible function is recommended in stead PHI x equals NORMDIST x 0 1 FALSE See also NORMDIST GAUSS User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 393 PI pi Syntax Description Example PIO Returns the mathematical constant pi which expresses the ratio of a circle s circumference 2rr to its diameter 2r PI returns 3 14159265 PMT payment Syntax Description Example See also PMT Rate NPer PV FV Type Returns the payment principal plus interest in the given period This function is applicable to loans with periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period NPer is the total number of payment periods PV is the present value FV optional is the future value If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period PMT 6 5 10 1000 returns 139 10 FV IPMT NPER PV RATE POISSON Poisson distribution Syntax Description POISSON x Lambda Cum
66. by their contents ec eee eeteeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeeeees 74 Speclal titers vetoes entero nates taita aap raat 75 AUTO FING resets cesses cessed stench a OE a asec 77 inserting tOmMeEmMS asiasi iaaii iiid dedii iN id a 78 Goal seeking 0 c ce ceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeaeceeaaeeeeeeecaaeeeeaaesseaeeeneeeeseaaeeeeaaeesnees 79 Freezing rows and COIUMINS 0 eee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeetnaeeeeneas 80 Inserting Special CharacterS ccceeeecteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeetneeeeetnaeeeeneae 82 FORMATTING WORKSHEETS ccecseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 83 EREI Is V4 EN E E eee RT Pa PS E PO 85 Changing cell sizes using the MOUSE ccceceeesteeeeeesteeeeees 85 Changing cell sizes using menu COMMandS cceeeeeeees 85 Hiding rows OF COIUMIS c cceeececeteeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeteneeseeneee 86 Number formatai Reed adie Naina didn died Miia 87 List of all number formats available cccccceeeeeseeeeereees 89 Working with user defined number formats 000 ccceecees 92 Structure of a user defined format c cccceeeeseeeeteeeeseeeeeeeees 93 BOLOGrS 20 24 sisi teeth its ee a tok ae ego as 96 Shades eroaa i Geatiee haved aeai Ea a 97 AllgA mente e a a ed a lo a E aA AAAA 99 Protecto M esiin a a he asta eet edna ie idia adh aaa 101 Char cter tonmalieictcaciess castes cwvanes Hu acts ecerviedastadeaste aa ha eee ede ees 101 Font and font size 0 eeeececcceececessn
67. character styles or to create and modify character styles Character styles are a collection of character attributes font size type style etc that you can name save and later apply to cells For example you can create one character style for cells containing values using 10 point Times New Roman and another style for headings using 14 point Arial bold User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 111 When you choose a character style all the attributes stored in that style are applied to the selected cells at once Annotation PlanMaker also supports cell styles see section Cell styles page 115 The difference between these two features is that character styles store the character format only whereas cell styles store both cell format number format alignment etc and character format Note Character styles can be applied to single characters within a cell cell styles can only be applied to entire cells Creating character styles To create a new character style 1 Choose Format gt Character Style 2 Click the New button 3 Enter a name for the new character style and click OK 4 A dialog box similar to the Format gt Character dialog see section Character format page 101 pops up Specify the character formats for this character style 5 Click OK 6 Click Close The new character style is now defined and ready to use To learn how to apply character styles see the next section Assig
68. chi square test for independence Syntax Description See also CHITEST ObservedValues ExpectedValues Returns the chi square test for independence ObservedValues are the observed values to be tested against the expected values ExpectedValues are the expected values CHIINV CHIDIST CHOICE x gt 0 x 0 x lt 0 Syntax Description CHOICE Number IfGreater IfZero IfLess Returns one of the following values IfGreater if Number is greater than zero IfZero if Number equals zero IfLess if Number is less than zero The last two arguments are optional 296 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value CHOICE 42 Greater Zero Smaller returns Greater CHOICE 0 Greater Zero Smaller returns Zero CHOICE 42 Greater Zero Smaller returns Smaller IF CHOOSE choose value from list Syntax Description Example See also CHOOSE Index Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the value with the specified index from a list of values Index specifies the value to be returned If Index is 1 the first value will be returned if Index is 2 the second value will be returned and so on If Index is smaller than 1 or greater than the total number of va
69. choose Format gt Link and enter http in the URL or file name box After that if you enter say www softmaker com in that cell the link will point to the internet address http www softmaker com Following links To follow a link in PlanMaker set the cursor into the link text and choose Edit gt Go to Link PlanMaker will open the target document Hint Alternatively click on the link text with the mouse Editing and removing links To edit a link select the link text and choose Format gt Link To remove a link select the link text and choose Format gt Remove Link User Manual PlanMaker Internet functions e 215 Saving HTML documents To save the current document in HTML format 1 Choose File gt Save as 2 In the Files of type list select the HTML format 3 Enter a file name and click OK PlanMaker saves the document as a HTML document All formatting not sup ported in HTML format is automatically removed 216 e Internet functions User Manual PlanMaker Printing and e mailing This chapter provides information on printing and e mailing documents Printing documents The first section provides instructions on how to print documents using the File gt Print command Em E mailing documents The second section covers e mailing documents using the File gt Send com mand Printing To print a document choose File gt Print or use the Ctrl P Ctrl P keystroke Print Prin
70. converted n optional is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is rounded to two decimals If n is a negative value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example NoThousandsSep optional is a logical value that lets you specify if the resulting text string should contain thousands separators FALSE or omitted Add thousands separators TRUE Do not add thousands separators Please keep in mind that the result of this function is a text string To round a number without converting it to a text string use one of the round functions e g ROUND instead You can also have PlanMaker display a number rounded by applying one of the number formats using the Format gt Cell command FIXED 1234 5678 2 returns the text string 1 234 57 FIXED 1234 5678 2 TRUE returns the text string 1234 57 without thousands separators 334 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also FIXED 1234 5678 2 returns the text string 1 200 ROUND ROUNDDOWN ROUNDUP TRUNC FLOOR round down to a multiple of base Syntax Description Example See also FLOOR Number Base Rounds Number down towards zero to the nearest multiple of Base Positive numbers are rounded to the nearest multiple of Base that is smaller than Number Negative numbers are rounded to the nearest multiple of Base that is larger
71. date created out of the specified Year Month and Day DATE 1966 9 25 returns the date 09 25 1966 DATEVALUE TIME TIMEVALUE DATEDIF date difference Syntax Description DATEDIF StartDate EndDate Mode Returns the number of days months or years between two dates StartDate and EndDate are the two dates to be evaluated StartDate must be less i e earlier than EndDate Mode lets you specify the kind of value to be returned User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 311 g y Number of years between StartDate and EndDate m Number of months between StartDate and EndDate a Number of days between StartDate and EndDate ym Number of months excluding years as if StartDate and EndDate were in the same year yd Number of days excluding years as if StartDate and EndDate were in the same year md Number of months excluding month and years as if StartDate and EndDate were in the same month and year Note This function is an undocumented Excel function It still exists in Microsoft Excel but has been removed from Excel s online help and therefore seems to be no longer officially supported by Excel Example To calculate the age of a person enter his her date of birth in cell Al e g 4 3 1970 In A2 enter the current date e g 6 8 2004 Then use one of the following calculations Years DATEDIF A1 A2 y returns 30 years Months DATEDIF A1 A2 m returns 371 months
72. do is to set the correct language in PlanMaker s preferences see section Setting up the language for spell checking page 195 User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets 107 Hyphenation settings If desired you can change the hyphenation settings or disable hyphenation setting can be made for individual paragraphs To change hyphenation settings select the desired paragraphs in a text frame choose Format gt Paragraph and select one of the options in the Hyphenation drop down list Options available Option Result None Do not hyphenate at all Always Try to hyphenate in every line Every 2 lines Try to hyphenate in every 2nd line only Every 3 lines Try to hyphenate in every 3rd line only By default the option Always is selected which means that PlanMaker tries to hyphenate at the end of each line if necessary Paragraph spacing text frames only Note Paragraph spacing can only be modified for text placed in a text frame To change the spacing between cells change their row height In text frames you can add extra spacing above and or below paragraphs For this purpose select the desired paragraphs in the text frame and choose For mat gt Paragraph These are the available options Option Result Before Enter here the distance that should be kept to the end of the preced ing paragraph After Enter here the distance PlanMaker should keep to the begin of the next paragraph Note
73. document will no longer be updated OLE object properties Use the Object gt Properties command to modify the properties of an OLE object frame Options available Format Filling Lines Shadow and Properties property sheets 156 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker These property sheets are identical for most types of objects They contain the following options m Format Lets you change size and positioning See section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 Em Filling Lets you change the filling Only visible in objects containing transpar ent areas See section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 m Lines Lets you add border lines See section Object properties Lines property sheet page 143 m Shadow Lets you add a shadow See section Object properties Shadow property sheet page 144 m Properties Lets you modify common settings See section Object properties Properties property sheet page 146 For OLE objects the following property sheet is also available Picture property sheet Use this property sheet to change the following settings Colors group box Original colors The object will be displayed in its original colors Grayscale Colors are reduced to grayscales B W Colors are reduced to black and white To use different colors change Foreground color and Background color as desired m Cropping group box To crop the object enter p
74. e 31 You can move the cell frame to another cell as follows Mouse Stylus Click on the desired cell or tap on it with the stylus Keyboard Use the arrow keys of the keyboard to move the cell frame A list of available keystroke commands can be found in section Keyboard shortcuts for navigating in spreadsheets page 441 Entering data In order to enter data into a cell move to the desired cell using the arrow keys or the mouse and begin typing To complete your input press the Enter key To undo an input error press the Esc ESC key PlanMaker restores the previous cell content Alternatively use the following buttons of the Edit toolbar To accept the input click the SY button identical to pressing To cancel the input click the X button identical to pressing Esc ESC To edit the content of an already populated cell double click it or activate the cell and press the F2 F2 key For detailed information on this topic see section Entering data in cells page 49 Deleting data There are several ways to delete data from a document m Deleting only parts of the cell content In order to delete only a part of the contents of a cell double click it Alterna tively move to the cell and press the F2 F2 key to edit it 32 e PlanMaker basics User Manual PlanMaker mu Deleting the entire cell content In order to delete the entire cell content move to the cell and press the Del Del
75. etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc MAX DMIN DMIN database function Syntax Description See also DMIN DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the smallest of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc MIN DMAX DPRODUCT database function Syntax Description DPRODUCT DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the product of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with dat
76. font style color etc R Normal S arial Mi 10 my f u Ta ma iv hl mm For example to select another font click the small arrow to the right of the font name This opens the font list drop down menu and allows you to select a font Other icons in the Formatting toolbar are on off formatting options such as the B icon to apply a bold style to selected text Hint Move the mouse pointer over any of these icons and a short explanation of its function is displayed Edit toolbar Below the Standard toolbar and the Formatting toolbar is the Edit toolbar ie SB y amp amp sum at az The Edit toolbar contains the following control elements Cell address The address of the currently active cell is displayed at the very left Symbols and input field for editing cell contents To the right of the cell address are four icons and an input field Click into the input field to edit the content of the current cell Or to edit the cell directly simply click in the cell and begin typing For detailed information on entering and editing cells see section Entering data in cells page 49 User Manual PlanMaker Screen elements 27 The Edit toolbar icons have the following functions Icon Function Calls up the Insert gt Function command Inserts the SUM function Accepts the user input in the input field identical to pressing the Enter key Cancels the user input in
77. formatted in that font Creating linked character styles If you create new character styles as described at the beginning of this chapter they will always be based on the character style Normal If you later change for example the font of the Normal style the font of all derived styles changes as well unless you explicitly chose a different font there Note By default all character styles are based on the character style Normal You can however base them on any other character style by selecting the base style in Based on To create a style and base it on another style proceed as follows 1 Choose Format gt Character style 2 Click New 3 Enter a name for the new character style 4 Under Based on choose the character style on which the new style should be based 114 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 5 You can now apply the desired formatting to the character style Scaled font size If you base a style on another you can optionally define a relative font size You can for example set the font size of style X to be always 80 of the font size of style Y To do this proceed as follows 1 Choose Format gt Character style 2 Select one of the styles and click on Edit 3 Switch to the property sheet Style 4 Enable the option Scale 5 Enter the desired scaling factor as a percent value for example 80 6 Confirm with OK The font size of such a style will now always
78. head File Manager buttons The File Manager buttons have the following functions m Open button Click this button to open the selected file Hint Alternatively double click the desired file to open it E Close button Click this button to close the File Manager m Search button Click this button to a search for files or b switch to another folder See section Searching with the File Manager below for details m Output button Click this button to output the selected file A submenu with the following options appears 204 e Managing documents User Manual PlanMaker E mail Send document via e mail Print Print document Rename button Click this button to rename the selected file m Delete button Click this button to delete the selected file Em Preview button Click this button to preview the selected file A preview window appears To open the document displayed in the preview window click Open To close the preview window click Cancel Searching with the File Manager Use the Search button in the File Manager to a search for files or b switch to another folder Search File x HHE My Documents aV usi Add to list Cancel 25 Documents and Setti Quick paths w DX905DK 5 pm2004_ru_az EE pm2004_ru_d2005 x EU Dronr am Filar gt j gt Eile name SRR aoe A sik File type fall documents pmd pmv xls 7 I Include subfolders Title l Subject l Author
79. hexadecimal digits DEC2HEX 42 returns FFFFFFD6 HEX2DEC DEC2BIN DEC20CT DEC2OCT decimal number to octal number Syntax Description Example See also DEC20CT Number Digits Converts the given decimal number base 10 to a octal number base 8 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 2 31 to 2431 1 Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative DEC20CT 42 returns 52 DEC20CT 42 8 returns 00000052 DEC20CT 42 1 returns the error value NUM because the number 42 cannot be represented with fewer than 2 octal digits DEC20CT 42 returns 37777777726 OCT2DEC DEC2BIN DEC2HEX DECIMALS decimals of a number Syntax Description DECIMALS Number Returns the decimals of the given number by removing the digits to the left of the decimal point User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 319 Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function w
80. homoscedastic 3 independent samples different variances heteroscedastic TINV TDIST User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 429 TYPE type of a value Syntax Description Value is a Number Text string Logical value Formula Error value Array Example See also TYPE Value Returns the type of the specified value The result is one the following numbers Result 1 2 4 8 16 64 TYPE 42 returns 1 If Al contains the text string Text TYPE A1 returns 2 ERROR TYPE UPPER convert text to upper case Syntax Description Example See also UPPER Text Converts all characters in a text string to upper case letters UPPER PlanMaker returns PLANMAKER PROPER LOWER USERFIELD user field Syntax Description USERFIELD FieldName Returns the content of one of the fields with user data name address etc entered in PlanMaker s preferences dialog Note To change the content of these fields choose Extras gt Prefer ences switch to on the General property sheet then click on User 430 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Home or User Business see also section Preferences General property sheet page 245 FieldName is the name of the field to be returned see table below Uppercase and lowercase letters can be mixed Please note that if entered directly FieldName has to be surrounded by double quotation marks FieldName
81. in the document is displayed If you click one of these names the corresponding object will be selected 144 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker m Visible This option is checked by default If you deactivate it the object will no longer be visible on screen See also section Hiding objects page 148 m Printable This option is checked by default If you deactivate it the object will not print See also section Hiding objects page 148 E Locked When you check this option the size of the object and its position can no longer be changed with the mouse or keyboard From this point on the size and position can be changed only by entering values in the dialog box for the Ob ject gt Properties command m Tab stop This option is checked by default If you deactivate it users will no longer be able to jump to the object by pressing the Tab Tab key in Object mode See also section Object mode page 136 u Protected This option is checked by default If you deactivate it the object will not be locked when worksheet protection is activated See also section Sheet protec tion page 223 a Link Lets you apply a link to the object e g a link to a website For this purpose click the Select button select the type of link and enter the target address For more information about links see section Working with links page 216 Additional property sheets With some object types addit
82. left list Now scroll through the list on the right down to the Average function Double click the Average function PlanMaker now places the Average function into the input field of the dialog box Average In order to complete the formula enter the cell range B2 B4 between the parenthe ses 42 e The PlanMaker Tour User Manual PlanMaker Alternatively you can select the cell range right in the worksheet left click on cell B2 then drag down the mouse to cell B4 as you did in a previous example If the dialog box covers the cells you want to select simply drag the dialog box out of the way The completed formula should look like this Average B2 B4 If you click the Insert button now this formula is placed into cell B5 and calcu lated immediately You have now learned about two of the more than 320 arithmetic functions of PlanMaker A comprehensive list of all functions can be found in section Functions from A to Z page 285 Going three dimensional PlanMaker documents are not limited to single worksheets If needed you can stack several worksheets on top of each other just like a stack of papers Plan Maker documents are therefore also called workbooks Each workbook can contain up to 256 worksheets The main advantage of this is that calculations in one worksheet can also refer to cells in other worksheets of a workbook in essence letting you create three dimensional spreadsheets As an example if
83. like a format string for user defined number formats see section Structure of a user defined format page 93 To change the format of numbers without having to convert them to a text string choose the Format gt Cell command and select the desired number format TEXT 2 715 0 00 USD returns 2 72 USD as a text string VALUE T N TIME create time Syntax Description Example See also TIME Hour Minute Second Returns a serial date value based on the specified Hour Minute and Second TIME 0 20 0 returns 0 01389 the serial date value for the correspond ing time PlanMaker automatically applies the number format Date Time to it e g 00 20 00 is displayed TIMEVALUE DATE DATEVALUE TIMEDIFF time difference Syntax Description Note TIMEDIFF StartTime EndTime Returns the time elapsed between two time values StartTime is the start time EndTime is the end time Both can be either time values or date values including a time Please note that in the latter case both StartTime and EndTime have to in clude a date otherwise a V ALUE error value is returned Compared to simply subtracting time values this function has the following advantage when EndTime is smaller than StartTime An employee starts his her shift for example at 10 00 pm and leaves at 6 00 am If calculating his her hours of work by subtracting 10 00 pm from 6 00 am the result would be 16 hours If th
84. move it using the arrow keys on the keyboard or drag it to another position using the mouse Note By default objects are anchored to the cell beneath their upper left corner You can move objects at will but when an object is dropped in its new position it will again automatically be anchored to the cell beneath its upper left corner As a result an object will move down if additional rows are inserted above it and move up if rows above are deleted If you do not want the object to behave like this choose Object gt Properties switch to the Format property sheet and change the Position option For example if you choose Independent of cell position and size the object will no longer move down when you insert new rows above For more information on this option see section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 Changing the size of objects To change the size of an object select it and a drag the red lines surrounding it or b drag the corner handles Rotating and flipping objects Note Only drawings can be rotated and flipped When you select a drawing a handle with double arrows amp will appear next to the red frame surrounding it Drag this handle to rotate the drawing To rotate the object drag here To change the rotation center drag here Alternatively drawings can be rotated or flipped using the Object gt Rotate or Flip command User Manual PlanMaker Objects picture
85. no digit exists Example applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 2 with a blank behind the 2 Note If any of the above codes are placed to the left of the decimal point all digits left of the decimal point will be displayed Example applied to the number 123 456 will not return 3 456 but 123 456 period Display the number with a decimal point 5 comma Display the number with thousands separators Note The above two codes can be used at arbitrary position User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 93 E or e E or e Text Example applied to the number 5000000 returns 5 000 000 Display a percent sign at this position and multiply the number by 100 Example applied to the number 0 5 returns 50 Display the number s sign at this position even if it is positive Example applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 2 Display the number s sign at this position only if it is negative Example 1 applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 2 Example 2 applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 2 Note If you do not use a or format code signs are displayed regardless in front of the number and only if it is negative Display the number in scientific notation Example E 00 applied to the number 5000 returns 5E 03 Same as E except that the exponent s sign is only displayed if it is negative Example 1 E 00 applied to the number 5000 returns 5E03 Example 2 E 00 ap
86. not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value ACOT 1 returns 0 7854 45 ACOT COT 0 1234 returns 0 1234 COT ACOTH inverse arccotangent Syntax Description Note Example See also ACOTH Number Returns the inverse arccotangent of Number i e the value whose hyperbolic tangent is Number This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value ACOTH returns 0 54931 ACOTH COTH 0 1234 returns 0 1234 COTH AREAS number of areas Syntax Description Example AREAS Reference Returns the number of contiguous cell ranges the specified cell reference consists of AREAS A1 B2 returns 1 286 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also AREAS A1 B2 E5 G7 returns 2 INDEX COLUMNS ROWS ASIN arcsine Syntax Description Example See also ASIN Number Returns the arcsine of Number i e the angle whose sine is Number Number must be in the range 1 to 1 ASIN 1 returns 1 5708 90 ASIN SIN 0 1234 returns 0 1234 SIN ASINH inverse hyperbolic sine Syntax Description Example See also ASINH Number Returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of Number i e the value whose
87. number eect eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 383 NA error value N A cceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeesaaeeteaeeteaes 384 NEG negative Value ccccsceeesseeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeseneeeeaes 384 NEGBINOMDIST negative binomial distribution 385 NETWORKDAYS number of workdayS c cccceeeseeeees 385 NOMINAL nominal interest rate cceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeees 385 NORMDIST normal distribution 0 0 cccceeeeeeeesteeeeseeeeees 386 NORMINV percentiles of the normal distribution 387 NORMSDIST standard normal distribution 0 cee 387 NORMSINV percentiles of the standard distribution 387 NOT logical NOT function eceeeeeeeeete eset ceeeeeseeeeeeneeeeees 388 NOW current date and time ccceecseeeeneeceeeeeseteeeeeeeeees 388 NPER number of periods cccceceeeseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeteaes 388 NPV net present value cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeneneeteaes 389 OCT2BIN octal number to binary nuMbe r ceeeeees 389 OCT2DEC octal number to decimal number 0 6 390 OCT2HEX octal number to hexadecimal number 390 ODD round up to next odd number ceeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeees 391 OFFSET shifted reference ccccceceeeeeeeteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 391 OR logical OR function cceeceeeereeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeteaeeteaes 392 PCF inte
88. numbers are displayed in accounting format To create your own accounting formats click the New button To change existing formats click the Change button see section Working with user defined number formats page 92 Example 42 00 Date Time Displays the number as date and or time To specify the desired format select the corresponding subtype in the Subtype list box The formats displayed depend on the system s region settings for example 90 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Subtype Display and example M D YY month day year 2 digits e g 7 2 06 MM DD YYYY month 2 digits day 2 digits year 4 digits e g 07 02 2006 MMMM DD YYYY month name day 2 digits year 4 digits e g February 07 2006 h mm hour minute 2 digits in 24 hours format e g 9 30 h mm AM hour minute 2 digits in AM PM format e g 9 30 AM hh mm ss AM hour 2 digits minute 2 digits second 2 digits in AM PM format e g 09 30 00 AM h mm ss hour in endless time format minute 2 digits second 2 digits e g 52 00 00 MM DD YY h mm month 2 digits day 2 digits year 2 digits as well as hour AM minute 2 digits e g 07 02 06 9 30 AM The endless time format distinguishes itself from other time formats by its feature of not setting the time back to 0 00 after 24 hours This is useful for calculations with times For example when you add 20 00 and 5 00 all other
89. of a date MONTH 09 25 1966 returns 9 YEAR WEEKNUM DAY WEEKDAY MROUND round to a multiple of base Syntax Description Example See also MROUND Number Base Rounds Number to the nearest multiple of Base Base must be gt 0 If the remainder of the division of Number by Base is smaller than half the value of Base MROUND rounds down If it is greater than or equal to half the value of Base MROUND rounds up see examples below MROUND 1234 5678 1 returns 1235 MROUND 1234 5678 0 01 returns 1234 57 MROUND 22 5 returns 20 MROUND 23 5 returns 25 MROUND 22 5 5 returns 25 FLOOR CEILING ROUNDDOWN ROUNDUP ROUND TRUNC MSOLVE solution of matrix equation Ax B Syntax Description MSOLVE ArrayA VectorB Returns the solution to a linear system of equations by solving the matrix equation Ax B User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 379 Note Annotation Note Example See also ArrayA is the cell range or array containing matrix A It must contain numeric values only Its number of rows has to equal its number of col umns The determinant of this matrix must not be zero otherwise the equation cannot be solved VectorB is the cell range or array containing vector B VectorB must be a vector which is an array or a cell range of either just one row or one column The result of this function is a vector with the solutions This function is not supported
90. order of precedence which defines the evaluation order of expressions containing operators Operators with higher precedence are evaluated before operators with a relatively lower precedence Parentheses can be used to override the order of precedence and force parts of a formula to be evaluated before other parts For example 1 2 2 returns 5 since multiplication has precedence over addition If the formula 1 2 2 is used in stead the result will be 6 since the parentheses override the order of precedence Operators available listed in order of precedence lst Intersection 2nd Percentage 3rd a Exponentiation 4th Positive sign not addition Negative sign Negation not subtraction Sth Multiplication Division 6th Addition Subtraction 7th amp Concatenation For example Plan amp Maker returns PlanMaker 274 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker 8th Is equal lt gt Is not equal lt Is less gt Is greater lt Is less or equal gt s greater or equal Note In Excel the order of precedence is incorrect for the exponentiation operator and the negation operator whereas PlanMaker uses the correct order For example in Excel 1 2 returns 1 wrong whereas PlanMaker returns 1 correct since has precedence over Entering formulas Hint A short introduction to entering formulas is also provided in chapter The PlanMaker Tour page 37 To en
91. pops up Make the desired modifications and click OK Click the Cell button to change the cell format A dialog box similar to the Format gt Cell dialog see section Number format page 87 pops up Make the desired modifications and click OK 5 Click Close The new cell style is now defined and ready to use To learn how to apply cell styles see the next section Assigning a keyboard shortcut to a cell style If you use a cell style frequently it might be useful to assign a keyboard shortcut to it allowing you to apply it with a single keystroke For this purpose choose Format gt Cell Style select a style click Edit and switch to the Style property sheet Place the cursor in the Shortcut key input box and press the desired key combination Note If you enter a key combination that is already in use its current assignment will be displayed below the Shortcut key box To prevent overwriting the key board shortcut for another style or menu command press the Backspace key e__ and assign a different key combination Applying keyboard shortcuts utilizing Ctrly Ctrl and Shift is suggested as these shortcuts are usually available 116 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Applying cell styles To apply a cell style 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Format gt Cell Style 3 Click one of the styles listed 4 Click the Apply button The cell format and character format of the selected
92. programs To create a user defined toolbar icon that for example starts Windows Notepad 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Toolbars 2 In the Group list select User 3 In the Command list click any of the icons Note The first three icons are sample icons already configured to demonstrate the use of user defined icons 4 Click the Edit button 5 In the Description field enter a short description for the icon for example Notepad 6 In the Command line field enter the command to execute when the icon is clicked for example c windows notepad exe User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 265 7 Optionally If you want to use a different icon enter its path and filename in the Icon file field 8 Click OK to confirm The user defined icon has now been created To add it to a toolbar drag it to the desired location with the mouse Customizing keyboard shortcuts Some of PlanMaker s menu commands have an assigned keyboard shortcut For example pressing Ctrl S Ctrl S invokes the File gt Save command The Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings command allows you to modify PlanMaker s keyboard shortcuts as desired You can also create complete keyboard mappings containing an entire set of keyboard shortcuts and switch between two keyboard mappings with a few mouse clicks Keyboard Mappings Ea TextMaker Classic Rename Edit Reset The buttons in the Extra
93. returns Result_3 because it is the next smallest value LOOKUP 0 A1 A3 B1 B3 returns N A VLOOKUP HLOOKUP INDEX MATCH Usage with one two dimensional range Syntax Description LOOKUP Crit Range This variant of LOOKUP scans the first column or row of Range for the specified value If found it returns the content of the cell located at the same position in the last column or row respectively of Range If no exact match is found the next smallest value will be taken If no smaller value exists a N A error value is returned Crit is the value to search for case insensitive Range is the cell range or array to search in User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 369 Example See also The dimensions of Range determine in which direction it will be scanned If Range has more columns than rows the first row is scanned If Range has more rows than columns the first column is scanned Important The scanned data in the first row or column of Range must be sorted in ascending order otherwise this function might return wrong results If the values are not sorted use VLOOKUP or HLOOKUP instead of LOOKUP In the following table B Lookup_en pmd Iof x 4 B zl 1 Result_1 2 3 LOOKUP returns the following results LOOKUP 1 A1 B3 returns Result_1 LOOKUP 2 A1 B3 returns Result_2 LOOKUP 3 A1 B3 returns Result_3 LOOKUP 2 5 A1 B3 returns Result_2 because it is the n
94. returns the corresponding cell in another column or row respectively of the same range Usage with two one dimensional ranges Syntax Description LOOKUP Crit LookupVector ResultVector This variant of LOOKUP scans LookupVector for the specified value If found it returns the content of the cell located in the same row or column of the ResultVector If no exact match is found the next smallest value will be taken If no smaller value exists a N A error value is returned Crit is the value to search for case insensitive 368 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also LookupVector is the cell range or array to search in It must be a vector which is a range of either just one row or one column Important The data in LookupVector must be sorted in ascending order otherwise this function might return wrong results If the values are not sorted use VLOOKUP or HLOOKUP instead of LOOKUP LookupVector is the cell range or array with the results It also has to be a vector Result Vector must be of the same size as LookupVector In the following table B Lookup_en pmd Iof x A B al 1 Result_1 2 3 LOOKUP returns the following results LOOKUP 1 A1 A3 B1 B3 returns Result_1 LOOKUP 2 A1 A3 B1 B3 returns Result_2 LOOKUP 3 A1 A3 B1 B3 returns Result_3 LOOKUP 2 5 A1 A3 B1 B3 returns Result_2 because it is the next smallest value LOOKUP 10 A1 A3 B1 B3
95. section Document properties Calculate property sheet page 257 After that PlanMaker will only recalculate when the Extras gt Recalculate command is selected Preferences General property sheet The General property sheet in the Extras gt Preferences dialog box contains common PlanMaker settings Open documents in new windows If this option is checked whenever you open a document using File gt Open or File gt New a new document window will be created If it is unchecked the current document will be closed and the new document will be opened in the same document window Note You only set the default state of this option here The File gt New and File gt Open dialogs have their own New Window checkboxes which allow you to specify on a document by document basis whether or not a new window should be opened for a document Beep on errors If this option is checked a sound plays when PlanMaker displays an error or warning message User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 243 Use SHM extensions Linux only When this option is enabled PlanMaker uses shared memory caching to speed up the responsiveness of the display Note Depending on the particular system in certain cases the amount of shared memory available might not be sufficient for PlanMaker In such cases PlanMaker automatically disables this option Show warning when loading OLE objects Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs only When this option is
96. than Number Number and Base must have the same sign otherwise the function returns a NUM error value FLOOR 42 5 1 returns 42 FLOOR 42 5 1 returns 42 FLOOR 21 5 returns 20 FLOOR 12 3456 0 01 returns 12 34 CEILING MROUND ROUND TRUNC FORECAST forecast using linear regression Syntax Description FORECAST x y_values x_values Returns the y coordinate for the given x coordinate on a best fit line based on the given values A best fit line is the result of a linear regression a statistical technique that adapts a line to a set of data points for example the results of a se ries of measurements This function can be used for example to predict the resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor at a specific temperature after having measured the resistance at several other temperatures x is the x value for which a prediction is desired y_values are the known y values e g the resistance User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 335 Example See also x_values are the known x values e g the temperature The resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor has been measured at several temperatures Cells A1 A4 contain the temperatures measured 8 20 25 28 Cells B1 B4 contain the resistances measured 261 508 608 680 The following calculation returns an estimate for the resistance at 15 degrees FORECAST 15 B1 B4 A1 A4 returns 405 21805 Ohm INTERCEPT SLOPE
97. the Preview button List of most recently opened files Hint At the bottom of the File menu is a list of recently opened documents Click a name on the list to reopen the document Pocket PC On Pocket PCs recently opened documents are accessed from the Recent menu Printing a document To print the current document choose File gt Print or use the Ctrl P Ctri P keystroke Print Printer PCL Laser x Print area Options whole document Copies 4 Port COM1 57600 v D only selected cells Net path Collate copies Pages D Only chosen worksheets anoe T I op penres D Pages 1 1 C Reverse order Color Pages to print In the resulting dialog box select the number of copies and which pages to print The dialog box defaults to printing one copy of all pages of the document For additional print dialog options see chapter Printing and e mailing page 219 User Manual PlanMaker PlanMaker basics e 35 Saving a document To save a document choose File gt Save or use the Ctrl S Ctrl S keystroke If the document has not been saved before PlanMaker will request a document name before saving Saving under a different name or in a different folder PlanMaker also provides the File gt Save as command This command saves your document as well but gives you the opportunity to assign a different file name or save it to a different folder Saving in a different file format You
98. the accuracy of calculations Since computers use a different number system than humans some calculations may in very rare cases lead to very small rounding errors This issue is not PlanMaker specific but affects practically all computer applications However PlanMaker has two options that when activated almost eliminate such rounding problems If Round final result is checked PlanMaker automatically rounds the final result of each calculation to 15 decimals If Round intermediate results is checked PlanMaker also rounds any inter mediate result within a calculation to 15 decimals The first option reduces the probability of receiving a rounding error significantly the second option reduces it even more However the disadvantage of checking these options is that calculation time increases Consider a classical example for such rounding errors 256 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker If these options are deactivated the formula 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 returns FALSE though TRUE would be the correct result If both options are activated the calcu lation returns the correct result Document properties Protection property sheet The Protection property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box allows you to password protect the current document For more information see section Document protection page 227 Worksheet properties To modify the worksheet properties use the Table gt Properties comma
99. the current document users cannot make any changes to the worksheet register and the Table gt Worksheet com mand is disabled For additional information see section Workbook protection page 226 Calculating in three dimensions A multi worksheet workbook allows calculations in one worksheet to refer to cells in other worksheets within the same workbook resulting in a three dimensional spreadsheet To enter such calculations append the name of the desired worksheet to the cell address and separate it with an exclamation point For example Sheet1 B2 refers to cell B2 on worksheet Sheet1 An example Assume you want to create a profit loss statement For this you create three worksheets named Sales Costs and Profit Keo ah Sales 4 Costs Profit A The value in cell D2 of the Costs worksheet will be deducted from the value in cell A8 of the Sales worksheet and appear in cell C9 of the Profit worksheet For this purpose switch to the Profit worksheet click cell C9 and enter the following formula Sales A8 Costs D2 After hitting the Enter key cell C9 on the worksheet Profit will contain the result of your calculation User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 67 Naming cell ranges Use the Table gt Names command to assign names to selected cell ranges For example if your worksheet has four columns with the sales figures for spring summer fall and winter name these ranges
100. the input field identical to pressing Esc ESc a e m N For information on entering formulas see chapter Entering formulas page 277 Document window Every document you create or open is displayed in its own document window You can work on multiple documents simultaneously and copy data between them as desired A document window consists of the following components Title bar Provided that a document window is not maximized it has its own title bar in which the name of the document is displayed Document The document itself takes up most of the display s real estate This is the work area where you enter data carry out calculations etc Detailed information on editing the document and entering data can be found throughout this manual in particular in chapter Editing worksheets page 47 Worksheet tabs Below the document are the worksheet tabs A PlanMaker document can consist of several worksheets which are layered like a stack of paper sheets one on top of another With the worksheet tabs you can switch between the individual worksheets in a document create new sheets and delete existing ones see section Working with multiple worksheets page 65 28 e Screen elements User Manual PlanMaker Keo ah Sheet1 4 Sheet 4 Sheet3 r In the illustration above the document consists of three worksheets with Sheet1 as the active worksheet Status bar At the bottom of the PlanMaker window the
101. the number of months If m is positive a date in the future will be returned If m is negative a date in the past will be returned EDATE 03 30 00 1 returns 04 30 00 EDATE 03 31 00 1 returns 04 30 00 as well because April has just 30 days EOMONTH EFFECT effective interest rate Syntax Description Example See also EFFECT NomRate NPerYear Returns the effective annual interest rate given the nominal annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year NomRate is the nominal annual interest rate NPerYear is the number of compounding periods per year To calculate the effective annual interest rate for an investment with a nominal annual interest rate of 5 compounded quarterly EFFECT 5 4 returns approx 5 09 NOMINAL EOMONTH end of month in n months Syntax Description EOMONTH lt StartDate m Returns the last day of the month that is m months before after Start Date StartDate is the start date m is the number of months If m is positive a date in the future will be returned If m is negative a date in the past will be returned 326 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also If m is zero the last day of the current month will be returned EOMONTH 09 25 1966 0 returns 09 30 1966 EOMONTH 09 25 1966 1 returns 10 31 1966 EOMONTH 09 25 1966 1 returns 08 31 1966 EDATE ERF Gaussian error function Syntax
102. the starting point press and hold the left mouse button and start drawing as if using a pencil To draw a straight line release the mouse button and click on the desired position If you end your drawing at its starting point it will automatically become a closed curve To obtain an open curve double click the desired end position Curves Use the Curve tool Fd to draw Bezier curves For this purpose first click the starting point then click as many other positions as desired The curve will automatically follow your clicks If you end your drawing at its starting point it will automatically become a closed curve To obtain an open curve double click the desired end position Connectors Use one of the Connectors tools Pale Bel to draw straight connectors elbow connectors or curved connectors A A A straight elbow curved connector connector connector 160 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker For this purpose select one of these tools and move the mouse from one object to the next with the left mouse button held down Hint When you select a connector tool and point to an object blue handles will appear indicating where connectors can be attached Rectangles rounded rectangles and ellipses Use one of the tools oO Go to draw rectangles rounded rectangles or ellipses For this purpose select one of these tools and draw a frame with the desired position and size Hint To draw squares c
103. time formats would return 1 00 With the endless time format the result is 25 00 Additionally the endless time format supports negative time values For example 7 00 10 00 does not result in 21 00 but in 3 00 To create your own date time formats click the New button see section Working with user defined number formats page 92 Scientific Displays the number in scientific notation Example 5E 03 equals 5 1043 which is 5000 4 2E 01 equals 4 2 10 1 which is 0 42 Fraction Displays the number as a fraction with a user defined denominator Note The numerator will be rounded if necessary For example if you set the denominator to 3 the number 2 5 will be displayed as 2 2 3 Example 2 1 2 5 9 10 User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 91 Boolean Displays the number as a Boolean value logical value If the number is zero FALSE will be displayed If it is any other value TRUE will be displayed Example TRUE FALSE Custom Displays the number in a user defined format For details see the next section Working with user defined number formats If desired the Format gt Cell dialog allows you to define your own number formats Note This feature is only available when you have selected one of the following number formats Currency Accounting Date Time or Custom Defining a new number format To create a new number format 1 Click the New button
104. to the Language property sheet and check the Check spelling as you type option From that point on every time you type a word and hit the space or Enter key PlanMaker checks the spelling and immediately displays a dialog box if the word is unknown For information on this dialog box see the previous section You will notice that there is also a SmartText button in the dialog box This is for creating SmartText entries You will learn more about this feature in section SmartText beginning on page 215 User Manual PlanMaker Spell checker e 195 Editing user dictionaries Use the Extras gt Edit User Dictionaries command to examine and edit the words you have added to your user dictionary To remove an entry from a user dictionary click the Delete button Note PlanMaker creates a separate user dictionary for each language To switch to a different language use the Language list SmartText Use the Insert gt SmartText command to create insert and edit SmartText en tries PlanMaker s SmartText feature allows you to create shorthand codes for words or phrases you are using frequently For example if you create a SmartText entry named lax for the text Los Angeles whenever you type lax it will automati cally be replaced by Los Angeles The following section details PlanMaker s SmartText feature In this section you will learn all about PlanMaker s SmartText feature Creating SmartText entries S
105. to the Protection property sheet Choose the desired protection settings see below Click OK to confirm Protection settings available E Protect cell Protect cell against changes if sheet protection is activated Use this option to prevent users from changing the content or the format of the cell Important By default this option is enabled for all cells in the worksheet To allow users to change specific cells when sheet protection is activated select those cells and disable the Protect cell option Hide formula Do not display the formula used to calculate the cell content but only show the result if sheet protection is activated Hide cell Hide the cell content on screen if sheet protection is activated Do not print cell Hide the cell content in printouts if sheet protection is activated Step 2 Activating sheet protection After having specified the protection settings for cells activate sheet protection to enable settings 222 e Protecting cells and documents User Manual PlanMaker Note Activating sheet protection affects the current worksheet only To activate sheet protection 1 Choose Extras gt Sheet protection 2 If desired enter a password required to deactivate sheet protection Leave blank if you do not want to assign a password 3 Click OK to confirm Sheet protection is now activated After that only cells not flagged with the Protect cell option can
106. trademarks are herewith acknowledged SoftMaker Software GmbH Kronacher Str 7 D 90427 Nuremberg Germany www softmaker com www fourier sys com Contents WEL COME a e ile ce ile Ci tiie clu ae ce thie cn aie tie chee 21 FUNCtional overvieW seriene aerie ereta Ai TEE EA 21 Technical Support iciaeaie a eines 22 About this manual eiras a Aa epa eA AE AA AASA 22 Typographical conventionS sssssseesessserssssrrsseerrssinrssennnnnennnnnnn 23 Starting PlanMake cccccceceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeeeees 23 SCREENIELEMENT Sa cdvia navi cavinccasccnctvecctiecnidvniets 25 Application tithe bar saia eecceeeenceeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeneaaes 25 MEM Dal scce selec a ath otal Ge eet ae Sethe Sheet ee 26 Toolbar tei a isasinlinel ania win deans 26 Formatting toOlb ar raria is Tea e anaE aAa AA E ANE AN 27 Edit toolba enaint aeia daa 27 Document WINKOW ssssssssssesseruesrrnnestnnnesrennennnnnnntennnntnnnnennnnnnnannnnnnaa 28 Status Dal uiii aaia aie a a aia ia aa 29 PLANMAKER BASICS weisciiee ain einen Glin Ghana 30 The structure of a spreadsheet cccecssceeesseeeeeesseeeeessseeeeeseaaes 30 Moving around in a worksheet ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeees 31 ERS e E EE IE O E E 32 Deleting data araa eana AEA tte eee eh Sees 32 UNdOING change Soens iee eset eae ee eoid iii a Aa 33 Starting a new document s ssseessseessessseeesesettsttrttnteennetnnnrennn
107. use the File gt Properties command see section Document prop erties Internet property sheet page 253 Working with links Use the Format gt Link command to create and edit hyperlinks Hyperlinks are what the user sees in a web browser Text that is underlined indicating that you can click on it to follow the link to a different PlanMaker file or to an Internet address e g http www softmaker com Creating links To create a link 1 Select the text or cell you want to apply a link to 2 Choose Format gt Link 214 e Internet functions User Manual PlanMaker 3 Enter the link target in the URL or file name input box To link to Web pages enter http followed by the address of the desired page e g http www softmaker com index_en htm 4 If desired you can also enter the target bookmark or cell reference of the link see below 5 Click OK to confirm The link is now created Using bookmarks and cell references in links Using hyperlinks you can not only specify the target URL or file name but also specify a bookmark for HTML documents or cell reference for PlanMaker documents For example If you set the URL or file name to Sales pmd and below enter D42 as the target the link will open the file Sales pmd and jump to cell D42 Using place holders in links Hint In hyperlinks you can use an asterisk as a placeholder for the cell con tent For example In an empty cell
108. will be returned MODE 1 2 4 4 4 2 1 returns 4 MODE 1 2 4 4 2 1 returns 1 if there are multiple modes the smallest one is returned MODE 1 4 2 returns N A because no value occurs more than once MEDIAN NORMDIST MODP remainder of a division PlanMaker method Syntax Description Example See also Annotation MODP x y Returns the remainder of the division of x by y using the PlanMaker method see annotation below MODP 5 3 returns 2 MODP 5 0 returns a DIV 0 error value MODP 5 3 returns 2 see below MOD QUOTIENT Microsoft Excel returns wrong results when you use the MOD function with a negative numerator or denominator PlanMaker also returns wrong results in this case for compatibility reasons but additionally offers the MODP function described above that returns correct results The following table shows the differences between MOD and MODP the highlighted results highlighted in green color are wrong P Mod_en pmd Iof x a Arguments Mod ModP 6 3 2 2 6 3 2 53 2 5 3 2 a lt e Hh Sheeti 378 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note The MODP function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a document in Excel format all calculations using this function will be replaced by their last result as a fixed value MONTH month of a date Syntax Description Example See also MONTH Date Returns the month
109. with a single click To group cells 1 Select the rows or columns to be grouped 2 Choose Table gt Outliner gt Group Alternatively click the D icon in the Outline toolbar The cells are now grouped Note Ungrouped cells have an outline level of 1 When you group cells their outline level is set to 2 You can even group a subset of cells within a group of cells thereby increasing the outline level to 3 etc Outlines can contain up to 8 outline levels Ungrouping grouped cells To ungroup grouped cells 1 Select the rows or columns to be ungrouped User Manual PlanMaker Outliner 209 2 Choose Table gt Outliner gt Ungroup Alternatively click the Q icon in the Outline toolbar The cells are now ungrouped To be precise their outline level is reduced by 1 This means that if you ungroup cells with an outline level of 3 they will not be completely ungrouped but their outline level will be reduced to 2 Completely removing the outline of grouped cells To completely remove the outline of cells 1 Select the rows or columns whose outline you want to remove Note If you do not select any cells the outline of the entire worksheet will be removed 2 Choose Table gt Outliner gt Clear Outline Alternatively click the Ex icon in the Outline toolbar The outline is removed all cells now have outline level 1 Showing hiding grouped cells After creating an outline for a worksheet as describe
110. worksheet register Hint If you click on one of the worksheet tabs with the right mouse button a context menu with will appear showing useful commands for creating and managing worksheets Changing the order of worksheets The worksheet register can also be used to move worksheets allowing you to change their order Click the desired worksheet tab and drag it to the desired location within the other worksheet tabs Managing worksheets To manage worksheets choose Table gt Worksheet A drop down menu with the following commands will appear m The Insert command creates a new worksheet m The Copy command creates a copy of the current worksheet E The Delete command removes the current worksheet along with its contents 66 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker E The Rename command lets you change the name of the current worksheet m The Show command makes hidden worksheets see Hide command visible again A drop down menu will list all hidden worksheets Click on the desired worksheet to make it reappear The Show all command makes all hidden work sheets visible at once m The Hide command makes the current worksheet invisible Hidden worksheets cannot be activated or edited but they are still used as a source for calculations m The Properties command lets you change the properties of the current work sheet see section Worksheet properties page 259 Hint If workbook protection is activated for
111. 005 is not a leap year YEAR DAYS DAYS360 DB fixed declining balance depreciation Syntax Description Example DB Cost Salvage Life Per Months Returns the depreciation of an asset for the specified period using the fixed declining balance method Cost Initial cost of asset Salvage Salvage value value at the end of the depreciation Life Life of asset in number of periods Per Period to evaluate in the same time unit as Life Months optional Number of Months in the first year 12 if omitted Asset parameters initial cost 100000 salvage value 20000 life 10 years DB 100000 20000 10 1 returns 14900 00 depreciation in year 1 DB 100000 20000 10 2 returns 12679 90 depreciation in year 2 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 315 See also etc DDB SYD SLN DCOUNT database function Syntax Description See also DCOUNT DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the number of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Only cells containing numbers including dates are counted cells with text or logical values are ignored Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the dat
112. 121 Note Headers footers are printed inside the top bottom margins If they do not appear on the printout check if a the Distance to edge is too large or b the top bottom margin is too small Margins Lets you enter values for left right top and bottom margins Margins are the white space around the borders of a page Paper bins Available under Windows only Lets you choose from the list of printer sup ported paper bins Additional page setup options Choose File gt Page Setup and switch to the Options property sheet to modify extended page setup options for the current worksheet Options available Page number Lets you control the starting number for page numbers Auto Pages are numbered starting with 1 Value Pages are numbered starting with the specified value Hint To insert page numbers in a worksheet create a header or footer and insert a Page Number field see next section Print Check any of these options to include the following components in the printout Row and column headers Row headers are located left of the table labeled 1 2 3 etc Column headers are located above the table labeled A B C etc Grid print gridlines between the cells Comments print comments applied to cells Repeated rows Repeated columns 122 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Lets you set up rows columns to be repeated on each page Use the following notation Fir
113. 145 m Properties Lets you modify common settings See section Object properties Properties property sheet page 146 For text frames two additional property sheets are available in the dialog Inner text property sheet Use this property sheet to change settings affecting the text inside the frame Inner margins group box Lets you modify the margins between text frame and inner text If you check the Automatic option PlanMaker will calculate automatically E Rotate by group box Lets you rotate the inner text in 90 degrees increments mu Overlapping objects group box Lets you specify how the frame will behave if it is overlapped with other frames User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 149 If the default option Ignore object is selected nothing happens If the option Wrap text is selected the text inside the text frame is automati cally wrapped around the overlapping object Vertical alignment group box Lets you change the vertical alignment of the inner text Option Result Top Align inner text at the top of the frame Bottom Align inner text at the bottom of the frame Center Vertically center text between top and bottom of the frame Flush Vertically justify text so that it is evenly distributed between top and bottom of the frame AutoShapes property sheet A text frame is actually an AutoShape that has been filled with text AutoShapes are drawings with a pre defined shape f
114. 2 Enter a text string that specifies the number format see next section and click OK The number format is now created Changing an existing number format Currency or Accounting number formats can be modified as desired To modify a number format 1 Select the number format to be edited in the Subtype list box 2 Click the Change button 92 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 3 Enter a text string that specifies the number format see next section and click OK The number format will be changed accordingly Deleting a number format To delete a user defined number format 1 Select the number format to be deleted in the Subtype list box 2 Click the Delete button The number format will be deleted Structure of a user defined format To create a new number format proceed as described in the previous section A dialog box will appear prompting you to enter a text string to specify the structure of the new number format This text string can consist of the following characters called format codes Format codes for the number format Custom The Custom number format supports the following format codes Character Result Display a digit of the number or nothing if no digit exists Example applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 2 0 Display a digit of the number or zero if no digit exists Example 00 applied to the number 1 2 returns 1 20 Display a digit of the number or a blank if
115. 2 4i returns 2 16096404744368 1 5972779646881 Li COMPLEX IMLN IMLOG10 348 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker IMNEG negative value of a complex number Syntax Description Note Example See also IMNEG ComplexNumber Returns the negative of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value Hint As an alternative to IMNEG A1 the following calculation can be used COMPLEX IMREAL A1 IMAGINARY A1 IMNEG 2 4i returns 2 4i COMPLEX IMPOWER power of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMPOWER ComplexNumber Exponent Returns a complex number raised to a power ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Exponent is the power the complex number will be raised to Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMPOWER 2 4i 2 returns 12 16i COMPLEX IMSQRT IMPRODUCT product of complex numbers Syntax Description IMPRODUCT ComplexNum1 ComplexNum2 ComplexNum3 Returns the product of the given complex numbers User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 349 ComplexNum1 ComplexNum2 etc mus
116. 2 PgUp Page4 PgDn Ctrl Page Ctrl PgUp Ctrl Page4 Ctr PgDn Home Home End End Ctrl Home Ctrl Home Ctrl End Ctrl End Ctrl Tab Ctrl Shift Tab Ctrl Tab Ctrl Tab F5 Shift F5 F3 Shift F3 Ctrl F3 Ctri F3 Ctrl 7 Ctrl 7 Keyboard shortcuts 439 Keyboard shortcuts for menu commands File gt New File gt Open File gt Close File gt Save File gt File Manager File gt Print File gt Exit Edit gt Undo Edit gt Redo Edit gt Cut Edit gt Copy Edit gt Paste Edit gt Select All Edit gt Search Edit gt Replace Edit gt Search again Edit gt Go to Format gt Cell Format gt Standard Select font in the Formatting toolbar Boldface on off Italics on off Underlining on off Superscript Subscript Deactivate superscript subscript Alignment default Alignment left 440 e Keyboard shortcuts Ctr N Ctri N Ctr O Ctd O0 Ctrl W Ctri W or Ctrl F4 Ctrl F4 Cwl S Ctrl S F12 F12 Cwrl P Ctri P Ctrl Q CtH Q or Alt F4 Alt F4 Ctrl ZCtd Z Cwl y Ct Ctrl x Ctrl X Curl C Ctri C Cel V Ct V Cwl A Ctri A CtDE Ctri F Cwrl H Ctri H Ctrl G Ctri G or F3 F3 F5 F5 Cwrl 1 Ctri 1 Ctrl Space Ctrl Space Cwrl D Ctri D Ctrl B Ctri B or Ctrl F Ctrl Shift F Ctrl Ctri 1 or Ctrl K Ctr1 Shift K Ctrl U Ctr Shift U Ctrl Num Ctr1 Shift Num Ctrl Num Ctrl Shift N
117. 4 you could also type IMPOWER 2 4i COMPLEX 2 4 returns 2 4i COMPLEX 2 4 i returns 2 4i as well COMPLEX 2 4 j returns 2 4j IMAGINARY IMREAL User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 299 CONCATENATE concatenate text strings Syntax CONCATENATE Text1 Text2 Text3 Description Combines two or more text strings into one text string Annotation The amp operator does exactly the same CONCATENATE Textl Text2 is equivalent to Textl amp Text2 Example CONCATENATE Good Morning returns Good Morning CONCATENATE 2 slices of bread returns 2 slices of bread CONFIDENCE confidence interval Syntax CONFIDENCE AIpha Sigma n Description Returns a value that allows you to determine the 1 alpha confidence interval for the population mean of a distribution The 1 alpha confidence interval is a range of values around the sample mean x covering the interval from x CONFIDENCE to x CONFIDENCE The probability that this interval contains the popula tion mean is 1 Alpha Alpha is the significance level to compute the confidence level Must be in the range 0 to 1 For example if Alpha is 5 the probability that the population mean is outside the confidence interval is 5 The probability that it is inside is 1 Alpha i e 95 Therefore 1 alpha is also called the confidence level Sigma is the population standard deviation Must be gt 0 n is the size of the
118. 9 ATAN arctangent cccceeeeceeeceeneeceeeeesaeeeeaeeseeeeetaeeeeeneeee 289 ATAN2 arctangent 2 ccccccceeeeececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaeanaeanaeaea 290 ATANH inverse hyperbolic tangent cceeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeee 290 AVEDEV average deviation cccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 290 AVERAGE arithmetic mean cccccceeeeeeereeeeeeeeeetaeeneneeees 290 AVERAGEA arithmetic mean ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 291 B PlanMaker 97 compatibility function ceeeeeeeeeees 291 BESSELI modified Bessel function IN X c cceeeeeeeeeeees 292 BESSELJ Bessel function Jn X ccccccesssseeeeeeeeeeseaneseeeeeeeeeanees 292 BESSELK modified Bessel function Knn X cccccssseseeeeeeeeeeaees 293 BESSELY Bessel function Yn X ccccecceeeeeeeseeeeeteseeeeees 293 BETADIST beta distribution ccccecceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 293 BETAINV percentiles of the beta distribution 0 08 294 BIN2DEC binary number to decimal number 0 00 294 BIN2HEX binary number to hexadecimal number 294 BIN2OCT binary number to octal numbe r 0 ceeeeeees 295 BINOMDIST binomial distribution cccccceeecesseseeeeeeeeeanees 296 CEILING round up to a multiple of base eceeeeee 297 CHAR character from ANSI code 297 CHIDIST chi square distribDUtion 0 ccceceeeseeeteeesteeeeees 297 CHIIN
119. 900 00 l 7 700 00 33 100 00 Eo GK da Hle gt MA Sheet1 Use the Outline pane to hide unhide grouped cells m Click the Plus and Minus signs to hide unhide groups of cells m Click the 2 2 buttons on top of the Outline pane to determine which outline levels to display For example if you click the 2 button all cells with an out line level between 1 and 2 will be displayed Note Worksheets can be outlined by row or by column In a column outline columns are grouped instead of rows and the Outline pane is displayed above the table instead of to the left of the table Using the Outline toolbar In addition to the Outline pane a toolbar called the Outline toolbar is displayed in every document that contains an outline 208 e Outliner User Manual PlanMaker This toolbar provides icons for creating and modifying the outline of the docu ment From left to right Show hide Outline pane only available in documents containing an outline m Group the selected cells m Ungroup the selected cells m Clear outline of the selected cells Show details equivalent to clicking on the Plus icon in the Outline pane Hide details equivalent to clicking on the Minus icon in the Outline pane For more information on working with outlines read the following pages Grouping cells To create an outline group the rows or columns containing detail data After that you can hide unhide such groups
120. A Great Britain F France x New Change I Thousands separator Decimal places e E J Negative numbers in red Denominator fo B I Suppress minus sign Preview I Don t show zero cme Select the desired number format Click OK to confirm Options available in the dialog box 88 Format Lets you select the desired number format see section List of all number for mats available below Subtype Some number formats let you select a subtype see section List of all number formats available below Thousands separator Some number formats let you specify if numbers will be displayed with thou sands separators e g 5 000 000 or without thousands separators e g 5000000 Negative numbers in red If this option is checked negative numbers will be displayed in red e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker m Suppress minus sign If this option is checked the minus sign of negative numbers will not be dis played Don t show zero If this option is checked cells containing the number 0 zero will not be dis played Decimal places Some number formats let you specify the number of decimal places to be dis played For this purpose enter the desired value Note Numbers will only be displayed rounded but they actually keep all of their decimal places Denominator If the number format Fraction was chosen this option lets you specify the de nominator
121. AN instead the top and bottom values are ignored TRIMMEAN A1 A10 20 returns 42 75 In this case 20 of the values i e 2 values were excluded O at the bottom and 1234 at the top AVERAGE GEOMEAN HARMEAN TRUE logical value TRUE Syntax Description See also TRUEQ TRUE returns the logical value TRUE FALSE 428 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker TRUNC truncate a number Syntax Description Example See also TRUNC Number n Truncates the decimals of the given number i e removes the digits right of the decimal point n optional is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is truncated to an integer If n is a negative value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example TRUNC 5 779 returns 5 TRUNC 5 779 2 returns 5 77 TRUNC 1234 2 returns 1200 ROUNDDOWN ROUNDUP DECIMALS ROUND TTEST t test Syntax Description See also TTEST Array1 Array2 Tails Type Returns the result of a Student s t test The t Test is typically used to test the difference of the means of two samples Array1 and Array2 are the two arrays to be evaluated Tails is the number of distribution tails 1 One tailed distribution 2 Two tailed distribution Type is the type of t test 1 dependent samples paired 2 independent samples equal variances
122. C To modify the contents of a cell select the cell and press the function key F2 F2 or simply double click on the cell Notes about entering numbers m Always enter numbers using the decimal separator of the regional settings of your computer In English speaking countries this is usually the decimal point m Numbers can also be entered in scientific exponential notation 2E03 for example corresponds to 2 103 which equals 2000 Another example 2E 03 corresponds to 2 10 3 which equals 0 002 E Numbers can also be entered as fractions for example 2 1 2 corresponds to 2 5 User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 49 m Numbers can also be entered as percentages for example 70 corresponds to 0 7 Note You can change the format of numbers using the Format gt Cell command See section Number format page 87 Notes about entering dates m Dates can be entered in various formats for example 09 25 66 09 25 1966 Sunday 09 25 1966 etc E Dates between January Ist 1900 and December 31st 2500 can be entered m If you enter the year with only the last two digits it is interpreted as follows 00 to 29 gt 2000 to 2029 30 to 99 gt 1930 to 1999 For example 1 1 29 is treated as 1 1 2029 1 1 30 is treated as 1 1 1930 E Times can also be entered in various formats for example 09 30 00 PM 21 30 etc m You can combine a date and a time in a single cell by typing the date a space and the tim
123. Cs is able to open Excel documents directly Note When you install PlanMaker the installation routine automatically checks whether this conversion is turned on and asks you if you want it to be deacti vated To turn the conversion off manually proceed as follows 1 Launch Microsoft ActiveSync on your desktop PC 2 Click the Options icon 3 On the Rules property sheet click Conversion Settings 4 Click the Desktop to Device tab 5 Select Microsoft Excel document and click Edit 6 Set the conversion type to No conversion Excel for Windows documents will no longer be converted when copied to a mobile device User Manual PlanMaker Working with other file formats e 235 Document windows Every document you create or open is displayed in its own document window allowing you to work on multiple documents simultaneously and copy data between them as needed This chapter contains information on working with document windows Creating document windows Use the File gt New command to create an empty document window To open a file in a document window choose the File gt Open command PlanMaker lets you open as many documents as will fit in memory If you do not want the document that you are opening to replace the current document you can open the document in its own window To open a document in a new window select the New Window option in the Open or New dialog box Activating document win
124. Days DATEDIF A1 A2 d returns 11297 days Years months and days DATEDIF A1 A2 y returns 30 years DATEDIF A1 A2 ym returns 11 months DATEDIF A1 A2 md returns 5 days See also NOW NETWORKDAYS DAYS DATEVALUE convert text into date value Syntax DATEVALUE Text Description Converts text representing a date to a serial date value Note This function was retained only for compatibility with older spreadsheet applications It is no longer commonly used as current spreadsheet ap plications including PlanMaker automatically convert text representing a date to a serial date value where necessary 312 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example DATEVALUE 09 25 1966 returns 24375 See also TIMEVALUE DATE TIME DAVERAGE database function Syntax DAVERAGE DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Description Returns the average of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation mark
125. Formatting worksheets e 103 4 To change the foreground color select a color from the Text color list To change the background color select a color from the Background color list For information about adding new colors to color lists see section Document properties Colors property sheet page 251 Hint You can also change the foreground color using the color drop down list in the Formatting toolbar located above the worksheet rather than the menu com mand Note Changing the background color of cell contents does not shade the com plete cell but only the content To shade whole cells use the Format gt Shade command Superscript and subscript To activate superscript e g r or subscript e g H20 for cell contents 1 Select the desired cells If you press F2 F2 and select just parts of the cell content only the selected characters are changed 2 Choose Format gt Character 3 Switch to the Spacing property sheet 4 Choose Superscript to move text above the baseline an imaginary line where characters rest choose Subscript to move text below the baseline 5 If desired you can also change the Position how much the text will be moved up down and Size relative size in of the text Hint The following keyboard shortcuts are available Ctrl Num Ctr1 Shift Num for superscript Ctrl Num Ctrl Shift Num for subscript Ctrl Num Ctrl Shift Num to turn superscr
126. ISNONTEXT iS NO text cceeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeees 360 ISNUMBER iS numeric 0 ecececeeeeceteeeeeeteeeeeetaeeeeeeeeeeees 360 ISNUMBERP PlanMaker 97 compatibility function 361 ISODD is an Odd number 0 ceceeee este eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 362 ISREF is a valid reference ceccccceeeeeeseeceeeeeeteeeeeneeeeenees 362 ISTEXT IS tEXt 4 vtech native sateetastesdnten a eevanctaan nesses 362 KURT KUPOSIS iranianas arianas aeiia rean anyana dan 363 LARGE k th largest number ssessseessessseessnesressnrsssrnsrnssrenee 363 LCM least common multiple c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeseeeeees 364 LEFT left part of a text String eccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeeeteaes 364 MENKUL est t ne tae eh or anne oles axed 365 LINEST statistics of a linear regression ccceeeeeeee 365 LN natural logarithm 2 0 0 eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeess 367 LOG logarithm orasinda iraani aiaiai aai adan 367 LOG10 base 10 logarithm esseesseesseesseessneserrsssrsssrneresseneee 368 LOGEST statistics of an exponential regression 368 LOGINV percentiles of the gamma distribution 0 370 LOGNORMDIST lognormal distribution cc ccceeeseeees 370 LOOKUP search Cell range ccccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeesaeeteaes 370 LOWER convert text to lower case ecceceeeessteeeeteeeeees 373 MATCH rela
127. LOG2 base 2 logarithm of a complex number 351 IMNEG negative value of a complex number 0 e 351 IMPOWER power of a complex number cceeeeeeeees 351 IMPRODUCT product of complex numbers cee 352 IMREAL real coefficient of a complex number 006 352 IMSIN sine of a Complex number eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeteeeeees 352 IMSQRT square root of a complex number s 353 IMSUB difference of complex numbers 353 IMSUM sum of complex numbers n s 353 INDEX cell in a particular row column of a range 4 354 INDIRECT create reference from text 354 INT round down to nearest integer eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee 355 INTERCEPT intercept point of a linear trend ee 355 INTERSECTION intersection of two ranges seeeee 356 IPMT interest payment eect eeeeee etter ee eeteaeeeeetnaeeeeeeeea 356 IRR internal rate Of return ecceeeccecseeeeeseceeeeeseneeeesaeeeeeeees 357 ISBLANK iS empty cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeseees 358 ISERR is an error value except N A eeen 358 ISERROR is an error value eeens 358 ISEVEN is an even number eee eee eeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 359 ISFORMULA is a formula 00 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeees 359 ISLOGICAL is a logical value en eneee 359 ISNA is not available ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeees 360
128. Mail English sales mathtype com Internet www mathtype com Drawings PlanMaker provides tools to create drawings in your documents The following types of drawings are available E Lines Scribbles freehand curves Curves Connectors to connect objects e g in flowcharts Rectangles and ellipses AutoShapes pre defined shapes TextArt objects text effects not available on Pocket and Handheld PCs To learn more about working with drawings read the following pages Inserting drawings To insert a drawing choose the appropriate drawing tool and create the drawing For example to insert a rectangle 1 Choose Object gt New Drawing and select one of the drawing tools displayed in the submenu in this case choose Rectangle Alternatively click one of the drawing tools displayed in the Object toolbar available in Object mode only S PESER 7ve 7 SOOOS AIC be a 2 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 159 The rectangle will now be inserted The following types of drawings are available Lines Use the Line tool Z to draw straight lines For this purpose press and hold the left mouse button and draw the line Hint If you hold down Shift key while you draw the line will be restricted to angles of 45 degrees Scribbles Use the Scribble tool w to draw freehand curves For this purpose move the mouse to
129. Mean StdDev Returns the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 Mean is the mean of LN x StdDev is the standard deviation of LN x Must be gt 0 LN LOGNORMDIST User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 367 LOGNORMDIST lognormal distribution Syntax Description See also LOGNORMDIST x Mean StdDev Returns the lognormal cumulative distribution x is the value to be evaluated Must be gt 0 Mean is the mean of LN x StdDev is the standard deviation of LN x Must be gt 0 LN LOGINV NORMDIST NORMSDIST LOOKUP search cell range Annotation The LOOKUP function scans a cell range for the specified value and then returns another cell located at a matching position e g in the same row but a different column Important The data to be searched in has to be sorted in ascending order Hint There are two alternatives to this function that can also search unsorted data and are more flexible in general VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP The LOOKUP function can be used in two different ways Usage with two one dimensional ranges Scans a vector i e a one dimensional cell range for the specified value and returns the corre sponding cell in another vector Usage with one two dimensional range Scans the first row or column of a range for the specified value and
130. NUM number of week Syntax Description Example WEEKNUM Date WeekStartsOn Returns the week number of a date Date is the date to be evaluated WeekStartsOn optional lets you specify on which day a week begins 1 or omitted Week begins on Sunday 2 Week begins on Monday On Sunday the 4th of January 2004 WEEKNUM 01 04 2004 1 returns 2 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 435 See also WEEKNUM 01 04 2004 2 returns 1 YEAR MONTH DAY WEEKDAY WEIBULL Weibull distribution Syntax Description Example See also WEIBULL x Alpha Beta Cumulative Returns the Weibull distribution function x is the value to be evaluated Must be gt 0 Alpha is a shape parameter of the function It has to be greater than zero Note If Alpha 1 the Weibull distribution equals an exponential distribution with Lambda 1 Beta Beta is the scale parameter of the function It has to be greater than zero The logical value Cumulative lets you specify which type of function will be returned FALSE The probability density function is returned TRUE The cumulative distribution function is returned WEIBULL 42 2 100 TRUE returns 0 16172 WEIBULL 42 2 100 FALSE returns 0 00704 EXPONDIST POISSON WORKDAY date after x workdays Syntax Description WORKDAY StartDate Days Holidays Returns the date that is the specified number of workdays before after StartDate
131. OG10 EXP LOG logarithm Syntax Description Example See also LOG Number Base Returns the logarithm of Number to the specified base Number must be gt 0 If Base is omitted base 10 is used LOG 100 equals log io 100 and returns 2 LOG 10 0 1234 returns 0 1234 LOG 8 2 equals log 8 and returns 3 LOG10 LN LOG10 base 10 logarithm Syntax Description Example LOG10 Number Returns the base 10 logarithm of Number Number must be gt 0 LOG10 100 returns 2 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 365 See also LOG10 10 0 1234 returns 0 1234 LOG LN LOGEST statistics of an exponential regression Syntax Description LOGEST y_values x_values Constant Stats Returns statistics of an exponential regression Exponential regression is a statistical technique that adapts an exponen tial curve to a set of data points for example the results of a series of measurements The equation for this exponential curve is y b m x If more than one range of x values is given the equation is y b mj4xq m9 x2 Mp Xn The LOGEST function calculates this exponential line from the given y values and x values and then returns an array in the form mp Mp 1 my m b y_values are the known y values x_values optional are the known x values If omitted the values 1 2 3 will be used Constant optional is a logical v
132. OK The picture is inserted The process for inserting other types of objects is similar For more information on the different types of objects see sections Charts Text frames etc starting at page 150 Selecting objects To modify an object it must first be selected To select click the object A red selection frame will be displayed around the object Hint Text frames can not be selected by clicking them To select a text frame click the surrounding border Alternatively switch to Object mode see next section In Object mode text frames can be selected by clicking them Note When an object is selected table cells cannot be edited To edit cells click on any cell Object mode Working with objects is easier when working in Object mode By default PlanMaker runs in Edit mode In this mode table cells can be edited formatted etc When you switch to Object mode table cells are not editable Rather various functions for object editing become available For instance in Object mode you can select all types of objects by clicking them 134 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Important While in Object mode only commands related to inserting and modifying objects are available Cells can no longer be modified and menu commands not related to objects are grayed out Toggling between Edit mode and Object mode To toggle between Edit mode and Object mode use one of
133. Paste However you can specify the exact pasting format manually with the Edit gt Paste special command Using Edit gt Paste special will open a dialog box listing all available clipboard formats Select a format from the list and hit OK The content of the clipboard will be pasted in the chosen format Paste Special x PlanMaker Cancel Paste as r Options V Paste cell contents Convert formulas to values Ignore comments Formatting Retain formatting Don t retain Formatting Retain number Format only 58 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker This dialog has some additional options that are only available if you copied cells to the clipboard not objects Paste cell contents If this option is checked the content of the clipboard is pasted If it is not checked just the formatting is pasted Convert formulas to values If this option is checked PlanMaker will paste the results of formulas in the clipboard not the formulas themselves For example if the clipboard contains a cell with the calculation A1 2 PlanMaker will calculate its current value and paste the result Ignore comments If this option is checked comments attached to cells in the clipboard will not be pasted into your worksheet Formatting These options determine what happens to the formatting of cells you are pasting PlanMaker offers the following options Retain formatting The cells retain the
134. Shape 1 Select the desired AutoShape 2 Right click it to open the context menu 3 Choose the Add Text command You can now type text inside the AutoShape To change its formatting use the commands Format gt Character and Format gt Paragraph To finish editing the text click outside the AutoShape To continue editing the text later click inside the AutoShape or choose the Edit Text command from the context menu Note If the AutoShape object is too small to hold the entered text PlanMaker will display a red bar at its bottom To fix this enlarge the object reduce the amount of text or choose a smaller font size Hint Text frames are basically AutoShapes rectangles in this case with text added To learn more about text frames see chapter Text frames page 150 Drawing properties Use the Object gt Properties command to modify the properties of a drawing Hint In Object mode this command can also be invoked by double clicking the drawing Options available Format Filling Lines Shadow 3D and Properties property sheets These property sheets are identical for most types of objects They contain the following options m Format Lets you change size and positioning See section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 162 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker E Filling Lets you change the filling See section Object properties Filling prope
135. SmartText entries can be created using the on the fly spell checker activated by the Check spelling as you type option Note This procedure is faster only if the Check spelling as you type option is turned on permanently Otherwise the previous procedure is more efficient To create a SmartText entry named lax containing the text Los Angeles 1 Make sure the Check spelling as you type option in the Extras gt Preferences dialog Language property sheet is activated 2 Type lax without the quotation marks 3 The automatic spell checker displays a dialog indicating that the word lax is unknown 4 Click the SmartText button User Manual PlanMaker Spell checker e 197 5 Type Los Angeles without the quotation marks 6 Click OK to confirm The SmartText entry has now been created For information on how to utilize see section Inserting SmartText entries below To learn more about the on the fly spell checker see section Spell checking as you type page 197 Inserting SmartText entries To insert a SmartText entry you have created as described in the last section 1 Type in the name of the SmartText entry In this case type lax 2 Press space bar or Enter key or type in any kind of punctuation mark PlanMaker automatically replaces the text lax with Los Angeles Note If this doesn t work the Expand SmartText entries option is deactivated Choose Extras gt Preferences switc
136. Syntax Description See also BESSELY x n Returns the Bessel function Y x also known as the Weber function or the Neumann function x is the value to be evaluated n is the order of the Bessel function Must be gt 0 BESSELI BESSELJ BESSELK BETADIST beta distribution Syntax Description See also BETADISTC X Alpha Beta A B Returns the beta cumulative distribution function X is the value to be evaluated Must be in the range A to B Alpha and Beta are shape parameters of the function They both have to be gt 0 A and B optional are the lower and upper bound to the interval of X If they are omitted A is set to 0 and B is set to 1 thus leading to a stan dard cumulative beta distribution X must be in the range A to B BETAINV BETAINV percentiles of the beta distribution Syntax BETAINV Probability Alpha Beta A B User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 291 Description Note See also Returns the inverse of the beta cumulative distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be gt 0 and lt 1 Alpha and Beta are shape parameters of the function They both have to be greater than zero A and B optional are the lower and upper bound to the interval of X If they are omitted A is set to 0 and B is set to 1 thus leading to a stan dard cumulative beta distribution The r
137. TRUE or omitted Values have to be sorted in ascending order FALSE Values do not have to be sorted VLOOKUP INDEX MATCH HOUR hour Syntax Description Example See also HOUR Time Returns the hour of a time value HOUR 12 34 56 AM returns 12 MINUTE SECOND MILLISECONDS HYPGEOMDIST hypergeometric distribution Syntax Description HYPGEOMDIST k n K N Returns the hypergeometric distribution The hypergeometric distribution can be used to calculate the probability to for example obtain k red balls when randomly drawing n balls without replacement from an urn containing N balls with K of them red balls k is the number of successes in the sample success drawing a red ball n is the size of the sample the number of balls to be drawn 344 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also K is the total number of successes in the population the total number of red balls N is the size of the population the total number of balls All of these values should be integers If not PlanMaker automatically drops their decimals An urn contains 10 balls N 10 with 2 of them red K 2 To determine the probability to obtain exactly 1 red ball k 1 when drawing 5 balls n 5 use the following calculation HYPGEOMDIST 1 5 2 10 returns 0 55556 NEGBINOMDIST IF if then else condition Syntax Description Example See also IF Condition IfTrue
138. These values do not affect the amount of space between lines within a paragraph see section Line spacing above 108 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Transfer formatting To transfer the character format and cell format from one cell to other cells use the Format gt Transfer Formatting command 1 Click the cell whose format you want to transfer to other cells 2 Choose Format gt Transfer Formatting The mouse pointer will change to a cross hair with a brush te 3 Drag the mouse pointer over the desired cells while pressing and holding the left mouse button 4 To deselect choose the Format gt Transfer Formatting command again or hit the Esc ESC key The character format font font style etc and cell format number format align ment etc will be applied to the selected cells Transferring the format of cell ranges To transfer the format of a cell range select the desired cells and proceed as described above Conditional formatting To apply a conditional format to cells use the Format gt Conditional Formatting command Conditional formats are displayed only if the cell matches the specified condition For example to display the cell content in red if it is greater than 1000 1 Click the desired cell or select a range of cells 2 Choose Format gt Conditional Formatting 3 Enter the condition In this case select Cell value in the left list select Greater than in t
139. UMNS A1 D5 returns 4 See also ROWS COLUMN COMBIN combinations Syntax COMBING k Description Returns the number of combinations of size k in a population of size n n is the total number of items Must be gt k 298 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also k is the number of items in each combination Must be gt 0 and lt n n and k should be integers If not PlanMaker automatically drops their decimals In a lottery called 6 out of 49 6 balls are picked out of 49 numbered balls How many combinations are possible COMBIN 49 6 returns 13983816 PERMUT COMPLEX create complex number Syntax Description Hint Example See also COMPLEX Real Imag Suffix Creates a complex number x yi or x yj out of the given real and imaginary coefficients Real is the real coefficient Imag is the imaginary coefficient Suffix optional is the suffix used for the imaginary component i or omitted A complex number of the form x yi is returned j A complex number of the form x yj is returned To enter complex numbers in cells you can either make use of the COMPLEX function or simply type them in For example the complex number 2 4i can be entered either as COMPLEX 2 4 or simply as 2 4i The same applies for formulas except for the fact that complex num bers have to be surrounded by double quotation marks Instead of typing IMPOWER COMPLEX 2
140. User Manual PlanMaker 2006 For the Nova5000 1987 2005 SoftMaker Software GmbH 2006 Fourier Systems Ltd Copyright This manual and the programs on the supplied media are protected by copyright The copyright lies with SoftMaker Software GmbH and their licensors Neither the software nor the manual may be distributed without written consent of SoftMaker Software GmbH Violators will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law SoftMaker Software GmbH D 90427 Nuremberg Germany and its licensors hold all rights and title to this program and manual Program and manual 1987 2006 SoftMaker Software GmbH and its licensors Parts of this software are MicroVi sion Development SpellFinder Microlytics Inc Xerox Corp WordFinder Microlytics Inc Selfware Inc Xerox Corp Linux version Parts The FreeType Project www freetype org All rights reserved The information in this manual may be changed without notice The software described in this documentation is supplied on the basis of the license agreement enclosed with the software package You may only use this software in accordance with this license agreement It is a violation of copyright law to duplicate the software or the documentation except for backup purposes Names and trademarks may be mentioned in this manual without proper attribu tion The absence of a corresponding note does not justify the assumption that the names are freely usable All valid
141. V percentiles of the chi square distribution 298 CHITEST chi square test for independence e cee 298 CHOICE x30 X 0 X lt O eceeecececeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeeeaaes 298 CHOOSE choose value from list cccccsceeeseseeeeeseeeeees 299 CLEAN remove unprintable characters cccssceeerees 299 CODE ANSI code of a character cccsssseeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeseanees 300 COLUMN column number of a reference s es 300 COLUMNS number of columns in a range s 300 COMBIN Combinations ccc ccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeaes 301 COMPLEX create complex number ceeeceeeetteeeeeeeeees 301 CONCATENATE concatenate text strings eseeeeeeee 302 CONFIDENCE confidence interval cccesceseteeseeeeees 302 CONVERT unit conversion cccceceeeceeseceeeeeseteeeeeeeeeaes 303 CORREL correlation coefficient ccccsssseceeeeeeeeeaeseseeeeeeeanees 306 COS COSING jeiiscchse eira eaaa toast ane arteries 306 COSH hyperbolic cosine cccceeeeeceeeeeeteeseeeeeseteeteeeteees 307 COT cotangent leistina an aaan a a a aaa arcade reveal 307 COTH hyperbolic cotangent ccccccecesseeceeeeeseteeeeeneeeeees 307 COUNT number of cells filled with numbers 008 308 COUNTA number of cells filled eceeeeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeees 308 COUNTBLANK number of empty cells ce
142. X function The following restrictions apply 1 The argument Range must consist of exactly one contiguous cell range Nonadjacent ranges are not supported 2 The optional argument PartRange is ignored INDEX B2 D4 2 2 returns a reference to cell C3 MATCH VLOOKUP HLOOKUP INDIRECT create reference from text Syntax Description Example See also INDIRECT Text Mode Returns a cell reference from the specified text string Text is a text string containing a cell address like A1 A 1 etc or a named range The optional argument Mode is just a placeholder for compatibility with Microsoft Excel It will not be evaluated INDIRECT A1 returns a reference to cell Al If cell D2 contains the text string E5 INDIRECT D2 returns a reference to cell E5 ADDRESS OFFSET COLUMN ROW 352 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker INT round down to nearest integer Syntax Description Example See also INT Number Rounds Number down to the nearest integer INT 5 9 returns 5 INT 5 1 returns 6 TRUNC ROUNDDOWN ROUNDUP ROUND INTERCEPT intercept point of a linear trend Syntax Description Example See also Annotation INTERCEPT y_values x_values Returns the y coordinate of the point where a best fit line based on the given values intersects the y axis A best fit line is the result of a linear regression a statistical technique that adapts a lin
143. abase col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc DCOUNTA DCOUNTA database function Syntax Description DCOUNTA DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the number of those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area Unlike the DCOUNT function DCOUNTA not only counts cells containing numbers but also counts cells with text or logical values Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc 316 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea ha
144. abase functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc 322 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc PRODUCT DSTDEV database function Syntax Description See also DSTDEVP Syntax Description DSTDEV DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Estimates the standard deviation of a population based on a sample using those values in a column of a database area that match the condi tions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price
145. ack white gradient will become a black white black gradient Object properties Lines property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain types of objects Use the Lines property sheet to modify the lines used to paint the object or its border When applied to drawings these settings affect the lines used to paint the object itself When applied to other types of objects the border lines surrounding the object are affected User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 141 Options available E Style Offers some pre defined line styles to choose from m Dashed Lets you determine if solid or dashed lines will be used E Color Lets you change the color of the lines Thickness Lets you change the width of the lines in points Begin and End Available only for lines curves and connectors If you select one of the symbols displayed here it will be painted at the starting point or end point of the line For example if you select an arrow symbol for the end point the line will look like an arrow Width and Height changes the width height of the symbol Object properties Shadow property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain types of objects Use the Shadow property sheet to add a shadow to the object For this purpose activate the Use shadow option and select one of the pre defined shadow types from the Gallery Then modify shadow settings as necessary Option
146. ains information on these options Working with Excel files The last section provides information on working with Microsoft Excel files Importing and exporting documents This section provides information on importing and exporting documents in various file formats Saving a document in a different file format To save the current document in a different file format choose File gt Save as and in the Files of type drop down list select the desired file format For a list of supported file formats see section Supported file formats below Opening a document stored in a different file format User Manual PlanMaker Working with other file formats e 229 To open a document stored in a different file format choose File gt Open and in the Files of type drop down list select the desired file format For a list of supported file formats see section Supported file formats below Supported file formats The Files of type list in the File gt Open and File gt Save as dialog offers among others the following file formats All files available in the File gt Open dialog only If selected all types of files are displayed When you select a file and open it PlanMaker tries to determine the file format automatically If this fails the file is opened as a plain text file All documents available in the File gt Open dialog only If selected all file types supported by PlanMaker are displayed PlanM
147. ains it User Manual PlanMaker Search amp replace e 127 To continue choose one of the following options A Click the Search button again to find the next occurrence B Click the Close button to end the search Replace Use the Edit gt Replace command to find and replace text To search for a text string and replace it with another text string 1 If you want to limit the search to a specific cell range select the cell range first If nothing is selected the entire worksheet will be searched 2 Choose Edit gt Replace keyboard shortcut Ctrl Ctrl H 3 In the Search for box enter the text to find 4 In the Replace with box enter the replacement text 5 If desired adjust the other search options see section Search and replace options page 131 6 Click the Search button to start the search PlanMaker scans the document for the search text highlighting the first cell that contains it To continue choose one of the following options A Click the Replace button to replace the text and continue the search B Click the Search button again to leave the text unchanged and continue the search C Click the Replace All button to replace all occurrences of the text D Click the Close button to end the search 128 e Search amp replace User Manual PlanMaker Search again amp replace again Choose Edit gt Search again or Edit gt Replace again or press the F3 F3 key to repeat the last Sear
148. aker files Excel files etc E PlanMaker file PlanMaker s default file format file name extension pmd E PlanMaker template Template for PlanMaker documents see also section Document templates page 119 Microsoft Excel file Microsoft Excel file format For detailed information on this format see section Working with Excel files page 234 Microsoft Excel template Template for Microsoft Excel documents m TextMaker file export only For exporting PlanMaker files to SoftMaker s word processor TextMaker E PlanMaker 97 1 0 2 0 import only For importing documents created in older versions of PlanMaker 230 e Working with other file formats User Manual PlanMaker m dBase dBase file format either with DOS Windows or Unicode character set Note Most databases are stored in dBase DOS file format rather than dBase Windows file format even if they are created with a Windows applica tion a Text file Plain text file format DOS Windows UNIX or Unicode character set For detailed information on this format see next section Working with text files When you open a text file or save a document in text file format a dialog provid ing additional options for setting up the text file format appears Import options x fp C Comma Cancel Space Semicolon User defined Text marker None C Apostrophe C Quotation mark Options available E Separator
149. al PlanMaker Preferences Language property sheet The Language property sheet in the Extras gt Preferences dialog box contains settings related to the spell checker and hyphenation module Language Select the language for spell checker and hyphenation here Automatic spellcheck Determines whether PlanMaker automatically checks the spelling E Disabled Choose this option to disable automatic spell checking Hint To manually check the spelling of a document choose Extras gt Check Spelling see section Spell checking documents page 196 mu Check spelling as you type Choose this option to check spelling as you type When an unknown word is typed a dialog box with spelling suggestions will appear see section Spell checking as you type page 197 Beep on typos If this option is checked a sound plays when the automatic spell checker detects an unknown word Expand SmartText entries The SmartText feature lets you create shorthand codes for frequently used words or phrases If this option is checked SmartText entries can be inserted by typing their name and pressing the space bar or Enter key Hint Alternatively the Insert gt SmartText command can be used to insert SmartText entries For more information see section SmartText page 198 Preferences Files property sheet The Files property sheet in the Extras gt Preferences dialog box contains settings related to opening and saving files User Man
150. al PlanMaker Charts 181 Major ticks and Minor ticks group boxes Lets you modify the placement of the tick marks displayed on the axis m Tick labels group box Lets you modify the placement of the tick labels displayed at the tick marks Scale property sheet Use this property sheet to change the scaling of the axis Annotation The first second third etc data point of all data series is called a category m Axis ends group box Lets you determine where to end the visible part of the axis In categories or Between categories Number of categories between group box By default PlanMaker draws a tick mark on the axis at every category and adds a tick label to every tick mark To alter these settings The Tick marks option determines the frequency tick marks are set Enter 1 and a tick mark is set for every category Enter 2 and a tick mark is set for every second category etc The Tick labels option determines the frequency tick marks are labeled Enter 1 and every tick mark is labeled Enter 2 and every second tick mark is la beled etc Em Intersection between X and Y axis group box Use this option to determine where the x axis category axis will cross the y axis value axis At low end where the axis begins At high end where the axis ends or at the specified category number E Invert axis direction If this option is checked the direction of the axis is reversed Font property sheet
151. aled down to half of its original size If you set it to 200 the printout will be doubled in size User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 123 Headers and Footers Choose File gt Page Setup and switch to the Headers and Footers property sheet to add modify headers and footers in the current worksheet Headers footers are repeated on the top bottom of each page They are useful for containing fields such as page number file name print date etc To add or modify headers and footers 1 Choose File gt Page Setup 2 Switch to the Headers and Footers property sheet Or use the Insert gt Header and Footer command 3 In the Header or Footer box enter text to be displayed in the header or footer 4 Click OK to confirm The headers footers are now set Note Headers footers are not displayed in the worksheet they appear in the printout only To preview how the headers footers will appear when printed use the File gt Page View command Formatting headers and footers To change the format of headers footers click the Format button in the above dialog A dialog box showing all formats available for headers and footers will appear Hint To change the distance between headers footers and the top bottom edge of the page use the File gt Page Setup command Page Format property sheet Using fields for page numbers file name etc To insert fields into headers footers click the Fields button in the above dialo
152. ally comments are displayed only when you point to a cell that contains a comment If you check this option all comments in the current document will be displayed permanently Decimal point after input group box m Move by decimals If this option is checked numbers entered in cells will be shifted by the speci fied number of decimals User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 253 This is helpful if many numbers with for example two decimals have to be entered If this option is set to 2 and the number 42 is entered it will be con verted to 0 42 If 234 is entered it will be converted to 2 34 The decimal points do not need to be entered manually Window group box a Vertical scrollbar If this option is checked a vertical scrollbar is displayed in the document window Horizontal scrollbar If this option is checked a horizontal scrollbar is displayed in the document window mu Sheet tabs If this option is checked worksheet tabs are displayed below the document These tabs can be used for switching between worksheets and creat ing managing worksheets Objects group box Guidelines for text frames If this option is checked non printing border lines are displayed around text frames These lines make it easier to determine and change the position size of text frames m Show hidden objects As described in section Hiding objects page 148 you can hide objects to make them invisible Check t
153. alue that lets you specify if the con stant b should be calculated automatically or forced to equal zero TRUE or omitted b will be calculated from the given data FALSE b will be forced to equal 1 one the m values will be adjusted accordingly Statistics optional is a logical value that lets you specify if additional regression statistics should be returned FALSE or omitted Do not return additional statistics TRUE Return additional regression statistics In this case a matrix in the following form will be returned mp Mp 1 gt gt M2 my b sm SM2 SM sb R sey F df ssreg ssresid sm mw n 1 gt 366 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Abbreviation A graphical representation of this array would look like this The abbreviations used in this illustration represent the following values Description sm sm etc sb R sey F df ssreg ssresid Note See also Standard error for the coefficients m mo etc Standard error for constant b Square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient Standard error for y F statistic Degrees of freedom Regression sum of squares Residual sum of squares Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 LINEST TREND GROWTH LOGINV percentiles of the gamma distribution Syntax Description See also LOGINV Probability
154. amic calorie IT calorie Electron volt Horsepower hour 302 e Formulas and functions yr ftn Code 1 dower case L tsp tbs OZ cup gal Code dyn lbf Code HP Code ga Code cal eV HPh User Manual PlanMaker Watt hour Wh Foot pound flb BTU British Thermal Unit BTU Pressure Code Pascal Pa Atmosphere atm mm of Mercury mmHg Temperature Code Degree Fahrenheit F Degree Celsius C Degree Kelvin K Additionally prefixes can be added to metric units mg for instance stands for milligrams The following prefixes are available Prefix and factor Code Exa 1018 E Peta 1015 P Tera 1012 T Giga 10 9 G Mega 10 6 M Kilo 1000 k Hecto 100 h Deka 10 Deci 0 1 d Centi 0 01 c Milli 0 001 m Micro 10 6 u Nano 10 9 n Pico 10 12 Femto 10 15 Atto 10 18 mh 3 toe User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 303 Example CONVERT 1 day sec returns 86400 days gt seconds CONVERT 1 mi km returns 1 60934 miles gt kilometers CONVERT 100 kW HP returns 134 10201 100 kW gt HP CONVERT 1 aparsec cm returns 3 08568 Attoparsec gt cm CORREL correlation coefficient Syntax Description Example See also CORREL Rangel Range2 Returns the correlation coefficient of two data sets The correlation coefficient is a measure of the relationship between two data sets Rangel and Range2 are ref
155. and you can attach comments and annota tions to a cell If you move the mouse over such a cell the comment will be displayed Goal seeking With the Extras gt Goal Seek command you can reverse the order of a cal culation using an approximation method The Goal Seeker is able to deter mine what value a certain portion of a calculation must meet to extract a pre defined result from the calculation 48 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker E Freezing rows and columns With the View gt Freeze command you can freeze the top rows and columns of a worksheet on the screen This will cause them to stay in place if you scroll the worksheet ideal for row or column headings Inserting special characters The Insert gt Symbol command can be used to enter special characters that are not readily available from the keyboard See the following pages for detailed information Entering data in cells In order to enter data into a cell select the desired cell with the arrow keys or mouse and begin typing Press the Enter key to complete the input If you made an error during input press the Esc ESC key instead of 1 Plan Maker discards what you just typed and restores the original cell content Alternatively use the following buttons of the Edit toolbar To accept the input click the button identical to pressing m To cancel the input click the x button identical to pressing Esc ES
156. and brightness control The easiest way to pick a color is to use the large color pane and the brightness control to the right The color pane displays all available color hues and satura tions the brightness control adjusts the brightness To pick a color click the desired color in the color pane Then click the desired brightness in the brightness control 250 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker mu Using the hue saturation and luminescence controls Alternatively colors can be defined using the Hue Sat saturation and Lum luminescence brightness controls displayed below the color pane You can enter values between 0 and 240 mu Using the red green and blue controls Another way to define a color is to specify its RGB red green blue compo nents using the Red Green and Blue controls You can enter values between 0 and 255 Using the Standard property sheet only available when selected from a color list If you entered the color dialog box using the Define Color entry in a color list rather than choosing File gt Properties the dialog box contains an addi tional Standard property sheet This property sheet displays a selection of pre defined colors Click the desired color to select it Document properties Internet property sheet The Internet property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box can be used to modify the colors and the background of HTML documents Hint For more information
157. ard mappings can be deleted or renamed Modifying keyboard shortcuts The Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings command can be used not only to manage keyboard mappings it also allows you to modify keyboard shortcuts 268 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Assigning a keyboard shortcut to a command It often allows a more efficient workflow to assign keyboard shortcuts to fre quently used commands For example to assign the shortcut Ctrl F12 Ctr1 F12 to the Table gt Insert Cells command 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings 2 To modify a keyboard mapping different from the one currently active select the desired keyboard mapping 3 Click the Edit button 4 In the Group list select the desired group of commands Then select the desired command in the Commands list In the above example you would select the group Table and then the com mand Insert Cells 6 Click inside the Please press accelerator input box and press the desired keyboard shortcut In this case press Ctrl F12 Ctr1 F12 If you accidentally hit the wrong keyboard shortcut press the Backspace key ez__ to delete the keyboard shortcut and try again 7 Do not forget Click the Add button to assign the keyboard shortcut 8 Click OK to confirm 9 Close the dialog by clicking Close From now on the Table gt Insert Cells command can be invoked by pressing Ctrl F12 Ctri F12 Keyboard shortcuts ava
158. area Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the chart area and either click the i5 icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the chart area Options available Format property sheet Border group box Lets you add border lines in the selected line style to the chart If the Shadow option is checked a drop shadow effect will added to the border Filling group box Lets you change the filling of the chart area User Manual PlanMaker Charts 173 To use complex fill types gradients bitmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill types see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 Font property sheet Use this property sheet to change the default character format font font size font styles etc of the chart Important Changing the font settings for the chart area will also change the font settings for all other chart elements Plot area The plot area of a chart is the area where data series axes and gridlines are painted Modifying properties To change the properties of the plot area select it right click it and choose the Plot area Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the plot area and either click the iB icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the plot area to access its properties dialog Options available Format prope
159. arency settings stored in the picture file Note Only the GIF and the PNG picture format are able to store transparency settings No transparency Ignores the transparency settings stored in the picture file Even pictures containing transparent areas will not be displayed transparently Color Lets you choose the color to be displayed transparently For example if you select white all white areas of the picture will become transparent Rotate by group box Lets you rotate the picture in 90 degrees increments m File button To use a different picture file click this button and choose a new file m Export button Available only for pictures that are saved in the document You can use this button to export a picture that is to save a copy of it on your hard disk under any file name you like If you check the Create link to file option TextMaker first copies the picture from the document to a file and then removes the picture from the document replacing it with a reference to the new file Thus the picture is no longer saved in the document User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 153 Hint Some of the above settings can also be modified by selecting the picture and a choosing the Object gt Picture command or b right clicking the picture and choosing a command from the context menu OLE objects Note OLE objects are available in the Windows version of PlanMaker only To in
160. ariance of a sample c cceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseteeeeteeteaes 435 VAPP variance of entire population cceceeeceeeeeeeeees 436 VARPA variance of entire population cccceeeeeeseeeeees 436 VLOOKUP look up column wise cceeeeeeeeeeteteeeteeeteees 437 WEEKDAY weekday cccccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeetaeeeeeneeee 438 WEEKNUM number of week ccceceeeseseteeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 438 WEIBULL Weibull distribution ceceeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeees 438 WORKDAY date after x workdays cceesseeeereeeeteeeeteeeee 439 XOR logical XOR function ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaeeeeneeeee 440 YEAR year of a date cceesseeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeeaeeteaaeeeeneeee 440 ZVEST Zeste a arana aaan oaea AAE RA ae ARA ERARA aS 440 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS aruia E 441 Keyboard shortcuts for navigating in spreadsheets 0 c08 441 Keyboard shortcuts for menu COMMANAS ccccsseeeeessteeeeeeeaees 442 Welcome Welcome to PlanMaker the powerful and easy to use spreadsheet application for the Nova5000 This user guide is written for various platforms such as Windows Linux Pock etPC and Handhelds In the context of this guide the Nova5000 is considered a Handheld device So any features listed as either supported or not supported by a handheld device is in fact relevant to the Nova5000 Functional overview We have made every effort
161. as you want to update If you do not select anything this function affects the entire table 2 Choose Table gt Names gt Apply 3 In the Names list select all names you want to apply to the selected cells Alternatively click Select all to select all names When you re done click OK to confirm PlanMaker now updates all cell references within the selection Any cell reference that has a name assigned to it will be replaced by the corresponding name An example The name January is assigned to cells A2 to A10 One of the cells in the work sheet contains the formula SUM A2 A10 Using the Table gt Names gt Apply command this formula will be automatically updated to read as SUM January The Also apply to relative references option In the dialog discussed above there is an option named Also apply to relative references This option should remain checked in most cases Some background information 72 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker In PlanMaker names always refer to cell ranges with absolute addressing like A 1 A 10 But in most calculations users will be using relative addressing like A1 A10 If this option is checked PlanMaker will convert relative cell references as well If it is not checked PlanMaker will only convert absolute cell references For example Assume the range from Al to A10 more precisely A 1 A 10 was named January If you apply the Apply function to the formula
162. ase the size of the document mu Copy to document s folder If this option is checked PlanMaker will create a copy of the picture file in the folder where the document is stored and use this copy instead of the original file This option is not available if the document has not yet been saved Scanning pictures Note This feature is available in the Windows version of PlanMaker only If you have a TWAIN compatible scanner connected to your computer pictures can be scanned directly into PlanMaker To scan a picture 1 Power up the scanner and insert the image to scan 2 Choose File gt Acquire PlanMaker will now start the image acquisition When it is finished the scanned image will appear as a new picture frame in your document User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 151 Selecting another source If multiple TWAIN compatible devices are connected to your computer File gt Select Source lets you select from which of these you want to acquire images when using the File gt Acquire command Picture frame properties Use the Object gt Properties command to modify the properties of a picture frame Hint In Object mode this command can also be invoked by simply double clicking the frame Options available Format Filling Lines Shadow and Properties property sheets These property sheets are identical for most types of objects They contain the following options
163. assword protected document and enters the correct pass word the document protection will be disabled temporarily only When the docu ment is closed and re opened users will be asked to reenter the password To permanently deactivate document protection 1 Open the document 2 Choose File gt Properties 3 Switch to the Protection property sheet 4 Select the No protection option 5 Click OK to confirm 6 Save the document to finalize the protection settings 226 e Protecting cells and documents User Manual PlanMaker Document protection is deactivated When the document is opened again no password is required Every user will be able to open and save it User Manual PlanMaker Protecting cells and documents e 227 Working with other file formats Apart from documents stored in PlanMaker s proprietary file format PlanMaker can open documents created by other programs such as Microsoft Excel In addition using the Save As command files can be saved in alternative file formats This chapter provides information regarding alternative file formats Importing and exporting documents The first section provides information on importing and exporting document in various file formats mu Supported file formats This section contains a list of file formats supported by PlanMaker u Working with text files When you open or save plain text files a dialog box providing additional options appears This section cont
164. at Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMARGUMENT 2 41 returns 1 10715 COMPLEX IMABS IMEXP IMCONJUGATE IMCONJUGATE conjugate complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMCONJUGATE ComplexNumber Returns the complex conjugate of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMCONJUGATE 2 4i returns 2 41 COMPLEX IMABS IMARGUMENT IMEXP 346 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker IMCOS cosine of a complex number Syntax IMCOS ComplexNumber Description Returns the cosine of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMCOS 2 4i returns 11 3642347064011 24 8146514856342i See also COMPLEX IMSIN IMDIV division of complex numbers Syntax IMDIV ComplexNumber1 ComplexNumber2 Description Returns the quotient of two complex numbers i e divides Complex Number1 by ComplexNumber2 ComplexNumber1 and ComplexNumber2 must be complex numbers in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMDIV 4 12i 2 4i returns 2 8 0 41 See also COMPLEX IMPRODUCT IMSUB IMSUM IMEXP exponential of a complex number Syntax IMEXP ComplexNumber Description Return
165. ate a eather ee AL ere ales nets te Meco 203 Creating QUICK Paths c ccecceeseeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeteeeeeaes 203 Accessing Quick Paths 0 cccceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeseaeeee 204 Editing QUICK Paths cceceeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeesaeeeeeees 204 Document summary sse ere aa E R ERER e EREKE aei 205 Fle Manag eles tie ae t niara oa a a E aattenes 205 File Manager buttons assssssssseessrressnsrresrrnnesrnnnesrsnnesrnnnnenrennns 206 Searching with the File Manager ccccssseeeseseteeeeneeeees 207 OUTEINER morae ree E een eee Cee eee eT ROE ere ae 209 Groupo COIS cieet stein cent eel age ee aac Ge een ties cat 211 Showing hiding grouped CellS eccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeetstaeeteeeeeees 212 O tlin r options 2 asorin aetna see 213 INTERNET FUNCTIONS scctscsssactscrestetscontacksicabarkseeatessaentaee 215 Opening HTML documents cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeteeeeeaes 215 Editing HTML documents ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeens 216 Working with IKS a aen eardat dee eiiiai a aai 216 Saving HTML documents ccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeaes 218 PRINTING AND E MAILING sssssssssssssssssssssssesseees 219 PUNUNG e a AEE EE ht EE E E 219 EmalNg aiani a a a a a daveeci te ot 221 PROTECTING CELLS AND DOCUMENTS 223 Sheet protection ssesssssssssssesssesssersssrsssrnssrssssrsssrsssressrnssres
166. ate your own lists for automatic filling The Extras gt Edit Lists command allows you to create your own lists for the Fill command For example if you create a list with the content Red Green and Blue and later start a fill operation from a cell that contains the text Red PlanMaker will continue the series and fill with Green Blue Red Green Blue etc For additional information on creating such lists see section Customizing Auto Fill lists page 273 Working with multiple worksheets In PlanMaker it is possible to group several worksheets together in a single docu ment or workbook This feature allows calculations in one worksheet to refer to cells in other work sheets within the same workbook resulting in a three dimensional spreadsheet User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 65 Creating new worksheets To create a new worksheet use the Table gt Worksheet command Select Insert from the drop down menu and provide a name for the new worksheet Click OK and the new worksheet is created Switching between worksheets The worksheet register at the bottom of the document window shows all work sheets in the current document Keo bal Sheet1 4 Sheet2 4 Sheet3 A The active worksheet is highlighted Click on the desired worksheet tab to activate a worksheet If there are more worksheet tabs than can be displayed at the same time you can scroll through the list with the arrows to the left of the
167. ater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative HEX20CT 2A returns 52 HEX20CT 2A 4 returns 0052 HEX20CT 2A 1 returns the error value NUM because this number cannot be represented with fewer than 2 octal digits HEX20CT FFFFFFD6 returns 37777777726 negative value OCT2HEX HEX2BIN HEX2DEC HLOOKUP look up row wise Syntax Description HLOOKUP Crit Range n Sorted Scans the first row of Range for a value If found it returns the content of the cell located in the same column and n th row of Range If no exact match is found the next smallest value will be taken If no smaller value exists a N A error value is returned User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 343 See also Note HLOOKUP can search horizontally only To search vertically use VLOOKUP instead Crit is the value to be searched for case insensitive Range is the cell range or array to be evaluated Its first row should contain the values to be scanned n is the relative row number in Range from which a value will be returned If n is less than 1 a VALUE error value is returned If n is greater than the total number of rows in Range a REF error value is returned Sorted is a logical value determining whether the values in the first row of Range are in sorted order
168. available here depend on what alternative user interface languages were installed along with the program if available Window Manager dialogs Linux only If this option is checked PlanMaker s dialogs are drawn by the Window Manager installed on the system If unchecked PlanMaker draws all dialogs by itself This is faster but has the disadvantage that dialogs can no longer be dragged out of the PlanMaker program window Window Manager positioning Linux only If this option is checked PlanMaker s dialogs are positioned by the Window Manager installed on the system If unchecked PlanMaker positions dialogs centered within the program window Show fonts in font list Determines whether font names in font lists are displayed in their actual font Use system file dialogs Windows only Determines whether PlanMaker shows its own file dialogs or default Windows file dialogs Use large icons When this option is enabled larger icons are displayed in toolbars and menus Note Changes to this setting become effective only after TextMaker is restarted Smooth edges of screen fonts Depending on your operating system PlanMaker supports smoothing of screen fonts through anti aliasing or ClearType With this setting you can specify your preferred smoothing technology or turn off smoothing altogether Note On Pocket PCs activating ClearType significantly reduces the display speed 246 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manu
169. bar To create a new toolbar in the View gt Toolbars dialog box 1 Click the New button 2 Enter a name for the new toolbar and click OK 3 The toolbar has now been created Close the dialog box or click Customize to add icons to the new toolbar see section Editing toolbar icons page 265 Deleting and renaming toolbars To delete or rename a toolbar in the View gt Toolbars dialog box select it and click Delete or Rename Note Only user defined toolbars can be renamed or deleted Resetting toolbars To reset a toolbar in the View gt Toolbars dialog box select it and click Reset All changes made to the icons and settings of the toolbar will be undone Note This command can only be applied to standard toolbars It is not available for user defined toolbars Editing toolbar icons To edit the icons displayed in a toolbar use the Customize button Read the next section for details User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 263 Editing toolbar icons To insert remove or move icons on a toolbar 1 Make sure the desired toolbar is displayed If not check it in the View gt Toolbars dialog box 2 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Toolbars Alternatively click Customize in the View gt Toolbars dialog box 3 Use one of the procedures described below to insert remove or move icons 4 Click Close to close the dialog Hint Alternatively double click any empty space within the toolbar to invo
170. by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value The result of this function is calculated using singular value decomposi tion When applied to large matrices more than 10 20 rows significant rounding errors can occur Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 To solve the following linear system of equations 2x 3y 4 2x 2y 8 use the following formula MSOLVE 2 3 2 2 4 8 The result is the vector 8 4 which means that x 8 and y 4 Section Working with arrays page 281 MDETERM MINVERSE MMULT TRANSPOSE MULTINOMIAL multinomial coefficient Syntax Description Example See also MULTINOMIAL Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the multinomial coefficient of a set of numbers Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated All of them have to be 1 MULTINOMIAL 1 2 3 4 5 returns 37837800 FACT 380 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker N convert value into number Syntax Description Note Example See also N Value Converts a value to a number This function was retained only for compatibility with older spreadsheet applications It is no longer commonly used as current spreadsheet ap plications including PlanMaker automatically convert values into number
171. by the Table gt Filter command filtered cells are included in the calculation as well unless the SUBTOTAL function is used in which case filtered cells are ignored Rangel Range 2 etc are the cell ranges you want to evaluate Function is a number that specifies which arithmetic function will be applied 1 AVERAGE arithmetic mean 2 COUNT number of cells filled with numbers 3 COUNTA number of cells not empty 4 MAX maximum 5 MIN minimum 6 PRODUCT product T STDEV standard deviation of a sample 8 STDEVP standard deviation of entire population 9 SUM sum 10 VAR variance of a sample 11 VARP variance of entire population User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 417 Example See also If Function is for example set to 9 SUBTOTAL returns the sum of the specified cell range s SUBTOTAL 9 A1 E6 returns the sum of A1 E6 ignoring all cells filtered by the Table gt Filter command Section Filtering cells by their contents page 74 SUM Sum Syntax Description Example Hint See also SUM Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the sum of the given numbers Number1 Number 2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be summed If you use this function with cell references text strings and logical values occurring in the referenced cells are ignored If you use this function with fixed values that you typed in directly text
172. c tively Optimum Width or Optimum Height This command automatically sets the column width or row height to the optimum value corresponding to the largest required value If you select some cells before using this command only the cells within the selection are affected User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 85 Hint Alternatively this command can be invoked by simply double clicking on a row header or column header Hiding rows or columns You can hide rows columns so they become invisible Note If sheet protection is activated for a worksheet users will not be able to unhide hidden row columns in the worksheet See also section Sheet protec tion page 223 To hide rows columns Using the row header to hide rows The quickest way to hide rows is using row headers Row headers are the buttons labeled with the row number located left of the worksheet For example to hide row 14 1 With the mouse point to the lower border of the row header labeled 14 2 Press and hold the mouse button and drag the border upwards until the row disappears Row 14 is now hidden Instead of a row header a small triangle is displayed To make row 14 visible again click this triangle Using the Table gt Row command to hide rows Alternatively rows can be hidden with the Table gt Row command 1 Select the row s you want to hide 2 Choose Table gt Row gt Hide The selected ro
173. can be one of the following text strings User Home First name Last name Initials Address State ZIP City Phone 1 Phone 2 Fax E mail Web site User Business First name Last Name Initials Company Department Address State ZIP City Phone 1 Phone 2 Fax E mail Web site User Manual PlanMaker Field name Home First name Home Last name Home Initials Home Street Home ZIP Home City Home Phonel Home Phone2 Home Fax Home E mail Home Website Field name Business First name Business Last name Business Initials Business Company Business Department Business Street Business ZIP Business City Business Phonel Business Phone2 Business Fax Business E mail Business Website Formulas and functions e 431 Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value USERFIELD Business Website returns www softmaker com FILENAME SHEETNAME VALUE convert text into a number Syntax Description Note Example See also VALUE Text Converts a text string representing a number into a number Text is the text string to convert It must contain the text representation of a number otherwise a VALUE error value is returned This function was retained only for compatibility with older spreadsheet applications It is no longe
174. can store the document in a different file format when using the File gt Save as command Select the desired file format from the Files of type drop down menu See chapter Working with other file formats page 231 Saving all open documents If you have several documents open choose File gt Save all to save all open documents using their current name PlanMaker checks all open documents and saves only those that have been changed Exiting PlanMaker To exit PlanMaker use the File gt Exit command If open documents have been modified PlanMaker will automatically ask you if you want to save them before exiting 36 e PlanMaker basics User Manual PlanMaker The PlanMaker Tour Users unfamiliar with spreadsheets should read the following section thoroughly More advanced users are encouraged to browse through this section as needed Note Some illustrations in this manual were drawn from PlanMaker for Win dows Under other operating systems some control elements may look slightly different however their functions are identical to those described Five minutes of theory If for example you plan a computer purchase you need to compare various systems based on their hardware components you will need a PC a monitor and a printer One vendor may offer a competitively priced computer another one might offer an inexpensive monitor etc Which is the best option To determine this you have to add up
175. cel format all of its occurrences will automatically be replaced by corre sponding operators 2 In Excel the intersection operator is a blank not a backslash However this will not affect any Excel files you open or save with PlanMaker as PlanMaker automatically translates operators to Ex cel compatible blank operators and vice versa INTERSECTION A1 D4 C3 E6 returns a reference to the range C3 D4 IPMT interest payment Syntax Description IPMT Rate Per NPer CV FV Type Returns the interest due in the specified period for an investment based on periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period Per is the payment period to be evaluated NPer is the total number of payment periods PV is the present value FV optional is the future value If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period 354 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Loan terms 100 000 at 10 per year to be repaid over 72 months with monthly payments at the end of each month How much interest has to be paid in the 32nd period i e the 32nd month IPMT 10 12 32 72 100000 returns 534 Note that all values have to use the same time unit months in this case since the payments are made monthly Ther
176. cell boundaries Bottom Aligned to the bottom Center Aligned to the center Top Aligned to the top Justify vertically Vertically justified evenly distributed between top and bottom cell border Only affects cells that contain multiple lines of content and have the Wrap text option see below activated Rotate by Rotates the cell content by the specified angle Wrap text If this option is checked the cell content will automatically be wrapped to multiple lines if it does not fit into a single line Hint To wrap parts of the cell content to the next line manually press Cul Ctrl By default this option is switched off so that text that does not fit is continued right of the cell Vertical text If this option is checked the cell content will be displayed vertically top to bottom instead of left to right Join cells Lets you join a cell with neighboring cells Joined cells are treated as if they were a single cell 100 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker To join cells select them and activate this option Note When cells are joined except for the upper left corner cell of the selected range cell content is automati cally deleted To disconnect joined cells select them and turn this option off Inner borders Lets you edit the inner margins of cells Protection The Protection property sheet in the Format gt Cell dialog can be used to prevent cells from being changed to hide t
177. cells a Title right of the group columns Similar to above except this option only affects worksheets with column outline If enabled the Minus sign will be displayed to the right of the cells if disabled it will be displayed to the left of the cells m Automatically show Outline pane If this option is enabled the Outline pane will be displayed automatically if the worksheet contains grouped cells If disabled the Outline pane will not be dis played Hint This option can also be changed using the Table gt Outliner gt Auto matically Show Outline Pane command Protect outline If this option is checked the outline will be protected if sheet protection is activated for the worksheet see also section Sheet protection page 223 The current state of the outline will be frozen Users will not be able to group ungroup cells or hide unhide grouped cells User Manual PlanMaker Outliner e 211 Internet functions PlanMaker provides the following functions for creating and editing Internet documents HTML documents E Opening HTML documents Windows only In the first section you will learn how to open HTML documents using the File gt Open command Windows version only Note Only HTML documents that begin with a table provide useable results E Editing HTML documents This section provides information about editing HTML documents and avail able formatting options Working with links In this section y
178. cells characters will be changed to the format defined in the cell style Hint Cell styles can also be applied by selecting them from the drop down list displayed at the left of the Formatting toolbar Plus If you have assigned a keyboard shortcut to a character style the style can be applied by pressing the corresponding key combination Modifying cell styles Note When you change the formattings stored in a cell style all cells using the style are changed accordingly To modify a cell style 1 Choose Format gt Cell Style 2 Select the style to be modified 3 Click Edit 4 To modify the cell format click the Cell button To modify the character format click the Character button 5 Click Close Deleting or renaming cell styles To delete a cell style choose Format gt Cell Style select a style and click the Delete button To rename it click the Rename button User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 117 The cell style Normal Every document you create contains a cell style named Normal This is the default cell style As long as you do not apply other cell styles every cell in a document uses the Normal cell style Additionally every cell style you create is based on this style In other words The Normal cell style defines the default cell format in a docu ment For example if you change the number format in this style all cells except the ones manually formatted wi
179. cending goes from Z to A Sort row by row Sort column by column This option determines whether PlanMaker sorts by row or by column m First row contains headings If the first row or column of the selected cells contains a heading enable this option PlanMaker omits it from the sorting Example You have selected a list of postal addresses that you want to sort by row The first line of your selection contains headings such as Name Street City etc The actual addresses are in the rows below If you turn on this option the first row is not sorted along with the addresses but stays on top E Case sensitive If you turn on this option terms with the first letter in lowercase will be sorted before terms with uppercase first letters Sort including formats If this option is checked cells moved by the sorting operation retain the as signed formatting Transposing cells The Table gt Transpose command exchanges the row and column order of the selected cells Rows become columns and columns become rows Select the desired cells before you use this menu command 74 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Important Please note that transposing does not adapt any formulas or range names to the changes made to cell addresses by transposing neither inside nor outside the transposed range Filtering cells by their contents You can select a range of cells and filter this data based on a filtering c
180. ch or Replace command PlanMaker searches for the next occurrence of the previous search request Search and replace options The Search and Replace commands described on the previous pages have addi tional options To display these options click the Enlarge button in the dialog To hide them click the Reduce button Note for Pocket PC users These buttons are not available in the Pocket PC version The extended Search Replace dialog has the following options Options group box Here you can modify the following options E Case sensitive By default the search command is not case sensitive If you enter Miller in the Search For box it will locate MILLER miller or any other up per lower case combination of the term If you check the Case sensitive option only Miller will be found Whole cell match By default the search command finds all cells that contain the search text at any position If you enter win in the Search For box PlanMaker will also find cells containing windows or sales winter 1995 If you check the Whole cell match option only cells that contain the term win and nothing else will be found m Search by column By default this option is checked so that the worksheet is searched column by column If disabled the worksheet will be searched row by row User Manual PlanMaker Search amp replace e 129 Search in group box Here you can specify which worksheet
181. click OK to confirm All rows that do match the filter conditions will now be hidden Setting up filter conditions To select one or more filter conditions in the dialog box of the Special Filter menu command In the 1st condition group box select the column to apply to the filter condition In the middle drop down menu select the arithmetic operator On the far right enter the value to compare against Some examples m The condition Column D equals Los Angeles only shows entries where column D contains the text Los Angeles m The condition Column E greater than 100000 only shows entries where column E contains a value greater than 100000 If one condition is not sufficient for formulating your filters you can set up to three filter conditions in the Special Filters dialog by filling out the group boxes 2nd condition and 3rd condition as well Wildcard characters The characters and can be used as wildcards represents an arbitrary number of arbitrary characters and represents a single arbitrary character For example M er would call out Mister Miller Mary s mother etc whereas ouse would call out mouse house rouse etc Choosing options The dialog box for the Special Filter command offers the following options Range contains headings If the first row and or column of the selected cells contains headings turn on this option PlanMaker will ignore this line or column while filterin
182. copy table cells from one window to another The commands needed to do this were fully explained in section Selecting cells starting on page 52 and in the sections following it You will recall the essentials If for example you select some cells in one win dow you can copy them to the clipboard with Edit gt Copy or Ctrl QCtrl C change to another window and insert the cells there with Edit gt Paste or Cry Ctr V User Manual PlanMaker Document windows e 239 Customizing PlanMaker PlanMaker gives you control over numerous program settings allowing you to adapt the program to your personal working style PlanMaker provides the following commands to customize the application s settings E Changing PlanMaker s preferences To modify PlanMaker s global preferences use the Extras gt Preferences command These settings affect all documents mu Changing document properties To modify the properties of a document use the File gt Properties command These settings affect the current document only mu Worksheet properties To modify the properties of a worksheet use the Table gt Properties com mand These settings affect the current worksheet only Customizing the document s display To change the display of a document use the View menu commands described in this section Customizing toolbars To customize toolbars such as standard formatting etc use the View gt Toolbars command m Custom
183. ct the desired group of commands Then select the desired command in the Commands list 3 The Current shortcut keys list will display all keyboard shortcuts assigned to the selected command To delete a shortcut select and click Remove The keyboard shortcut is removed Resetting keyboard shortcuts To reset all keyboard shortcuts in a keyboard mapping to the default shortcuts 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings 2 Select the desired keyboard mapping 3 Click the Reset button 270 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Note Only the standard keyboard mappings Standard and TextMaker Classic can be reset Customizing AutoFill lists As described in section Filling cells automatically page 60 the Edit gt Fill command can be used to fill a cell range with among other options a repeating list of values The Extras gt Edit Lists command allows you to create customized lists for the Fill command For example if you create a list with the content Red Green and Blue and later start a fill operation from a cell that contains the text Red PlanMaker will continue the series and fill with Green Blue Red Green Blue etc The dialog box appearing when Extras gt Edit Lists is selected has the following functions New button Create a new list Edit button Edit list E Delete button Delete list Import button Generate a new list from the currently selected cells See
184. ction returns a DIV 0 error value FINV FDIST FV future value Syntax Description See also FV Rate NPer Pmt PV Type Returns the future value of an investment based on periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period NPer is the total number of payment periods Pmt is the payment made for each period PV optional is the present value If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period FVSCHEDULE IPMT NPER PMT PV RATE FVSCHEDULE future value Syntax Description FVSCHEDULE PV Rates Returns the future value of an initial principal after applying a series of variable compound interest rates The function expects the following arguments User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 337 Example See also PV is the present value the initial principal Rates is a cell range or an array containing the different interest rates in their actual order namely rate for the first period rate for the second period etc To calculate the future value of an investment of 10 000 that pays 5 interest in the first 5 2 in the second 5 5 in the third and 5 9 in the fourth year you enter the four interest rates in the correct order in cells A1 to A4 and then employ the following formula
185. ctures drawings etc e 139 m Flip group box Lets you flip the object by checking one or more of the options provided Available only for certain types of objects Object properties Filling property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain types of objects Note When applied to pictures the filling will be visible only in pictures that contain transparent areas Use the Filling property sheet to modify the filling of objects First select the desired type of filling in the Fill type list Then change the set tings for the chosen fill type Fill types and settings available a No filling If you select this fill type the object will be transparent m Color Fills the object using a uniform color shade To change the color select it a in the Gallery displayed at the bottom of the dialog or b in the Foreground color list For information on adding new colors to color lists see section Document properties Colors property sheet page 251 If desired you can also change the Transparency of the fill Under Windows values between 0 no transparency and 100 full transpar ency are permitted If you set the value to 50 for example the filling will have 50 transparency Under other operating systems only the option Semi transparent is available It sets the filling to 50 transparency a Pattern Fills the object using a pattern To specify the pattern select the type of pattern in the
186. cument windows can be minimized as an icon displayed at the bottom of the program window To minimize a document window Mouse Click the l icon in the title bar of the document window to minimize To restore a minimized window double click its icon or choose from the Window menu Keyboard Open the system menu of the document window by pressing Alt Alt minus key and choose the Minimize command To restore a mini mized window choose from the Window menu 238 e Document windows User Manual PlanMaker Arranging document windows Note This feature is available only in the Windows and Linux versions of TextMaker Use the following commands to arrange all open document windows Choose Window gt Cascade to display windows cascading from the upper left to the lower right of the screen Choose Window gt Tile vertically or Window gt Tile horizontally to display the windows side by side To change the position or size of a document window Mouse Drag the title bar of the window to move To change its size drag any of its borders Keyboard Open the system menu of the document window by pressing Al Alt minus key and choose the Move or Size command Use the arrow keys to move size the window Note Changing position size is not possible with maximized windows Moving data between document windows You can move text cells objects etc across window boundaries Thus you can move or
187. d in the previous section you can hide unhide detail data i e grouped cells as desired To hide unhide grouped cells use the Outline pane displayed to the left of or above the worksheet If the Outline pane is not displayed verify that the Table gt Outliner gt Automatically Show Outline Pane command is selected To hide unhide grouped cells m Ifa bar with a Minus sign l is displayed the cells are grouped To hide them click the Minus sign m A Plus sign indicates grouped cells that are currently hidden To unhide them click the Plus sign m The 2 3 buttons on top of the Outline pane allow you to determine which outline levels to display For example if you click the 2 button all cells with an outline level between 1 and 2 will be displayed Note When you hide cells the cells are not only hidden on the screen but also ignored by charts evaluating these cells 210 e Outliner User Manual PlanMaker Outliner options The Table gt Outliner gt Options command allows you to modify options related to the outline of the current worksheet Em Title below group rows Check this option if the cell groups have a title a row containing for example a heading or summary below the data rather than above the data This option only affects the placement of the Minus sign displayed in the Outline pane If enabled the Minus sign will be displayed below the cells if disabled it will be displayed above the
188. determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative DEC2BIN 42 returns 101010 DEC2BIN 42 8 returns 00101010 DEC2BIN 42 4 returns the error value NUM because the number 42 cannot be represented with fewer than 6 binary digits DEC2BIN 42 returns 11111111111111111111111111010110 BIN2DEC DEC2HEX DEC20CT decimal number to hexadecimal number DEC2HEX Number Digits Converts the given decimal number base 10 to a hexadecimal number base 16 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 2 31 to 2431 1 Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative DEC2HEX 42 returns 2A DEC2HEX 42 8 returns 0000002A 318 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also DEC2HEX 42 1 returns the error value NUM because the number 42 cannot be represented with fewer than 2
189. dit gt Delete command deletes the contents of the selected cells Note Only the contents of the cells are removed not the cells themselves Selective deletion of cell contents If you use the Edit gt Delete Special command instead of Edit gt Delete you can determine exactly what will be deleted PlanMaker will show a popup menu with the following options E All Delete the contents formatting and comments of the selected cells User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 55 Formatting Delete only the formatting number format character format background shading borders etc Contents Delete only the contents values text formulas with keeping the formatting Comments Remove only comments that have been added to the selected cells leaving both content and formatting intact see section Inserting comments page 78 Conditional Formatting Remove only the conditional formatting see Format gt Conditional format ting command in section Conditional formatting page 109 Moving and copying cells All operating systems supported by PlanMaker have a built in clipboard Using the clipboard allows the user to select worksheet content and put it on the clipboard either by copying it from the worksheet or by cutting it from the work sheet Then it can be pasted elsewhere in the worksheet In this way cells and also objects can be deleted duplicated or moved You will find all the necessary co
190. dows When you enter text or invoke menu commands only the active document window is affected To change the active document window Mouse only in Windows and Linux versions Click on any part of the document window to activate Keyboard From the Window command choose the name of the document win dow to activate Closing document windows To close a document window choose File gt Close User Manual PlanMaker Document windows e 237 The active document window together with its content is now closed If the document has changed since it was last saved a message box appears first ques tioning whether you want to save the document Hint To close all currently open document windows at once choose Window gt Close all Maximizing document windows Note This feature is available only in the Windows and Linux versions of TextMaker Document windows can be maximized so they cover the entire work space To maximize a document window Mouse Click the Glicon in the title bar of the document window to maximize To restore the original size of a maximized window click the El icon Keyboard Open the system menu of the document window by pressing Alt Alt minus key and choose the Maximize command To restore the origi nal size of a maximized window choose the Restore command Minimizing document windows Note This feature is available only in the Windows and Linux versions of TextMaker Do
191. e E In Excel extended cell references like Al B3 D5 can be entered In Plan Maker the notation Al B3 D5 is used However PlanMaker automatically converts such cell references when you open save an Excel file E In Excel the order of precedence is incorrect for the exponentiation operator and the negation operator whereas PlanMaker uses the correct order For example in Excel 1 2 returns 1 wrong whereas PlanMaker returns 1 cor rect since has precedence over However when you open save an Excel file PlanMaker automatically resolves this compatibility issue by replacing the operator by the POWER function which returns the same result in both PlanMaker and Excel 234 e Working with other file formats User Manual PlanMaker Notes for Pocket PC and Handheld PC users Note This section is relevant to users of the Pocket PC and Handheld PC version of PlanMaker only Working with Pocket Excel files PlanMaker is not able to open Pocket Excel files directly As a workaround open the file in Pocket Excel and save it as an Excel file Important Deactivating automatic conversion of Excel files in Ac tiveSync When copying Excel documents to a Pocket PC Handheld PC using Microsoft ActiveSync the documents will be automatically converted to Pocket Excel format As a result certain functionalities are lost Therefore PlanMaker users should turn this conversion off since PlanMaker for Pocket PCs Handheld P
192. e See also Annotation Important This function returns wrong results in some cases see annotation below MOD S 3 returns 2 MOD 5 0 returns a DIV 0 error value MOD6 5 3 returns 1 which is wrong see below MODP QUOTIENT Microsoft Excel returns wrong results when you use the MOD function with a negative numerator or denominator PlanMaker also returns wrong results in this case for compatibility reasons but additionally offers a function named MODP that returns correct results The following table shows the differences between MOD and MODP the highlighted results highlighted in green color are wrong B Mod_en pmd Iof x A B E a Arguments Mod ModP 6 3 2 2 6 3 2 53 2 5 3 Note The MODP function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a document in Excel format all calculations using this function will be replaced by their last result as a fixed value MODE most frequently occurring value Syntax Description MODE Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the mode of a data set The mode is the value occurring most frequently in a set of numbers Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated If the given numbers contain more than one mode their smallest mode will be returned User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 377 Example See also If the given numbers do not contain any value occurring more than once a N A error value
193. e N A not available will be displayed in the superfluous cells Important If the selected cell range is too small parts of the array will not be displayed m There are array functions that return just a single value rather than an entire array for example the MDETERM function that returns the determinant of an array In that case the procedure described above is not necessary and the formula can be entered just like any other formula 280 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker To edit an existing array formula Select all cells covered by the resulting array edit the formula and press Ctrl Ctrl Shift If you press just the Enter key instead PlanMaker issues a warning and asks you if you want to overwrite the array by a single value Hint To select all cells covered by an array formula click any of the involved cells and press Ctrl 7 Ctr1 7 Entering array constants in formulas If desired arrays can be entered as constants instead of cell references For this purpose surround the array by braces and separate columns by commas and rows by semicolons For example the following array 1 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 4 can be entered as follows 1 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 4 Notes m The notation described above is suitable for fixed values only formulas and cell references are not allowed m You can also enter vectors in the notation described above For a horizontal vector enter e g 1 2
194. e For example when you type in 9 25 66 6 00 PlanMaker knows that you mean the 25th of September 1966 at 6 00 am Note Spreadsheets store dates and times internally as numbers so that calcula tions can be carried out with them The number 0 represents 1 1 1900 the number 1 stands for 1 2 1900 etc The time is stored in the fractional part of the number However you don t have to worry about this Simply enter dates and times in your preferred way PlanMaker converts your input to a number but will automatically format it in date time format To learn more about changing the format of dates and times see section Number format page 87 Notes about entering logical values Boolean values To enter a logical value in a cell type in either TRUE or FALSE 50 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Notes about entering formulas Formulas must always begin with an equal sign e g 2 5 The Insert gt Function command lets you easily compose formulas by picking PlanMaker s arithmetic functions from a list However you can also input for mulas manually Detailed information on creating formulas is available in chapter Formulas and functions page 275 m For descriptions of all arithmetic functions see section Functions from A to Z page 285 Notes about entering text E To enter text in a cell simply type it in E In some rare cases you may want to force PlanMaker to consider a number a date or a fo
195. e Row deletes such a page break Navigate to a cell located directly below the page break before selecting this command Insert before Column inserts a vertical page break left of the current column Delete before Column deletes such a page break Navigate to a cell located directly to the right of the page break before selecting this command Page view The File gt Page View command displays a preview of the printed document on screen Using this command will help you avoid wasting money on test prints The page view window provides a toolbar with the following buttons User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 125 KR pa Use these buttons to scroll from page to page The first last button jumps to the first last page The buttons labeled with a left right arrow jump to the previous next page The box in the middle lets you move to a specific page Type in the desired page number and press the Enter key Bjal The left button invokes the File gt Page Setup command to modify the page format paper size orientation margins headers and footers etc See section Page format page 121 The right button invokes the File gt Print command to print the document See section Printing page 219 Zoom jio mE Use these controls to change the zoom level Either type in a zoom level in the Zoom box and press the Enter key 1 or click the arrows to gradually de crease increase the zoom level The thr
196. e Setup to change these settings E Page view The File gt Page View command displays a preview of the printed document on screen See the following pages for detailed information 84 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Cell size In this section you will learn how to change the size of cells Note If a cell displays hashes e g H HHH instead of the cell content the column is too narrow to display the cell content If this happens simply widen the corresponding column Changing cell sizes using the mouse Across the top of the table are buttons labeled A B C etc To the left of the table are buttons labeled 1 2 3 etc These column headers and row headers allow you to change the column width or row height using the mouse m To change the width of a column move the mouse pointer to the right border of the corresponding column header The mouse pointer will change to a dou ble arrow Press and hold the left mouse button and move the mouse to change the column width m To change the height of a row use the row headers in the same manner Changing cell sizes using menu commands Another way to change the size of rows column is by using the menu commands Table gt Column and Table gt Row If you choose one of these menu commands a sub menu with the following commands will appear Width or Height Lets you enter a numerical value for the column width or row height respe
197. e TIMEDIFF function is used the correct result 8 hours will be returned 424 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value TIMEDIFF 8 00 AM 4 00 PM returns 8 00 TIMEDIFF 10 00 PM 6 00 AM returns 8 00 TIMEDIFF 10 01 2004 10 00 PM 10 02 2004 6 00 AM returns 8 00 TIME TIMEVALUE TIMEVALUE convert text into time Syntax Description Note Example See also TIMEVALUE Text Converts text representing a date to a serial time value This function was retained only for compatibility with older spreadsheet applications It is no longer commonly used as current spreadsheet ap plications including PlanMaker automatically convert values into date time values where necessary TIMEVALUE 10 30 00 am returns 0 4375 DATEVALUE DATE TIME TINV percentiles of the t distribution Syntax Description Note See also TINV Probability DegreesFreedom Returns the inverse of the Student s t distribution function i e percen tiles of this distribution Probability is the two tailed probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 DegreesFreedom is the number of degrees of freedom Must be gt 1 The result of this function is calculated using an iterat
198. e a comment from a cell go to the cell use the Edit gt Delete Special menu command Choosing the Comments option from the drop down menu will remove the comments from the selected cells Goal seeking The Extras gt Goal Seek menu command can help you determine what value a certain portion of a calculation must meet to extract a pre defined result from the calculation Note This is done by mathematical approximation and as with all approximation methods the result cannot be guaranteed completely accurate Before executing this command select the cell that contains the calculation Goal Seek x Formula cell sags Target value 7 Cancel Variable cell A3 Accuracy fo 00001 Upon executing the Extras gt Goal Seek command a dialog box will open with the following options E In Formula cell enter the address of the cell that contains the formula Gener ally this is pre filled by PlanMaker E In Target value enter the desired result of the calculation User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 79 m In Variable cell enter the cell address of the cell in which PlanMaker will test different values until the formula cell returns the desired result m In Accuracy you can specify how close the result must match the desired target value PlanMaker will attempt to approximate values until the difference to the target value is smaller than Accuracy If PlanMaker is unable to find a sufficiently close re
199. e difference of two complex numbers i e subtracts Com plexNumber2 from ComplexNumber1 ComplexNumber1 and ComplexNumber2 must be complex numbers in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMSUB 2 4i 1 2i returns 1 2i COMPLEX IMDIV IMPRODUCT IMSUM IMSUM sum of complex numbers Syntax Description Example See also IMSUM ComplexNum1 ComplexNum2 ComplexNum3 Returns the sum of the given complex numbers ComplexNum1 ComplexNum2 etc must be complex numbers in X yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMSUM 2 4i 1 2i returns 3 6i COMPLEX IMDIV IMPRODUCT IMSUB INDEX cell in a particular row column of a range Syntax INDEX Range Row Column PartRange User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 351 Description Note Example See also Returns a reference to the cell at the intersection of the specified row and column in Range Range is the cell range from which to return a reference Row is the relative number of the row in Range Column is the relative number of the column in Range If Row or Column refers to a cell outside Range a REF error value is returned The optional argument PartRange is just a placeholder for compatibil ity with Microsoft Excel It will not be evaluated This function is not fully identical to Microsoft Excel s INDE
200. e error value VALUE since the text string does not contain an upper case A FIND a Banana 3 returns 4 SEARCH REPLACE SUBSTITUTE FINV percentiles of the F distribution Syntax Description Note See also FINV Probability DegreesFreedom1 DegreesFreedom2 Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 DegreesFreedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom DegreesFreedom2 is the denominator degrees of freedom Both degrees of freedom must be 1 and lt 10410 The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned FTEST FDIST FISHER Fisher transformation Syntax FISHER Number User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 333 Description See also Returns the Fisher transformation Number must be gt 1 and lt 1 FISHERINV CORREL COVAR FISHERINV inverse of the Fisher transformation Syntax Description See also FISHERINV Number Returns the inverse of the Fisher transformation FISHER FIXED format number as text with fixed decimals Syntax Description Annotation Example FIXED Number n NoThousandsSep Returns a text string containing Number rounded to n decimals Number is the number to be
201. e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc VAR DVARP DVARP database function Syntax Description See also DVARP DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Calculates the variance of a population based on the entire population using those values in a column of a database area that match the condi tions specified in the criteria area Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels Amount Price etc VARP DVAR EDATE date before after n months Syntax Description EDATE StartDate m Returns the date that is m months before after StartDate User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 325 Example See also StartDate is the start date m is
202. e paragraph format includes the following settings m Paragraph indents E Line spacing m Paragraph alignment User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 105 m Hyphenation m Paragraph spacing See the following pages for detailed information Paragraph indents text frames only Note Paragraph indents can only be applied to text placed in a text frame To indent cell contents modify the cell s inner borders using the Format gt Cell dialog Alignment property sheet To indent text in a text frame choose Format gt Paragraph There are independ ent settings for Left Right and First The first line indent can be either positive or negative and is used as an offset from the left side of the paragraph Line spacing text frames only Note Line spacing can only be applied to text placed in a text frame Line spacing is the vertical distance between lines of text in a paragraph To change the line spacing of text in a text frame 1 Select the paragraphs to change 2 Choose Format gt Paragraph 3 In the Line spacing group box select a line spacing system in the drop down list and enter an amount see explanations below Line spacing systems PlanMaker supports three methods to specify the line spacing for text in a text frame Auto automatic line spacing PlanMaker automatically adapts the line spacing to the largest font size in the paragraph If you enter a value of 100 p
203. e started 5 In the application create the object 6 Exit the application 7 If the application displays a dialog box asking if you want to update the object in the PlanMaker document click Yes The object will now be inserted Creating OLE objects from a file If you do not want to create a new OLE object but embed an existing file created with an OLE compatible application choose Object gt New OLE Object Frame and check the Create from file option Then enter the file name or click the Browse button to locate the file Click OK and the file will be inserted as an OLE object Note If the file is not associated with an OLE compatible application only an icon will be displayed instead of the contents of the file Linking to the original file Use the Link option in the dialog described above to create a link to the embedded file If the Link option is not checked PlanMaker will use a copy of the original file Changing the original file with any other application will have no effect on the PlanMaker document E If the Link option is checked PlanMaker will create a link to the file If the file is modified with any other application the OLE object in PlanMaker will be updated accordingly Editing OLE objects Hint The quickest way to edit an OLE object is to double click it The appropri ate application will open and the object can be edited Alternatively OLE objects can be opened for editing as follows
204. e style can be applied by pressing the corresponding key combination Modifying character styles Note When you change the formats stored in a character style all cells using this style are changed accordingly To modify a character style 1 Choose Format gt Character Style 2 Select the style you want to modify 3 Click Edit 4 A dialog box similar to the Format gt Character dialog see section Character format page 101 pops up Modify the character format as desired 5 Click OK 6 Click Close User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 113 Resetting character styles To reset a character style to default values click the Reset button in the dialog box described above Deleting or renaming character styles To delete a character style choose Format gt Character Style select a style and click the Delete button To rename it click the Rename button The character style Normal Every document you create contains a character style named Normal This is the default character style As long as you do not apply other character styles every cell in a document uses the Normal character style Additionally every character style you create is based on this style In other words The Normal character style defines the default character format in a document For example if you change the font in this style all cells except the ones manually formatted with a different font will be
205. e to a set of data points for example the results of a se ries of measurements This function can be used to predict for example the resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor at 0 after having measured the resistance at several other temperatures y_values are the known y values e g the resistance x_values are the known x values e g the temperature The resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor has been measured at several temperatures Cells A1 A4 contain the temperatures measured 8 20 25 28 Cells B1 B4 contain the resistances measured 261 508 608 680 The following calculation returns an estimate for the resistance at 0 degrees INTERCEPT B1 B4 A1 A4 returns 93 69817 Ohm FORECAST SLOPE INTERCEPT y_values x_values equals FORECAST 0 y_values X_values User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 353 INTERSECTION intersection of two ranges Syntax Description Annotation Note Example INTERSECTION Rangel Range2 Returns a reference to the intersection of Rangel and Range2 Alternatively use the operator to obtain the intersection of two ranges For example SUM UNTERSECTION A1 D4 C3 E6 equals SUM A1 D4 C3 E6 When working with intersections please note that there are the follow ing differences between PlanMaker and Microsoft Excel 1 The INTERSECTION function is not supported by Excel However if you save a document making use of this funtion in Ex
206. e value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example ROUNDDOWN 1 234 2 returns 1 23 ROUNDDOWN 1 235 2 returns 1 23 ROUNDDOWN 888 999 0 returns 888 ROUNDDOWN 888 999 2 returns 800 ROUNDUP ROUND TRUNC ROUNDUP round up Syntax Description ROUNDUP Number n Rounds Number up away from zero to n decimals User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 403 Example See also n is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is rounded to the nearest integer If n is a negative value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example ROUNDUP 1 234 2 returns 1 24 ROUNDUP 1 235 2 returns 1 24 ROUNDUP 444 222 0 returns 445 ROUNDUP 444 222 2 returns 500 ROUNDDOWN ROUND TRUNC ROW row number of a reference Syntax Description Example See also ROW Reference Returns the row number s of a cell reference If Reference is a single cell the row number of this cell is returned If Reference is a range of cells their row numbers are returned as a vertical array Note In this case the formula has to be entered as an ar ray formula see section Working with arrays page 281 If Reference is omitted the row number of the cell where this function was inserted is re
207. eaeeseeeeessaeeeseneeteaes 260 ZOOM OVE rouo veea pci pita heed oti hed 260 Show formulas instead of reSults ecceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeteees 261 Syntax NIQhliQghting cccccceeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeesseeeeeeeeeaes 261 Customizing toolbars 20 eeee cece ee esee cece eect eeeeaeeeeneeeseaeeesaeeseneeeeaes 262 Showing hiding toolbars ccccsceeeeeecseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeseneeeeees 263 Positioning toolbars 2 nesi eran ieai iaa a a 264 Managing toolbars ccccceeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeessnaeeneaeeeeaes 265 Editing toolbar iCOnS c cccceeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeesaeeeeeees 265 Using custom toolbar iCONS ececceceeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 267 Customizing keyboard Shortcuts cccecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaes 268 Activating a keyboard Mapping ceeesseeeeeeeteeeeeesteeeeeeaaes 269 Creating a new keyboard Mapping ccesseeeeeeseeeeeseeteees 269 Deleting and renaming keyboard mappingS eeeeee 270 Modifying keyboard shortcuts cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeseeeteaes 270 Resetting keyboard shortcuts 0 eececeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeas 272 Customizing AutoFill lists 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeee cess eeeeeeseeeeeesaeeseeeeeees 273 Creating a new AutoFill list 0 00 00 eceececeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeaes 273 Editing AutoFill liStS 0 cecceeesceceeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeenees 273 Deleting AutoFill lis
208. eceeeesneeeeessneeeeeseseeeeesseeeenees 102 FONUStYIC pereina a e a aE a A teat Aaa 103 FONUCOIOK imna aiin vip coi a a a eiaa 103 Superscript and subscript cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeteeeeeaes 104 Letter spacing and character WICHtH ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 Resetting the character format cccccssseeeeeeeseeeeeesteeeeeeees 105 Paragraph format text frames OMy ceeccceceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeees 105 Paragraph indents text frames only n se 106 Line spacing text frames OMly cccseeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeseeeeeaes 106 Paragraph alignment text frames only c cceeeeeeeeeereees 107 Hyphenation text frames Only cccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeteeseneeteees 107 Paragraph spacing text frames only 108 Transfer formatting cc cccecceeeeseeeseceeceeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaaeeseaaeseeneeees 109 Conditional formattiing cccccceesceeeeeeececeeeeeaeeeeneeeeeeeeescaeeseeeesees 109 AULOFOrMats nc 000 2 ci et ead ott eat eile he eed cps 111 Character StylS cceecceceteceseneceeseeeeeeeeseaeeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaaesneaeeeeaes 111 Creating Character styles cc cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaes 112 Applying character Styles ccccceceeeeeseeeeeeneeeseeeeenaeeneneeees 113 Modifying character styles cc cccccccesseeeeeneeeeeeeeeesaeeteeeeeaes 113 The character style Normal cecccceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 114 Crea
209. eceeeseeeeeenteaes 152 SCANNING PICtUIES ieirik ania taiea taa aaka ASSA Kai Take 153 Picture frame properties eeececeeeeecseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeees 154 OLE Objects ies feck aa ae RAE A i a 156 Inserting OLE objects 0 ccceeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeeeeeaaeesenees 156 Editing OLE Objects siriene iiidid iiidid 157 Editing links to OLE objects ceccccseeeeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeeseeeeenees 158 OLE object properties ssssssseesesseseseeseeseesnesreensrnssrense 158 Using Equation Editor objects ccccceeseeeeeeeceteeesteeeeeees 159 Drawings tiio era aa iaa e aa a a a Gaisledesseticeaerileds 161 Msering drawings eesosa eae ta EER n aK E ARES 161 Adding text to AutoShapes eeeeeeeeeeeeereereereerresrresrresrns 163 Drawing properes onrera eeii a i i 164 CHAR TO e aa Aa a OMEN One aaa COUPER REE Tar 169 inserting CHAM 2 cece cece ee aa a e aA Eae EEEN 169 Editing Charts sci issue eA asiaa in a A N i 170 Chart type iinne a aided 171 Arrangement of data series cccccceceeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeee 173 Working with chart elements c cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaeeeeeenaes 173 ChartialGasxciciiid kicu cnet Meridia ahaa 175 aloe Let PERA E ee eee ee aes ae She Ree a ee Pa 176 Walls three dimensional charts Only ccceeeceeeeeeeseeeees 176 Floor three dimensional charts Only cceseeeeeeseeeeeeees 177 Corners three dimensional charts Only
210. ection 1 Choose File gt Properties 2 Switch to the Protection property sheet 3 Select the desired protection type see below 4 Enter read and or write password 4 to 15 characters case sensitive Important If the password is lost the document cannot be opened or saved Please note that passwords are case sensitive 5 Click OK 6 PlanMaker asks you to enter the password once again to confirm 7 Click OK 8 Click OK to exit the dialog box 9 Save the document to finalize the protection settings User Manual PlanMaker Protecting cells and documents e 225 After that PlanMaker will ask for the password every time the document is opened Access will only be granted if the correct password is entered The following types of document protection are available in the above dialog mu No protection Do not protect the document this is the default setting m Read protection Document cannot be opened unless the correct password is entered In addi tion the document is encrypted Em Write protection Document can not be saved unless the correct password is entered Protection depending on password Document protection depends on the password entered when the user tries to open the document No wrong password Document cannot be opened Read password Document can be opened but not saved Write password Document can be opened and saved Deactivating document protection When a user opens a p
211. ed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels Amount Price etc SUM DVAR database function Syntax Description DVAR DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Estimates the variance of a population based on a sample using those values in a column of a database area that match the conditions specified in the criteria area 324 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section Working with database functions page 283 DatabaseArea is a cell range containing the database to be evaluated The first row of DatabaseArea must contain labels for the database col umns e g Amount Price etc Column is the desired column of the database area You can specify Column by its relative column number or by its column label in double quotation marks
212. ee buttons at the right let you switch to a predefined zoom level m Actual document size zoom level 100 E Fit page in window Fit margins in window To close the page view window click the Close button 126 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker search amp replace This chapter covers information on searching and or replacing cell contents m Search and Replace Use PlanMaker s search commands to search cell contents for a text string and or replace it with another text string E Goto Use Edit gt Go to to jump to a specific cell cell range or named cell range See the following pages for detailed information Search Use the Edit gt Search command to search cells for a text string Note The search command searches the cell contents of the current worksheet only It will not search a the other worksheets and b text located in objects like text frames To search for a text string 1 If you want to limit the search to a specific cell range select the cell range first If nothing is selected the entire worksheet will be searched 2 Choose Edit gt Search keyboard shortcut Ctr Ctrl F 3 In the Search for box enter the text to find 4 If desired adjust the other search options see section Search and replace options page 131 5 Click the Search button to begin the search PlanMaker scans the document for the search text highlighting the first cell that cont
213. ee the following pages for detailed information Zoom level The zoom level can be set individually for each worksheet Choose View gt Actual Size to display the worksheet in its original size Choose View gt Custom to set any other zoom level Zoom level Explanation Fit to selection Zooms in to the current selection as far as possible Previous zoom Restores the previous zoom level 200 150 etc Sets the zoom level to the desired level Alternatively custom values can be entered into the input box 50 to 400 percent 258 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Show formulas instead of results If the View gt Show Formulas command is selected cells containing a calculation will display the formula rather than the result Choose again to deactivate Syntax highlighting If Syntax highlighting is activated cells will be colored according to their con tent For example cells containing an error are displayed in red cells containing a formula are displayed in green etc This is useful in visualizing which cells contain formulas fixed values etc and where errors occur Activating and deactivating syntax highlighting Choose View gt Syntax Highlighting to activate Choose again to deactivate What the foreground color indicates When syntax highlighting is activated cell contents are displayed in the following foreground colors Cell content Foreground color Error value or any other kind of er
214. eeas 402 RATE rate per period ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeeeas 403 REPLACE replace text in a text String cceeeteeeeteeeneees 403 REPT repeat text String 0 ee ceeceeeesteeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeae 404 RIGHT right part of a text String 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 404 ROMAN Roman numeral ccccecseeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneees 405 ROUND rOUN 0 00 eecce cee ee cece eeeeee sete ee eeeaeeeeeeeeeaeessaeeneaeeeeeeeess 405 ROUNDDOWN round Gown ccccceeeseeceeeeeseteeeeeneeeeneees 406 ROUNDUP round Up cceccceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeeeees 406 ROW row number of a reference seeen 407 ROWS number of rows in a range 407 RSQ square Of Pearson c cccceeeesceeeeeseceeeeeseceeeeneeeeeeees 407 SEARCH search for text c cccesceeeeceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeteaes 408 SECOND S CON ariii iiaiai aii antitank 408 SERIESSUM sum of a power series 409 SHEETNAME name of a worksheet ccceeeeseeeeereeeeee 409 SIGN sign of a number sssesssesesesseesrieesiresrissriesresrresrn 410 SIN USING tater wate erate einen aire me 410 SINH hyperbolic Sine ccccceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeaes 410 SKEW skewness of a distribution 0 ccceeseeeeeteeesteeteees 411 SLN straight line depreciation ccccesseeeeeseteeeeeneeeeees 411 SLOPE slope of a linear trend cccceceees
215. eeeeaa 239 Closing document WINGOWS c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeteaeeeteneeteaes 239 Maximizing document WINKOWS ceeeeseeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaes 240 Minimizing document WINGOWS ccceeeeneeeeeenteeeteeenaeeeeeeaeeeenenaes 240 Arranging document WINdOWS c ceceeesseceeeeetteeeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeneae 241 Moving data between document WIndows ccceeeeeeeeeeetees 241 CUSTOMIZING PLANMAKER cccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 243 PICISENGOS nereli na aa A E A thes echads EEE 244 Preferences Edit property sheet 244 Preferences General property sheet ccccceeeeseeeeneees 245 Preferences Look amp Feel property sheet 247 Preferences Language property sheet 249 Preferences Files property sheet 249 Document Properties cecccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseneeees 250 Document properties Summary property sheet 06 251 Document properties Colors property sheet cee 251 Document properties Internet property sheet 253 Document properties Info property sheet ccceeeeees 254 Document properties Options property sheet 254 Document properties Calculate property sheet 06 257 Document properties Protection property sheet 259 Worksheet properties 00 0 2 cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeesaeeeeneaa 259 Customizing GiSPlAY ceeececeeeeeeeeeceeeee eee eeeeaeee
216. eeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeteees 412 SMALL k th smallest number ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeaeeteees 412 SORTIM SOrD ri peeaire a enee aan ana ar Aa Aaa enaA eni 413 SORT OO a a a a a aa eaaa aaa Aana a 414 SORT Square root pdea eiiie deretan erha aaae ataa deve reveal 415 SORTN NAN rOOt 2 cecceecceceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesaeesaaeesaeesaeeeneeeaaes 415 SQRTPI Square root Of X Pi cececececeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeaes 416 STANDARDIZE standardized value 416 STDEV standard deviation of a sample c eeeeee 417 STDEVA standard deviation of a sample ceeeee 417 STDEVP standard deviation of entire population 418 STDEVPA standard deviation of entire population 418 STEYX standard error of a linear regression 419 SUBSTITUTE replace text in a text String cceeeeeeeees 419 SUBTOTAL subtotal ignoring filters 0 c ceeceeeeeeeeeeteees 420 SUM SUM ra ctetcteocectects oa a aS era aaa aaa aae A a ate cowl seeds 420 SUMIF sum if Condition is true seeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee ereere 421 SUMPRODUCT sum of products cccceeeseeteteeeeseeeeees 422 SUMSQ Sum Of SQUAIES 0 cceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeaes 422 SUMX2MY2 sum of x 2 MINUS y 2 esseen 423 SUMX2PY2 sum of x42 plus Y 2 0 eee eeeeeeeeteeeeeeteteeeteneeteees 423 SUMXMY2 sum of x MINUS y 2 ee eee ee esteeeeeeeteteeeeteeeeeees 424 SYD sum of years digits d
217. eeeeeeeeees 308 COUNTIF count if Condition is true ccceeeceseeeeeesteeeeees 308 COUNTP PlanMaker 97 compatibility function 204 309 COVAR Covariance ekestas aastaaega aniraa aniani 310 CREATEDATE date the document was created 05 310 GRITBINOM setcccecesscude vets aaeeea eara a eaa ara aaa aa 311 CUMIPMT cumulative interest ccccesseeeeeteteeeeseeeees 311 CUMPRINC cumulative principal 0 cccceeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 312 CURRENCY format number as currency 313 DATE create a date Value 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeenteeeetenteeeeeeenieeeeneae 313 DATEDIF date difference ceccceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenees 314 DATEVALUE convert text into date value 315 DAVERAGE database function eneee 315 DAY day Ofa dale is icichsdectreveehes testes ra a aaaea aa a 315 DAYS days between two dates 316 DAYS360 days between two dates 316 DAYSPERMONTH days per month eccceeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 317 DAYSPERYEAR days per year ccccesceceeceeseeeeesseeeeenees 317 DB fixed declining balance depreciation ccceeeees 317 DCOUNT database function cceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeaeeeeeeees 318 DCOUNTA database function cceceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 318 DDB double declining balance depreciation eee 319 DEC2BIN decimal number to binary number 320 DEC2HEX decimal number to hexadecimal number 320
218. eeeeneeees 56 Pasting cells Selectively ccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseneeeseaeeeeaeeneaes 58 Inserting NEW CEIIS 0 eee eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeeeeaeeeeneaa 59 Filling cells automatically cecccceeseceeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeaes 60 Tips and tricks for automatic filling 22 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 63 Working with multiple worksheets c ccceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeseaeeeeneees 65 Creating new worksheets csccceeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeseaaeenenees 65 Switching between worksheets c s cceeceeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeaees 65 Changing the order of worksheets cccceseeeeeeseeeeeneeeeees 66 Managing worksheets cceeecseeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeestaeeeeeetaeeeeneas 66 Calculating in three GiIMENSIONS ccceeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeteeeeneees 67 Naming Cell ranQes cecccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseneaeeesenaaeees 67 Assigning names to Cell rangeS eececessceeeeenteeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 68 Deleting names oaeiae Aaaa aeaa i dE ia 69 Defining names automatically from the selection 0 05 69 Creating a list of all named ranges sesseesseeeseesseesr eerren 70 Putting named ranges to USe ssssessssiessseerresrrrrssrrrrssrernssrne 71 Retroactively applying names in calculationS ccee 71 SOMING cells i a a aaa a ai 73 Transposing C lisiiscicnctwiig wel aci agin anaie iiano 74 Filtering cells
219. eeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeaes 131 Search and replace Options ccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeseeeeeees 131 To C0 eee err rer EE cee creer erence a cere ery rece ecee rrecreCe rene errr 132 OBJECTS PICTURES DRAWINGS ETC 135 Objects basic ProCeCUIeS cc ccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeenaeeteeeeeaes 135 Inserting Objects tate dian t R ERO E aedeat 136 Selecting objects ici chad aie Heep eee diet a iiaa inai iia 136 Object Moden i tiie iaeia etea aeaa ae 136 Changing position and size of objects eee 138 Rotating and flipping objects 2 0 cee ceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeteeeeneeeeeeees 139 Aligning and distributing objects 0 eeceeeesteeeeeenteeeeeenaees 140 Duplicating ODjEciS reirse riani iranienne aanika akku kain hekk 140 Object properties eeeccec ese eseneeceeeeeeeaeeeesaeesseeesaeeeeaeeeeaes 140 Objects advanced procedures c cccececeesteeeeneeeeeeeeeesaeeteeeteaes 148 Pidna Je 91 t eae ee eee ee 148 Changing the order of objects ccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeseteeteeeteaes 148 Grouping Objects Mni iieu eaii eainiie deletes 148 Charisteas et e aa a a aa ite 150 Fet ame Surerin neuian n eb ieee ede 150 Inserting text frames cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaaeeeeeees 150 Text frame ProperticS ceecececceeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeesaeeneneeee 150 ea e e T EAT E E A A ET 152 INS MtING PICTUIOS 22 2 ceeeceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeteseceeesese
220. eet and for example calculate the sum of several cells in another cell Entering values and formulas Enough theory for now Let s create our first calculation First we type in the price for the personal computer under that the price for the monitor and under that the price for the printer Suppose the prices are 1499 899 and 499 respectively Use the arrow keys to go to cell B2 and enter the value 1499 The value appears both in the chosen cell and in the Edit toolbar above the table Wow Note Do not make the mistake of typing the letter O or o instead of the numerical digit 0 Computers make a clear distinction between letters and numbers PlanMaker would accept the input but interpret it as text When at tempting to calculate with it PlanMaker will generate an error message Press the Enter key now to finish your input The cell frame moves down one row to cell B3 Type the value 899 here and in the row below that type the value 499 Hint If you entered a wrong value and have already pressed you can still correct your mistake Move the cell frame to the cell with the error and enter the correct value As soon as you press the old content is overwritten by the new input You can also edit the content of already filled out cells by pressing the F2 F2 key User Manual PlanMaker The PlanMaker Tour e 39 Entering formulas Let s enter our first formula In order to calc
221. efore in the above formula the yearly interest rate had to be divided by 12 to get the monthly inter est rate CUMPRINC CUMIPMT FV NPER PMT PV RATE IRR internal rate of return Syntax Description Note See also IRR Values Guess Returns an estimate for the internal rate of return for a series of cash flows The calculation is based on the cash flows specified in the Values argument Payments have to be entered as negative values income as positive values The cash flows do not have to be even but they must oc cur in regular intervals e g monthly Values is the cell range or array containing the cash flows in their actual order namely cash flow for the first period cash flow for the sec ond period etc At least one payment and one income have to be given Guess optional lets you specify an estimate for the result see note below The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 20 iterations a NUM error value is returned If this occurs try altering the Guess parameter NPV MIRR RATE ISBLANK is empty Syntax Description ISBLANK Reference Returns TRUE if the specified cell is empty User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 355 Example See also If Al contains any kind of value C7 is empty ISBLANK A1 returns FALSE ISBLANK C7 returns TRUE ISNA COUNT COUNTA ISERR is an er
222. elected criteria are matched The search function is not case sensitive i e it does not differentiate between lowercase and uppercase letters m Folder Use this control to specify the folder to search in m Include subfolders If this option is checked PlanMaker will not only search the specified folder but also all of its subfolders 206 e Managing documents User Manual PlanMaker Outliner The Outliner allows you to create an outline for a worksheet In outlined work sheets you can easily decide whether just the summarized data should be dis played or the detail data should appear as well The process of creating an outline is about grouping consecutive cell rows that contain related detail data For example if a table contains sales figures for the last few years with the monthly sales listed below each year group each list of monthly figures After that you can hide unhide or collapse expand the monthly sales for each year with a single mouse click Outlines can contain various outline levels allowing you to nest the data to be displayed as desired Using the Outline pane In worksheets containing an outline a pane named Outline pane is displayed to the left of the document window User Manual PlanMaker Outliner 207 4 2 3 31 300 00 32 600 00 Red peppers 4 900 00 Green peppers 3 200 00 Yellow peppers 3 400 00 Total Peppers 11 500 00 Total Tomatos 13
223. elements to scan m Values Scan all fixed values e g numbers and text strings typed in manually Comments Scan all comments applied to cells Insert gt Comment command Formulas Scan formulas as if they were just text strings For example when you search for sum all formulas using the SUM function will be found Results Scan the results of formulas Only available for the search command not for the replace command Note These options can be combined Go to Use the Edit gt Go to command to jump to a specific cell cell range or named cell range Choose this command and type in the desired cell address You can either enter the address of a single cell like D5 a cell range like D2 D4 or the name of a named cell range see Table gt Names command Click OK to jump to the specified cell s Hint The control displaying the current cell address at the very left of the Edit toolbar works exactly like the edit box in the Edit gt Go to dialog Jat E F 130 e Search amp replace User Manual PlanMaker To use this control to jump to a specific cell address click inside this control enter the address and press the Enter key Enter either a single cell address a cell range or the name of a named range Hint Clicking on the small arrow right of the control opens a drop down list of all named ranges User Manual PlanMaker Search amp replace e 131 Objects pictures drawing
224. enabled PlanMaker displays a warning that OLE objects cannot be displayed on Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs when you open a document containing such objects Show hide keyboard automatically Pocket PCs only If this option is enabled the on screen keyboard pops up auto matically whenever you are given an opportunity to enter something in a dialog box when you have tapped on an input field for example Shorter tap and hold delay Pocket PCs only If this option is checked the delay until to when the context menu is displayed after you tap and hold will be shortened Function of hardware cursor keys Pocket PCs only This option affects the navigation keys the small joystick below the display that most Pocket PCs are equipped with It also affects the cursor keys of external keyboards Use this option to choose the function of navigation keys in documents and dia logs Always scroll by page The navigation keys scroll one page in the desired direction Move in listboxes scroll elsewhere The navigation keys usually scroll same as above except when you tap on a listbox in a dialog box In that case the navigation keys can be used to navigate within the listbox m Move cursor The navigation keys do not scroll but move the cursor 244 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Additionally if the option Use horizontal cursor keys to scroll is checked the horizontal navigation keys can be used for scrolling
225. ents PlanMaker provides options for protecting documents or specified document contents For example cells can be protected from unintentional changes or entire documents can be password protected The following options are available mu Sheet protection Use sheet protection to protect individual cells against changes and or to hide their content on screen or in printouts ms Workbook protection Use workbook protection to prevent users from adding deleting or hid ing unhiding worksheets Document protection Use document protection to password protect the current document against reading and or writing Note If read protection is enabled PlanMaker will en crypt the document See the following pages for detailed information Sheet protection Use sheet protection to protect individual cells against changes and or to hide their content on screen or in printouts Protecting cells requires two steps 1 Selecting the cells and specifying protection settings using the Format gt Cell command 2 Activating cell protection See the following pages for detailed information User Manual PlanMaker Protecting cells and documents e 221 Step 1 Setting up protection settings for cells To protect cells first determine which cells to protect by changing the cells protec tion settings 1 2 3 4 5 Select the cells whose protection settings you want to modify Choose Format gt Cell Switch
226. epreciation sesesse esseere 424 T convert value into text String eee ee eeeseeeeeenteeeeeeneeeeeeenaes 425 TAN tangent rea a enat aas aaraa aa aaa a Apea aaea na eked 425 TANH hyperbolic tangent ccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeees 426 TDIST diStibutiOn cssesied faerie etiideciean dehaene 426 TEXT convert number into text string 426 TIME Create iMEDIA E deeded 427 TIMEDIFF time difference ecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeseeees 427 TIMEVALUE convert text into time eeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeaee 428 TINV percentiles of the t distribUtion eects 428 TODAY Current date iiss isibrin iarann aiiai kinaa ak 428 TRANSPOSE transposed matrix cecceceeeeeeeeseeeeeteeeees 429 TREND values of a linear regression 429 TRIM remove spaces from text 430 TRIMMEAN mean ignoring marginal values c08 430 TRUE logical value TRUE essersi siret rknnseskeen irea neses 431 TRUNC truncate a number sssssseseeseesrserrssrsssrnesrrssrresns 431 TTEST ATES B ccloeecacecces eee te Yate Rieter evra Bact 432 TYPE type Of a ValUC eee ce ceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeseneeeea 432 UPPER convert text to Upper case s es 433 USERFIELD user field ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeseaeeteaes 433 VALUE convert text into a number 0 eee terete 435 VAR variance of a SAMple cceccecseeeeeseceeeeeseteeeeeaeeteaes 435 VARA v
227. er Use the Start menu to start PlanMaker Go to Start gt Programs gt SoftMaker Office gt PlanMaker to open PlanMaker Note When opening PlanMaker for the first time you will be asked to enter your name and contact information This is not for registration purposes but allows you to insert your name mailing address etc in documents through the USERFIELD function You can change this information at any time User Manual PlanMaker Welcome e 23 Screen elements This chapter introduces the individual components of PlanMaker s application window Eile Edit View Format Insert Table Object Extras Window Help x R Normal v arial x 10 0 BZ U Tal EZR fat st v lat E gt aa 14 M 15 t 16 ar He eT sheet A lt gt E Untitled 1 PlanMaker Sheet1 ins auto The application window of PlanMaker Note The illustrations in this manual were taken from PlanMaker for Windows Under other operating systems some control elements may look slightly different however their functions are identical to those described Application title bar At the bottom of PlanMaker s work screen is the title bar Untitled 1 PlanMaker Sheett KI ins auo The title bar indicates the name of the program and the currently opened docu ment for example PlanMaker Worksheet pmd User Manual PlanMaker Screen elements 25 Menu bar Below the applicat
228. er3 288 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns the arithmetic mean of the given numbers i e their sum divided by their number Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated Empty cells text and logical values are ignored AVERAGE 1 2 6 equals 1 2 6 3 which is 3 AVERAGEA GEOMEAN HARMEAN AVERAGEA arithmetic mean Syntax Description Note Example See also AVERAGEA Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the arithmetic mean of the given values i e their sum divided by their number including logical values and text Valuel Value2 etc are the values to be evaluated Empty cells are ignored Unlike the AVERAGE function AVERAGEA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 AVERAGEA 1 2 6 equals 1 2 6 3 which is 3 If the cells Al A4 contain the values 0 1 4 and TRUE AVERAGEA A1 A4 equals 0 1 4 1 4 which is 1 5 AVERAGE B PlanMaker 97 compatibility function Syntax Description Bia p k1 k2 Returns the probability to get a exactly k1 successes or b between k1 and k2 successes in a binomial experiment with n independent trials n is the number of independent trial runs p is the probability of a success for each trial run Must be gt 0 and lt 1 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 289 Note
229. ercent no additional spacing is added Entering a larger value increases the space between lines 106 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Em Exactly fixed line spacing Lets you enter exact values for the line spacing For example if you enter 12 the line spacing will be set to 12 point At least automatic line spacing with a minimum value Same as Auto but lets you specify a minimum value for the line spacing if some text in the paragraph is larger than this PlanMaker ignores this minimum value and uses automatic line spacing By default line spacing is set to Auto with 100 percent Paragraph alignment text frames only Note Paragraph alignment can only be applied to text placed in a text frame To change the alignment of cell contents use the Format gt Cell command Align ment property sheet To change the alignment of text in a text frame choose Format gt Paragraph and select an alignment in the Alignment drop down list Available alignment types E Left E Right E Center m Flush evenly distributed between left and right margins Hyphenation text frames only Note Hyphenation settings can only be modified for text placed in a text frame To activate hyphenation for cell contents check the Hyphenation option in the File gt Properties dialog Options property sheet PlanMaker will automatically hyphenate text entered in a text frame All you have to
230. ercentage values in the appropriate input fields E Settings group box To change brightness contrast or gamma value of the object enter percentage values in the appropriate input fields Using Equation Editor objects Note The SoftMaker Equation Editor is available only for Windows and is not included in all versions of PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 157 This chapter on OLE objects concludes with some information about the Soft Maker Equation Editor which can represent mathematical formulas in graphical form You communicate with the Equation Editor via OLE as described in the previous sections Thus to add a graphical representation of a formula to your document you insert an OLE object for which the Equation Editor is the source application Proceed as follows to create a formula with the Equation Editor and insert it as an OLE object frame into a PlanMaker for Windows document 1 Invoke the Object gt New OLE Object Frame command 2 Click on the position where you want to place the object 3 Select the SoftMaker Equation Editor entry from the Object Type list 4 Confirm with OK to start the Equation Editor 5 Create the desired formula Tip You can get information about the operation of the Equation Editor by pressing the F1 F1 key to activate the program s help function 6 When you have finished building the formula simply exit the Equation Editor
231. erences to the two cell ranges containing the two data sets Empty cells and logical values are ignored Rangel and Range2 must have the same number of values otherwise the function returns a N A error value If Al A3 contains the values 2 5 3 and B1 B3 contains 2 7 4 CORREL A1 A3 B1 B3 returns 0 99718 FISHER COVAR COS cosine Syntax Description Example See also COS Number COS returns the cosine of Number COS PI returns 1 COS RADIANS 180 returns 1 ACOS COSH hyperbolic cosine Syntax Description COSH Number COSH returns the hyperbolic cosine of Number 304 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also COSH 0 1 returns 1 005 ACOSH COT cotangent Syntax Description Note Example See also COT Number COT returns the cotangent of Number This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value COT PIO 4 returns 1 COT RADIANS 45 returns 1 ACOT COTH hyperbolic cotangent Syntax Description Note Example See also COTH Number COTH returns the hyperbolic cotangent of Number This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value COTH 0 45 re
232. ers 4 2 6 5 and 9 SMALL A1 AS5 1 returns 2 SMALL A1 AS5 2 returns 4 SMALL A1 AS5 3 returns 5 etc LARGE MIN PERCENTILE PERCENTRANK RANK SORTM sort Syntax Description SORTM Range Key Mode Columnwise Column Returns an array containing the values of the given cell range sorted by one or more sort keys Range is the cell range or array containing the data to be sorted Key is a two row cell range or array containing the sort key s Its first row must contain the relative row numbers of the rows to be sorted by If for example you enter 1 3 the cell range is sorted by the first and by the third row of Range Its second row optional can contain logical values that specify the sort order FALSE or omitted Ascending order TRUE Descending order 410 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Note Example See also For example if you use 1 3 true false as the sort key the cell range is sorted by the first row in descending order and by the third row in as cending order Mode optional is a logical value that lets you specify if PlanMaker should distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters FALSE or omitted Ignore case of letters TRUE Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters i e place text strings starting with a lowercase letter above text strings starting with an uppercase letter Columnwise optional is a logical value t
233. erty sheet Click the Format property sheet to modify the size positioning of objects rotate objects or flip objects Options available E Size and Scaling group boxes Lets you change the size of the object Either enter its Width and Height or use the Horz scaling and Vert scaling boxes to enter the scaling factor as a percentage If the Keep aspect ratio option is checked modifying the object s height changes its width accordingly and vice versa Position group box Lets you determine to what extent the object s position and size is dependant on the cells it covers Depends on cell position and size The object behaves like its upper left corner was anchored to the cell beneath For example if you insert additional rows above the object it moves down accordingly Furthermore the object s size depends on the height and width of the cells it covers For example if you increase the width of some of these cells the object grows accordingly Depends only on cell position The object behaves like its upper left corner was anchored to the cell beneath but does not change its size when you mod ify the size of the cells it covers Independent of cell position and size The object always keeps its original position and size independent of the cells it covers Rotation group box Lets you rotate the object by entering an angle in degrees Available only for certain types of objects User Manual PlanMaker Objects pi
234. es For example if you create a Quick Path pointing to c My Documents SoftMaker a it will change to the folder c My Documents Soft Maker and display all file names starting with the letter a Keyboard accelerators You can assign a key to a Quick Path by using the amp sign For example if a Quick Path named My amp Reports is created it can be activated by opening the list of Quick Paths and pressing the R R key Accessing Quick Paths Quick Paths are available in all file dialogs e g the File gt Open dialog or the Object gt New Picture dialog To access a Quick Path 1 In any type of file dialog click the Quick Path button 2 A menu listing all available Quick Paths appears Click the desired Quick Path PlanMaker will then switch to the folder defined in the selected Quick Path Editing Quick Paths To edit a Quick Path 202 e Managing documents User Manual PlanMaker 1 In any type of file dialog click the Quick Path button 2 In the resulting menu choose the Edit Quick Path command 3 A dialog box appears Click the Quick Path to edit 4 Click the Edit button to modify name or target folder or click the Delete button to delete the Quick Path Document summary The document summary can be used to store additional information along with the document You can specify a title subject author keywords and a short descrip tion of the document To access the document summary choose File gt
235. esult of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned BETADIST BIN2DEC binary number to decimal number Syntax Description Example See also BIN2DEC Number Converts the given binary number base 2 to a decimal number base 10 Number is the number to be converted It must not contain more than 32 places Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example BIN2DEC 101010 returns 42 BIN2DEC 00101010 returns 42 as well BIN2DEC 11111111111111111111111111010110 returns 42 DEC2BIN BIN2HEX BIN2O0CT BIN2HEX binary number to hexadecimal number Syntax Description BIN2HEX Number Digits Converts the given binary number base 2 to a hexadecimal number base 16 Number is the number to be converted It must not contain more than 32 places Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example 292 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negati
236. et present value Syntax Description NPV Rate Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the net present value of an investment based on regular cash flows and a fixed discount rate Rate is the discount rate per payment period Valuel Value2 are the cash flows You can specify either single values or a cell range Important All cash flows have to occur at the end of each period Payments have to be entered as negative values income as positive values The cash flows do not have to be even but they must occur in regular intervals at the end of each period and be entered in their actual 386 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker order namely cash flow for the first period cash flow for the second period etc A zero has to be entered for periods where no cash flow occurred Differences to the PV function 1 Cash flows do not have to be even 2 Cash flows must occur at the end of each period Example NPV 6 5 4000 5000 returns 8164 16 See also PV OCT2BIN octal number to binary number Syntax OCT2BIN Number Digits Description Converts the given octal number base 8 to a binary number base 2 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 20000000000 to 17777777777 Negative numbers have to be trans formed to two s complement notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the
237. ettings h Hour 0 23 hh Hour 2 digits 00 23 m Minute 0 59 mm Minute 2 digits 00 59 s Second 0 59 ss Second 2 digits 00 59 0 Tenths of a second e g hh mm ss 0 00 Hundredths of a second e g hh mm ss 00 000 Thousandths of a second e g hh mm ss 000 AM PM Display times in 12 hour format with AM or PM Has to be placed at the end of the format codes am pm Same as AM PM but with am or pm a p Same as AM PM but with a or p h Number of hours in endless time format m Number of minutes in endless time format mm Same as m but with 2 digits s Number of seconds in endless time format User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 95 Character Result ss Same as s but with 2 digits The endless time format distinguishes itself from other time formats by its feature of not setting the time back to 0 00 after 24 hours This is useful for calculations with times For example when you add 20 00 and 5 00 the result would normally be 1 00 But if you format this calculation as h mm the result will be 25 00 The endless time format also supports negative time values For example 7 00 10 00 does not result in 21 00 but in 3 00 Additionally you can use the endless time format to convert times to minutes or seconds For example if you format 02 00 00 as mm ss 120 00 will be displayed If you format it as s 7200 the number of seconds will be displayed
238. eturns 1 Example If Al A3 contains the values 1 2 3 and B1 B3 contains 4 3 2 PEARSON A1 A3 B1 B3 returns 1 See also RSQ SLOPE INTERCEPT PERCENTILE percentiles of a data set Syntax PERCENTILE Range k Description Returns the k th percentile of a data set For example if k is 0 5 the 0 5 percentile 1 e the median will be returned Range is the cell range containing the values to be evaluated k is the percentile to be returned Must be in the range 0 to 1 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 391 Example See also If Al A9 contain the values 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PERCENTILE A1 A9 0 75 returns 7 QUARTILE PERCENTRANK MEDIAN MODE PERCENTRANK percent rank in a data set Syntax Description Example See also PERCENTRANK Range Number Digits Returns the percentile rank of a value in a data set Range is a cell range containing the values to be evaluated Number is the value whose rank you want to determine If Number is not included in the given values interpolation will be used Digits optional is the number of significant digits for the returned value Must be 1 If omitted 3 digits will be used If Al A9 contain the values 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PERCENTRANK A1 A9 5 returns 0 5 indicating that 5 is the median of the given values PERCENTILE QUARTILE PERIOD duration of fixed interest investments Syntax Description Note Exa
239. ext smallest value LOOKUP 10 A1 B3 returns Result_3 because it is the next smallest value LOOKUP 0 A1 B3 returns N A VLOOKUP HLOOKUP INDEX MATCH LOWER convert text to lower case Syntax Description Example See also LOWER Text Converts all characters in a text string to lower case letters LOWER PlanMaker returns planmaker UPPER PROPER 370 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker MATCH relative position in a range Syntax Description Example See also MATCH Crit Vector Mode Returns the relative position of Crit in Vector For example if Crit is the third element of Vector this function returns 3 Crit is the value to be searched for Crit can be any kind of value or a cell reference Vector is the cell range or array to be evaluated Vector must be a vector which is an array or a cell range of either just one row or one column Mode specifies the type of search to be performed 1 or omitted Find the largest value that is equal to or smaller than Crit Important In this mode the elements in Vector have to be sorted in as cending order Otherwise erroneous results might be returned 0 Find the first value that is equal to Crit In this mode the elements in Vector do not have to be in sorted order 1 Find the smallest value that is equal to or larger than Crit Impor tant In this mode the elements in Vector have to be sorted in descend ing order O
240. f a best fit line calculated from these values TREND B1 B4 Al A4 LINEST LOGEST GROWTH TRIM remove spaces from text Syntax Description Example See also TRIM Text Removes all spaces from the beginning and the end of the specified text string TRIM Text returns Text CLEAN User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 427 TRIMMEAN mean ignoring marginal values Syntax Description Example See also TRIMMEAN Area Percentage Returns the mean of the values in the middle of a data set by excluding the specified percentage of top and bottom values For example TRIMMEAN A1 A42 10 averages the middle 90 of the data points in A1 A42 Area is the cell range or array to evaluate Percentage is the percentage of values to be excluded If for example 100 values are given and Percentage is set to 10 10 values will be excluded 5 from the bottom and 5 from the top Note For symmetry the number of excluded values will automatically be rounded down to a multiple of 2 For example if 30 values are given and Percentage is set to 10 only 2 values will be excluded instead of 3 Cells A1 A10 contain the following values 43 45 42 0 44 45 42 1234 40 41 As you can see two values are exceptionally low high e g because of a measuring error 0 and 1234 Thus using the AVERAGE function would return an unusable result AVERAGE A1 A10 returns 159 2 If using TRIMME
241. f the specified value is a number Dates are considered as numbers as well whereas logical values are not If the cells Al to A4 contain the values Text 42 09 25 1966 and TRUE respectively then ISNUMBER A1 returns FALSE ISNUMBER A2 returns TRUE ISNUMBER A3 returns TRUE ISNUMBER A4 returns FALSE ISNUMBERP ISLOGICAL ISTEXT ISNONTEXT 358 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker ISNUMBERP PlanMaker 97 compatibility function Syntax Description Note Note Example See also ISNUMBERP Value Returns TRUE if the specified value is a number or a logical value Dates are considered as numbers as well This function was retained only for compatibility with PlanMaker 97 Using the Excel compatible function ISNUMBER is recommended in stead The difference between these two functions is that ISNUMBERP treats logical values as numbers whereas ISNUMBER does not This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value If the cells Al to A4 contain the following values Text 42 09 25 1966 and TRUE respectively then ISNUMBERP A1 returns FALSE ISNUMBERP A2 returns TRUE ISNUMBERP A3 returns TRUE ISNUMBERP A4 returns TRUE U U U U ISNUMBER ISODD is an odd number Syntax Description Example ISODD Number Re
242. ference cells are automatically updated when you move or copy cells Pasting cells selectively The Edit gt Paste special command lets you insert the content of the clipboard You can specify what is to be pasted for example just the values or just the formatting Inserting new cells The Table gt Insert cells command inserts new cells in your worksheet and pushes the existing cells down User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 47 E Filling cells automatically The Edit gt Fill command allows you to fill ranges of cells with identical values or a series of values Working with multiple worksheets You can create multiple worksheets in a single document and stack them like a pile of paper Formulas in one worksheet can reference cells in other work sheets enabling you to do three dimensional calculations m Naming cell ranges Using the Table gt Names command you can assign a name to a range of cells and use this name in formulas for example SUM Sales instead of SUM A1 AS5 Sorting cells The Table gt Sort sorts ranges of cells according to one or more criteria mu Transposing cells The Table gt Transpose command exchanges the row and column orientation of a selected cell range E Filtering cells by their contents The Table gt Filter command filters ranges of cells so that only cells that fulfill certain criteria are displayed Inserting comments Using the Insert gt Comment comm
243. fined keyboard mappings you can create customized keyboard mappings as desired See the following pages for details User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 267 Creating a new keyboard mapping If desired you can use the Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings command to create a completely new keyboard mapping This enables you to work with multiple keyboard mappings and switch between them with a few mouse clicks Hint To only modify a few keyboard shortcuts you do not have to create a complete keyboard mapping Just click Edit and modify the standard keyboard mapping To create a new keyboard mapping 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings 2 Select the keyboard mapping to use as a basis for the new keyboard mapping The new keyboard mapping will inherit all keyboard shortcuts defined in the selected keyboard mapping 3 Click the New button 4 Enter a name for the new keyboard mapping and click OK The new keyboard mapping will be created A dialog box where you can modify the keyboard shortcuts for this mapping is then displayed For more information see section Modifying keyboard shortcuts page 270 Deleting and renaming keyboard mappings To delete or rename a keyboard mapping 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings 2 Select the desired keyboard mapping 3 Click the Delete button to delete or the Rename button to rename Note Only user defined keybo
244. for a second In either case the cell will be se lected mu Selecting non contiguous cell ranges You can also select non contiguous not connected ranges of cells For this purpose hold down the Ctrl Ctrl key and use the mouse to select a range of cells as described above m Canceling a selection To cancel any selection just click on an arbitrary cell Using a stylus to select cells Some devices Pocket PCs for example use a stylus with a touch screen instead of the mouse To select cells with the stylus use the same methods as described above Using the keyboard to select cells With the keyboard ranges of cells can be selected as follows User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 53 um Selecting arbitrary ranges To select multiple connected cells hold down the Shift key and select the cells by navigating with the arrow keys For example if you navigate to cell B5 hold down the Shift key and press 4 five times then cells B5 to B10 are selected You can find a list of all key combinations suitable for navigating in a table in section Keyboard shortcuts for navigating in spreadsheets page 441 E Selecting an individual cell To select an individual cell navigate to that cell hold down the Shift key use the arrow keys to select a neighboring cell and then go back for example press 4 Shift and Shift lt mu Selecting non contiguous cell ranges Non contiguous cell ranges can only be
245. for the fractions List of all number formats available The following number formats are available in the Format gt Cell dialog Default Does not make any changes to the number s format Numbers will be displayed with all of their decimal places with a maximum of five decimal places Example 42 Number Same as Default except that you can specify the number of decimals to be dis played Example 42 00 Percentage Displays the number as a percentage User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 89 Apart from adding a percent sign to the number the number will also be displayed multiplied by 100 For example 0 5 will be displayed as 50 Note Values have to be entered accordingly For example to enter 20 either type 0 2 or 20 Do not enter 20 as 20 equals 2000 Example 42 Hint This number format can also be applied by clicking the icon in Plan Maker s Formatting toolbar Currency Displays the number with a currency symbol To specify the desired currency symbol select the corresponding subtype in the Subtype list box To create your own currency formats click the New button To change existing formats click the Change button see section Working with user defined number formats page 92 Example 42 00 Hint This number format can also be applied by clicking the icon in Plan Maker s Formating toolbar Accounting Same as Currency see above except that
246. from the given data FALSE b will be forced to equal 1 one the m values will be adjusted accordingly Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 LINEST LOGEST TREND HARMEAN harmonic mean Syntax Description Example HARMEAN Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the harmonic mean of the specified numbers The harmonic mean is obtained by dividing n by the sum of reciprocals of the given values n is the total number of values Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated All of them must be gt 0 Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored HARMEAN 1 2 6 returns 1 8 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 341 See also GEOMEAN AVERAGE HEX2BIN hexadecimal number to binary number Syntax Description Example See also HEX2DEC Syntax Description Example HEX2BIN Number Digits Converts the given hexadecimal number base 16 to a binary number base 2 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 80000000 to 7FFFFFFF Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s complement notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum
247. function is applicable to binomial distributions only e experi ments with only two possible outcomes success or failure 308 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also n is the number of independent trial runs p is the probability of a success for each trial run Must be in the range 0 to 1 Alpha is the criterion value Must be in the range 0 to 1 CRITBINOM 100 7 1 returns 2 BINOMDIST CUMIPMT cumulative interest Syntax Description Example See also CUMIPMT Rate NPer PV P1 P2 Type Returns the cumulative interest payments between period P1 and period P2 This function is applicable to loans with periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period NPer is the total number of payment periods PV is the present value the loan amount P1 and P2 define the time interval to be evaluated P1 is the first period and P2 is the last Type is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period Loan terms 100 000 at 10 per year to be repaid over 72 months with monthly payments at the end of each month How much interest has to be paid in the periods months 24 through 36 CUMIPMT 10 12 6 12 100000 24 36 0 returns 7219 88 Note that all values have to use the same time unit months in this case since the payments are made mo
248. fy the 3D settings for the entire chart For more information see section Chart properties 3D View property sheet page 193 Data series and data points Data series are the most important chart elements They represent the selected data For example in a column chart the height of each column stands for the height of the corresponding value A data series is the graphical representation of one row or column of the cells the chart is based on Every data series consists of multiple data points i e the graphical representation of one cell Modifying properties To change the properties of data series or single data points 176 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker m When you click on any of the data points of a data series the entire data series will be selected To edit its properties right click it to display its context menu and choose the Series Properties command m When you click the same data point once again only this single data point will be selected To edit its properties right click it and choose the Point Proper ties command Options available for both data series and data points Format property sheet Border group box or Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the graph Filling group box Lets you change the filling used to draw the graph To use complex fill types gradients bitmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill type
249. g Fields are placeholders for information such as current date document name page number etc PlanMaker will automatically update them i e when a document is printed the Print Date field will reflect the current date Fields available Field name Result Document Name File name of the document 124 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Sheet Name Name of the current worksheet Page Number Page number Number of Pages Total number of pages Print Date Current date date of printing Print Time Current time time of printing Date of Last Change Date the document was last saved Creation Date Date the document was created To insert one of these fields click the Fields button and then click a field Page breaks Based on the selected paper size and margins PlanMaker automatically inserts page breaks in a document When printing a new page will be started at each page break If you take a closer look at a worksheet you will notice that some of the gridlines between cells are darker These lines indicate where PlanMaker has inserted automatic page breaks To manually control where PlanMaker starts a new page insert hard page breaks Hard page breaks override PlanMaker s automatic page breaks To insert a hard page break choose the Insert gt Page Break command A sub menu with the following commands will open Insert before Row inserts a horizontal page break above the current row m Delete befor
250. g Addi tionally it will display these headers in the Special Filter dialog instead of just Column A Column B etc mu Case sensitive If this option is checked PlanMaker will distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters in conditions For a condition such as COLUMN A equals Smith the condition will match only if the cell contains the text Smith SMITH and smith will not be included in the filtering results 76 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Mode Determines whether rows or columns will be filtered Selecting Filter row by row all rows will be filtered out that do not satisfy the filter condition Selecting Filter column by column all columns will be filtered out that do not satisfy the filter condition Results Determines whether the filter will be applied to the actual data or a copy of it Selecting Filter at current position the original data will be filtered Rows that do not satisfy the filter condition will be hidden If you choose Copy to position instead PlanMaker creates a copy of the original cells at the indicated cell address This copy contains only the filtered data In the latter case enter the cell address of the destination cell in the input field You can either specify a single cell address which will be the starting point of the output range or a cell range where the copy of the data shall be placed Caution If the copy of the data is larger than the cell range ente
251. g full control over how the cells are filled Filling with the keyboard To fill cells automatically using the keyboard 1 Enter the initial value in a cell 2 Select this cell and all cells you want to be filled 3 Choose Edit gt Fill 4 Select a fill direction from the drop down menu left right up or down 5 In the resulting dialog box you can precisely define the way the cells will be filled see below When you re done click OK to confirm User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 61 Source _ p Series type Date unit M Contents C Auto Days V Format Arithmetic C workdays Cancel Geometric C Months Action i C Years Copy L Increment Increment fi Options available Source Activate the Contents option if you want the cells to be filled with values Activate the Format option if you want the cells to be filled with formatting By default both options are checked Action This option is equivalent to pressing the Ctrl Ctrl key during filling with the mouse It lets you determine whether to copy values or to increment them from cell to cell If the initial cell contains the number 42 and you select Copy all cells will be filled with the value 42 If you choose Increment successive cells will be filled with a series of numbers in this case 43 44 45 etc The numerical increment is determined by setting the remaining options in this dialog Series type Lets yo
252. ghting command to activate syntax high lighting 2 All cells containing formulas where the conversion failed will be highlighted with a colored background These cells must be revised individually Compare their content with the content of the corresponding cells in the Excel document and replace incom patible arithmetic functions with PlanMaker functions For detailed descrip tions of all arithmetic functions supported by PlanMaker see section Functions from A to Z page 285 3 When all cells are revised deactivate syntax highlighting Save the document in PlanMaker format to finalize changes Warning issued when saving a document in Excel format When you save a PlanMaker document in Excel format if the document contains formulas that are not Excel compatible the following warning message is dis played PlanMaker x n This workbook uses functions that are not known in the chosen export format a Switch on syntax highlighting to check which cells are affected these cells will have a colored background Cancel To resolve proceed as follows 1 Choose the View gt Syntax Highlighting command to activate syntax high lighting 2 All cells containing formulas that are not Excel compatible will be highlighted with a colored background These cells must be revised individually Replace all Excel incompatible arithmetic functions with Excel functions For help see function description of the affected fu
253. gt Page Setup dialog provides extended page setup options for controlling page numbers print order etc mu Headers and footers The Headers and footers property sheet in the File gt Page Setup dialog lets you add headers and footers to your worksheet Headers are printed above the worksheet footers are printed below m Page breaks PlanMaker automatically inserts page breaks as needed If desired you can insert hard page breaks to override them using the Insert gt Page break command See the following pages for detailed information Page format Choose File gt Page Setup and switch to the Page format property sheet to mod ify the page format paper size orientation margins of the current worksheet Note You can set up a different page format for each worksheet in a document For example within one document the page orientation can be set to portrait in one worksheet and landscape in another Options available Orientation Click Portrait for a top to bottom page orientation long edge vertical click Landscape for a side to side page orientation long edge horizontal Paper size Lets you select a paper size Letter size 8 5 by 11 inches is the default To use a custom paper size enter the appropriate values in the Width and Height boxes Distance to edge Lets you modify the distance between headers footers and the top bottom edge of the page User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e
254. h older spreadsheet applications It is no longer commonly used as current spreadsheet ap plications including PlanMaker automatically convert values into text strings where necessary TC Text returns Text T 42 returns 42 T 42 returns an empty text string T TRUE returns an empty text string N VALUE TEXT 422 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker TAN tangent Syntax Description Example See also TAN Number TAN returns the tangent of Number TAN PIQ 4 returns 1 TAN RADIANS 45 returns 1 ATAN TANH hyperbolic tangent Syntax Description Example See also TANH Number TANH returns the hyperbolic tangent of Number TANH 0 45 returns 0 4219 ATANH TDIST t distribution Syntax Description See also TDIST X DegreesFreedom Tails Returns the probability of the Student s t distribution X is the value to be evaluated Must be 0 DegreesFreedom is the number of degrees of freedom Must be 1 Tails is the number of distribution tails 1 One tailed distribution 2 Two tailed distribution TINV TTEST TEXT convert number into text string Syntax Description TEXT Number Format Converts a number to a text string in the specified number format User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 423 Annotation Example See also Number is the number to convert Format is a text string specifying the desired format It has to be built
255. h to the Language property sheet and activate this option to have SmartText entries expanded automatically Alternatively SmartText entries can be inserted by choosing the Insert gt Smart Text command selecting the desired entry and clicking the Insert button Editing SmartText entries The Insert gt SmartText command can also be used to edit SmartText entries Creating a new entry To create a new SmartText entry click the New button see section Creating SmartText entries page 198 Deleting To delete a SmartText entry select it and click Delete m Renaming To change the name i e shorthand code of a SmartText entry select it click Rename and enter the new name 198 e Spell checker User Manual PlanMaker E Editing To modify the content of a SmartText entry select it click Edit and enter the new content Inserting To insert the content of a SmartText entry into the document select it and click Insert see section Inserting SmartText entries page 200 User Manual PlanMaker Spell checker e 199 Managing documents PlanMaker provides the following functions for efficiently managing and access ing documents Quick Paths Quick Paths allow you to easily switch to frequently used folders when open ing or saving files Document summary The document summary can be used to store additional information along with the document You can specify title subject author keywords
256. hart types including column bar and line charts Use this property sheet to add error bars to the data points of the selected data series Error bars display the possible tolerable error of the values in the form of lines ending with short dashes at their ends 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 20000 10000 0 A chart using both Plus and Minus error bars To add error bars select the desired type of error bar in the Display group box Plus only displays a positive error bar Minus only displays a negative error bar Plus and minus displays both error bars The Show as group box lets you modify the appearance of the error bars with or without end dashes The Value group box lets you determine the length of error bars If you choose Fixed the error bars will have a fixed length if you choose Percent the length will be determined by the specified percentage of each value and so on Error bar X property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain chart types including column bar and line charts 178 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker This property sheet is identical to the Error bar Y property sheet see above except that it displays error bars for the x values instead of the y values Guidelines property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain chart types including two dimensional column bar and line chart
257. has a kurtosis of zero A more peaked distribution has a positive kurtosis a more flat distribution has a negative kurtosis Number1 Number2 etc are the values to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored At least four values have to be given otherwise the function returns a DIV 0 error value This function does not accept value pairs x value and y value as arguments but only the values of the distribution If the same values ap pear multiple times they must be repeated in the argument list as often as necessary see example Measuring the height of several test persons led to the following results 1 x 1 60m 2 x 1 65m 4 x 1 70m 2 x 1 75m and 1x1 80m To calculate the kurtosis of this distribution the following formula can be used KURT 1 60 1 65 1 65 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 75 1 75 1 80 returns 0 08036 SKEW NORMDIST LARGE k th largest number Syntax Description Example LARGE Range k Returns the k th largest value in a data set Range is the cell range or array to be evaluated k determines which number to return If k 1 the largest value will be returned if k 2 the second largest value will be returned etc k must not be smaller than 1 or greater than the total number of values in Range Otherwise the function returns a NUM error value If the cells A1 A5 are filled with the numbers 4 2 6 5 and 9 LARGE A1 A5 1 returns 9 LARGE A1 A5 2
258. hat lets you specify if the data should be sorted row wise or column wise FALSE or omitted Sort row wise TRUE Sort column wise Column optional is the number of the column to be returned If omitted all columns are returned If set to n only the n th column is returned Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value SORTM 4 2 3 1 returns 2 3 4 SORTM 4 2 3 1 TRUE returns 4 3 2 descending order SORTYV section Sorting cells page 73 SORTV sort Syntax Description Note SORTV Range Descending Mode Data Returns a vector containing the values of the given one dimensional cell range in sorted order Unlike the SORTM function SORTV is applicable to one dimensional cell ranges vectors only User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 411 Note Note Example See also Range is the cell range or array containing the data to be sorted It must be a vector a range of either just one row or one column Descending optional lets you specify the sort order FALSE or omitted Ascending order TRUE Descending order Mode optional is a logical value that lets you specify if PlanMaker should distinguish between up
259. he cell content or formula or to disable printing For more information see section Sheet protection page 223 Character format Use Format gt Character to change the character format of cell contents The character format includes settings like font font size font style bold italic etc font color etc To change the character format of a single cell navigate to it without selecting To change multiple cells select them before executing this command If you press F2 F2 and select just parts of a cell content only the selected characters are changed User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 101 Character x Font l Spacing Hyperlink Typeface Size Text color arial x fio 7 Mlslack 7 Background color Styles _ Transparent I Italic P Allcaps Bold Small caps p Underline I Strike out T Blink I Continuous I Words only ee ee amp Single C Double AaBbCcxxY yZz Reset Cancel The character format settings in the Format gt Character dialog are distributed over multiple property sheets E Font property sheet Font and font size font style bold italic etc font color E Spacing property sheet Superscript and subscript letter spacing and character width Link property sheet Lets you create links e g to web pages See section Working with links page 216 See the following pages for detailed information Font and fo
260. he interval whose cumulated probabilities you want to calculate If k2 is omitted just the probability of k1 will be returned Cells A1 A3 contain the values 1 2 3 Cells B1 B3 contain the prob abilities associated with these values 17 33 50 To calculate the probability that a value is between 2 and 3 PROB A1 A3 B1 B3 2 3 returns 33 50 which equals 83 396 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker PRODUCT product Syntax Description Annotation Example See also PRODUCT Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the product of the given numbers Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be multiplied When you use this function with cell references or arrays text strings and logical values are ignored But when you use this function with fixed values both text strings that represent a number and logical values TRUE 1 FALSE 0 are counted PRODUCTC 2 3 4 equals 2 3 4 which equals 24 SUM PROPER convert text to upper lower case Syntax Description Example See also PROPER Text Converts all characters in a text string as follows The first letter of each word is converted to an uppercase letter all other letters are converted to lowercase letters PROPER good morning returns Good Morning PROPER Good Morning returns Good Morning PROPER GoOd MoRnInG returns Good Morning UPPER LOWER PV present value Syntax Description PV Rate NPe
261. he list to the right of it and type in 1000 Note If desired you can define additional conditional formats in the group boxes 2nd condition and 3rd condition User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 109 4 Click the Format button and choose the formats to be applied if the condition is matched In this case set the Text color to red and click OK 5 Click OK to confirm This will lead to the following result E If the cell content is smaller than or equal to 1000 the cell will be displayed in its original format m If the cell content is greater than 1000 the cell will be displayed in the condi tional format i e in red color Defining complex conditions Conditions for conditional formats are not limited to comparing the cell content with a fixed value If desired you can define more complex conditions m Using formulas instead of fixed values The input box in the above dialog not only accepts fixed values but formulas as well For example instead of a condition like Cell value greater 1000 you can also define a condition such as Cell value greater SIN A 1 In this case the conditional format will be applied if the current cell content is greater than the sine of the value in cell Al Using arbitrary formulas If you select the option Formula instead of Cell value any kind of formula can be used Please note that only formulas returning a logical value TRUE or FALSE are suitable For example
262. hile you do this the input area will display your new formula PlanMaker builds the formula on the fly while you are dragging the mouse pointer down As soon as your formula is complete release the mouse button and accept the formula in the Edit toolbar by pressing As you have seen there are several ways to enter formulas in PlanMaker All these methods have their advantages and disadvantages As you become better ac User Manual PlanMaker The PlanMaker Tour e 41 quainted with PlanMaker you will automatically pick the best method for each specific situation Working with the Insert gt Function dialog You now know the basics of working with a spreadsheet To get an impression of the large number of functions PlanMaker supports choose the Insert gt Function command A dialog box will appear that displays all the functions PlanMaker supports Insert Function Operator Category Function Last used a Bate and tre osteos 3 QUOC Prenda pahana j raia JCJ puabase bays36o EJ Statistics DaysPerMonth Information DaysPerYear v Abs Number Returns the absolute value of a number Let s try another function Suppose we want to calculate the average value of our three numbers in the table Close the dialog box to return to the worksheet and delete the contents of cell B5 again Choose the Insert gt Function command Select the category All functions in the
263. his is particularly useful if you have put headings into rows or columns of a worksheet and want these headers to stay visible all the time Activating freezing To freeze rows or columns 1 Determine which rows and or columns to freeze Freezing rows To freeze the first rows of a worksheet select the row directly below the rows you want to freeze Freezing columns To freeze the first columns of a worksheet select the column to the right of these columns Freezing rows and columns To freeze both rows and columns navigate to the cell to the right and below the area to be frozen 2 Select the View gt Freeze menu command The rows and or columns will be frozen and remain in their original location as you scroll through the worksheet Hint You can also use the 38 symbol in the bottom right corner of the document window to freeze titles Click this symbol and simply drag the mouse to the desired location Deactivating freezing To deactivate freezing select the View gt Freeze command once again This removes the checkmark next to the View gt Freeze menu command and the rows columns are no longer frozen Hint A single mouse click the symbol in the bottom right corner of the document window will also turn off freezing An example Assume you have the following worksheet with share prices User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 81 P Stock Quotes pmd Eifel Xx A B D H
264. his option to display hidden objects anyway Default currency Use this option to change the default currency of the current document Note Normally this option should be set to System default PlanMaker will automatically use the system s default currency 254 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Setting this option to a different currency has the following consequences 1 When using the is icon in the Formatting toolbar to format a number in currency format the chosen currency will be used instead of the system s de fault currency 2 The same applies when using one of the arithmetic functions that PlanMaker automatically formats in currency format Compatibility button This button can be used to change internal compatibility options related to older versions of PlanMaker and Microsoft Excel These options are set automatically and should not be changed Document properties Calculate property sheet The Calculate property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box contains docu ment specific settings related to calculations Recalculation group box Determines if the calculations in the current document should be kept up to date automatically Recalc automatically If this option is selected calculations are updated automatically when the content of a cell is changed This is the default setting It guarantees that all calculations are up to date m Recalc only before If this optio
265. idth If not the function returns a N A error value Pairs of values where at least one value is an empty cell or a non numerical value text string or logical value are ignored If Al A3 contains the values 9 4 7 and B1 B3 contains 1 0 5 SUMX2MY2 A1 A3 B1 B3 equals 942 142 4 2 0 2 742 5 2 which is 120 SUM SUMPRODUCT SUMX2PY2 SUMXMY2 SUMSQ SUMX2PY2 sum of x 2 plus y 2 Syntax SUMX2PY2 Rangel Range2 420 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns the sum of the sum of squares of corresponding values in two arrays The equation for this function is SUMX2PY2 X x2 y 2 Rangel and Range2 are cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Both ranges must have the same dimensions height and width If not the function returns a N A error value Pairs of values where at least one value is an empty cell or a non numerical value text string or logical value are ignored If Al A3 contains the values 9 4 7 and B1 B3 contains 1 0 5 SUMX2PY2 A1 A3 B1 B3 equals 942 142 442 042 742 5 2 which is 172 SUM SUMPRODUCT SUMX2MY2 SUMXMY2 SUMSQ SUMXMY2 sum of x minus y 2 Syntax Description Example See also SUMXMY2 Rangel Range2 Returns the sum of squares of differences of corresponding values in two arrays The equation for this function is SUMXMY
266. ies axis will be displayed Modifying properties To change the properties of the series axis select it right click it and choose the Series Axis Properties command from the context menu 184 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Hint Alternatively select the axis and either click the i6 icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the axis to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet E Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the axis Major ticks and Minor ticks group boxes Lets you modify the placement of the tick marks displayed on the axis m Tick labels group box Lets you modify the placement of the tick labels displayed at the tick marks Scale property sheet Use this property sheet to change the scaling of the axis Number of series between group box By default PlanMaker draws a tick mark on the axis at every data series and adds a tick label to every tick mark To alter these settings The Tick marks option determines the frequency at which tick marks are set Enter 1 and a tick mark is set for every data series Enter 2 and a tick mark is set for every second data series etc The Tick labels option determines the frequency at which tick marks are labeled Enter 1 and every tick mark is labeled Enter 2 and every second tick mark is labeled etc E Invert axis direction If this option is checked the direction of the axis is reversed Font property sheet
267. igh Low Closing 10 24 241 20 21 10 25 22 19 20 10 26 21 18 20 10 27 25 20 24 10 28 28 25 27 I e gt Hh Sheeti 4 HR Note that both the columns and the rows are labeled To freeze the labels The column labels High Low Closing are in the first row of the table To freeze them select the second row by clicking its row header the button left of the row labeled with 2 Then select the View gt Freeze command The row labels are in the first column of the worksheet To freeze them select the second column column B by clicking on its column header the button above the column labeled with B Then select the View gt Freeze command To freeze both rows and columns click cell B2 and select the View gt Freeze command To deactivate the freezing function select the View gt Freeze command again Inserting special characters To insert special characters in PlanMaker e g the copyright or trademark symbol use the Insert gt Symbol menu command as follows 1 Choose Insert gt Symbol A dialog box will appear that provides access to all characters available in the current font If required switch to a different font by selecting it from the Font drop down menu Select the symbol to be inserted with the arrow keys or the mouse then press the Enter key or double click the symbol The special character will now be inserted in the selected cell 82 e Editing worksheets User Manual Pla
268. ilable Please note that not all key combinations can be used for keyboard shortcuts You should use only letters numbers and function keys combined with the Ctl Ctrl AWAIt and or the Shift key To check if PlanMaker accepts a key combination type it into the Please press accelerator input box If it will not display the key combination cannot be used Some examples for valid key combinations E Cul ACri A User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 269 m Alt A Alt A Important Key combinations utilizing the Alt key are not recommended since they are usually used by the main menu entries m Ctrl Aln AyCtrl Alt A m Ctrl A Ctrl Shift A E Ctrl Alne AyCtri Alt Shift A m Crl F1 Ctri F1 E etc How to avoid overwriting existing shortcuts If an already existing key combina tion is input the command it is assigned to will be displayed below the input box If this happens press Backspace to delete the keyboard shortcut entered and try a different key combination unless you intentionally want to overwrite the existing keyboard shortcut Two part shortcuts If desired you can use two part keyboard shortcuts for example Ctrl K x Ctrl K X Please note that two part shortcuts have to follow the scheme Ctrl Letter Letter Removing a keyboard shortcut To remove a keyboard shortcut from a command 1 Invoke the Edit Keyboard Mapping dialog as described above 2 In the Group list sele
269. ill be re placed by their last result as a fixed value DECIMALS 5 779 returns 0 779 TRUNC DEGREES convert radians to degrees Syntax Description Example See also DEGREES Number Converts radians into degrees The following conversion formula is used DEGREES x x 180 PIO DEGREES PI returns 180 RADIANS DELTA equality Syntax Description Example See also DELTA Number1 Number2 Tests if two values are identical If they are 1 is returned otherwise 0 is returned Numberl1 and Number2 have to be numbers or text strings representing numbers otherwise a V ALUE error value is returned DELTA 1 2 returns 0 DELTA 2 2 returns 1 DELTA 2 2 returns 1 DELTA Text Text returns a VALUE error value EXACT DEVSQ average square deviation Syntax DEVSQ Number1 Number2 Number3 320 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns the sum of squares of deviations of the specified numbers from their sample mean Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored DEVSQ 2 2 2 3 returns 0 75 AVEDEV STDEV SUM VAR DGET database function Syntax Description Note DGET DatabaseArea Column CriteriaArea Returns the value in a column of a database area that matches the given criteria Detailed instructions on the use of database related functions are available in section
270. in the development of PlanMaker to ensure its func tions provide the maximum benefits while minimizing user time and effort Some of PlanMaker s features More than 320 built in arithmetic functions E Integrated charting module that lets you present numbers vividly in charts m Makes creating attractive worksheets easy through numerous formatting options Long boring columns of numbers can be turned into attractive work sheets with the AutoFormat command with cell stylesheets and character stylesheets you apply frequently needed formatting with a key press m The full range of PlanMaker functions is available through a well designed ergonomic user interface that includes user configurable toolbars and key board mappings as well as context menus accessible with the right mouse but ton E and much more PlanMaker is in continuing development and we welcome comments and sugges tions from our users User Manual PlanMaker Welcome e 21 Technical support If you have questions our technical support will be glad to help you You can reach us as follows Internet www fourier sys com At the Fourier website you will find the latest updates for your program and much additional information as well as information about the Nova5000 E mail Please send e mail inquiries to support fourier sys com Phone Of course you can also call us with your questions Toll free US only 1 866 771 NOVA About this
271. ing optional is a logical value that lets you specify whether to use ascending or descending order FALSE or omitted Use descending order the largest number s rank is 1 TRUE Use ascending order the smallest number s rank is 1 If Number occurs in Range more than once the subsequent numbers are affected as follows If for example 42 occurs twice and has a rank of 10 the next smallest number s rank will be 12 not 11 If the cells A1 A5 contain 4 2 6 5 9 RANK A1 A5 returns 1 RANK 2 A1 A5 returns 5 RANK 2 A1 A5 TRUE returns 1 SMALL LARGE PERCENTILE PERCENTRANK RATE rate per period Syntax Description RATE NPer Pmt PV FV Type Guess Returns an estimate for the interest rate per period of an annuity NPer is the total number of payment periods Pmt is the payment made for each period PV is the present value FV optional is the future value the total value after the last payment If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period 400 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note See also Guess optional lets you specify an estimate for the result see note below The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 20 iterations a NUM error value is returned
272. ing the scaling of gridlines To change the scaling of gridlines modify the properties of the corresponding axis Scaling property sheet Legend If desired you can add a legend to a chart A legend is a small box indicating which colors patterns are assigned to the data series displayed in the chart 186 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Showing hiding the legend To show hide the legend select the chart choose Object gt Properties and switch to the Content property sheet Open the Legend drop down list and choose the desired location If you choose Custom the legend can be moved to any position using the mouse If you choose None the legend will not be displayed Hint Alternatively use the icon in the Chart toolbar or the Object gt Chart gt Show Legend command to show hide the legend Modifying properties To change the properties of the legend select it right click it and choose the Legend Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the legend and either click the ibl icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the legend to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet Border group box Lets you add border lines in the selected line style to the legend If the Shadow option is checked a drop shadow effect will added to the border E Filling group box Lets you change the filling of the legend To use complex fill types gradients b
273. ion title bar is the menu bar File Edit Yiew Format Insert Table Object Extras Window Help The menu bar contains all commands of PlanMaker in the form of menus To select a menu command open the menu by clicking it then click the desired command Note for Pocket PC users To open PlanMaker s menu bar on a Pocket PC tap on the Menu icon in the lower left corner of the screen Toolbar Below the menu bar is the toolbar which provides access to PlanMaker s most frequently used commands OEHREN C AMAHA The Standard toolbar Toolbars facilitate easy access to application functions Every icon represents a certain command if you click an icon the corresponding command is invoked Hint Move the mouse pointer over any of these icons and a short explanation of its function is displayed There are additional toolbars in PlanMaker that you can display or hide as desired Choose the View gt Toolbars command or right click one of the toolbars A list of all available toolbars will be displayed allowing you to select which toolbars are visible Design your own toolbars You can customize the existing toolbars or create your own See section Customizing toolbars page 262 26 e Screen elements User Manual PlanMaker Formatting toolbar Directly below the Standard toolbar is the Formatting toolbar Here you can access the most frequently used formatting functions font font size
274. ional property sheets are displayed To learn more about these property sheets see the section referring to the corresponding type of object User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 145 Objects advanced procedures This section discusses advanced procedures for working with objects such as hiding and grouping objects Hiding objects PlanMaker provides an option to hide objects Hidden objects will not appear on screen and or print To hide an object select it then choose Object gt Properties switch to the Prop erties property sheet and use the following options m If you deactivate the Visible option the object will not be displayed on screen m If you deactivate the Printable option the object will not print Hint If you have made an object invisible accidentally choose File gt Properties switch to the Options property sheet and activate the Show hidden objects option This will make all invisible objects reappear allowing you to select them and reactivate their Visible option as described above Changing the order of objects To change the order of overlapping objects 1 Select one of the objects 2 Choose Object gt Send to Back to send it to the back or choose Object gt Bring to Front to bring it to the front Grouping objects When you group objects they will behave like a single object allowing you to modify them altogether For example when you select an object that
275. ipt subscript off Note Num Num is the key on the numeric keypad Letter spacing and character width To change the letter spacing or character width of cell contents 104 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Format gt Character 3 Switch to the Spacing property sheet 4 To modify the letter spacing change the value in the Amount option Values less than 100 will decrease the amount of space between letters and words values greater than 100 will increase it To modify the character width change the value in the Pitch option Values greater than 100 stretch the characters horizontally values less than 100 compress them Note Not all printers support altering the character width especially when internal printer fonts are used Resetting the character format If you have accidentally changed the character format of cells select these cells and apply the Format gt Standard command or click the Reset button in the Format gt Character dialog All character formattings you have applied will be removed and the cell s charac ter format will be reset to the default Paragraph format text frames only Use the Format gt Paragraph command to change the paragraph format of text placed in a text frame Note This command is available only in text frames To learn more about text frames see section Text frames page 150 Th
276. ique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned NORMINV NORMSDIST NOT logical NOT function Syntax Description Example See also NOT Value Performs a logical negation Value must be a logical value or a calculation returning a logical value NOT TRUE returns FALSE NOT FALSE returns TRUE NOT A1 0 returns TRUE if A1 contains a value different from zero OR AND XOR NOW current date and time Syntax Description NOW Returns the current date and time User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 385 Note See also The result is a serial date number PlanMaker automatically formats it in time format so that it will be displayed as a time To select a different date time format e g to have date and time displayed use the Format gt Cell command TODAY NPER number of periods Syntax Description See also NPER Rate Pmt PV FV Type Returns the number of payment periods for an investment based on periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period Pmt is the payment made for each period PV is the present value FV optional is the future value If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period FV IPMT PMT PV RATE NPV n
277. ir complete formatting when they are pasted character and cell format Don t retain formatting The format of the pasted cells is ignored Instead the cells you are pasting into keep their previous format Retain number format only Only the number format of the pasted cells is applied to the cells you are past ing into Any additional formatting options applied to the destination cells re main User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 59 Inserting new cells The Table gt Insert Cells command inserts new cells rows or columns in a work sheet The dialog box of this command has the following options Move cells down PlanMaker will insert as many cells as were selected before executing this command If nothing was selected before just one cell will be inserted The cells below the insertion are moved down Move cells to the right Same as above but the cells to the right of the insertion are moved to the right E Insert complete rows PlanMaker will insert as many complete rows as were selected before execut ing this command If nothing was selected before just one row will be inserted The rows below the insertion are moved down m Insert complete columns PlanMaker will insert as many complete columns as were selected before executing this command If nothing was selected before just one column will be inserted The columns to the right of the insertion are moved to the right Filling cells a
278. ir last result as a fixed value Instead of using NEG you can simply multiply the value by 1 NEG x equals 1 x NEG 42 returns 42 NEG 42 returns 42 NEG 0 returns 0 ABS SIGN NEGBINOMDIST negative binomial distribution Syntax Description Example See also NEGBINOMDIST k r p Returns the negative binomial distribution also known as Pascal distribution The negative binomial distribution can be used to calculate the probabil ity to receive k failures before the r th success in an experiment with in dependent trials and only two possible outcomes success or failure with a fixed probability of p for each trial k is the number of failures Must be 0 r is the number of successes Must be 0 p is the probability of a success for each trial run Must be in the range 0 to 1 NEGBINOMDIST 10 2 1 6 returns 0 04935 BINOMDIST NETWORKDAYS number of workdays Syntax NETWORKDAYS StartDate EndDate Holidays 382 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns the number of workdays between StartDate and EndDate This function counts workdays only Saturdays and Sundays are skipped Optionally you can specify a list of holidays to be skipped as well see Holidays parameter StartDate and EndDate are the first and the last day of the time interval to be evaluated Holidays optional is a cell range or an array containing a l
279. ircles keep the Shift key held down while you draw AutoShapes Use the AutoShape tool to draw AutoShapes AutoShapes are drawings with a pre defined shape e g rectangles ellipses arrows banners callouts etc When you select this tool a dialog box is displayed Choose the desired Auto Shape click OK and draw a frame with the desired position and size Note Some AutoShapes have special features indicated by yellow triangles that are displayed when the AutoShape is selected Drag one of these triangles to change the shape For example stars have triangles that let you change the size of their tines Hint You can even add text to AutoShapes It will be displayed inside the shape just like in a text frame To learn more about this feature see section Adding text to AutoShapes page 163 TextArt objects Note This feature is not available on Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs Use the TextArt tool to insert TextArt objects TextArt objects are used to create text effects When you select this tool a dialog box is displayed Enter the desired text and click Variants to choose one of the pre defined text effects Then click OK and draw a frame with the desired position and size User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 161 Adding text to AutoShapes If desired text can be added to AutoShapes It will be displayed inside the shape as in a text frame To add text to an Auto
280. is part of a group of objects the whole group will be selected When you move this object the whole group will move To group objects 146 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker 1 Select the objects you want to group Hint To select multiple objects either click on individual objects while hold ing down the Shift key or switch to Object mode and drag a frame around multiple objects 2 Click the w icon in the Object toolbar or choose Object gt Group Ungrouping grouped objects To ungroup objects that have been grouped 1 Select the group by clicking on one of the grouped objects 2 Choose Object gt Ungroup This closes the common section about working with objects In the next sections all available types of objects will be described in detail User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 147 Charts In spreadsheets consisting of nothing but long columns of numbers it is often hard to interpret their meaning PlanMaker provides easy ways to turn raw numbers into charts that get the point across Charts are discussed in a separate chapter so if you want to learn more about charts see chapter Charts starting at page 169 Text frames Use text frames to insert text boxes into a document Within text frames you can enter edit and format text as desired Inserting text frames To insert a text frame 1 Choose Object gt New Text Frame or click the icon i
281. is the present value FV is the future value Note This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value Example To obtain 5000 with a fixed interest investment of 3000 after 10 years the yearly interest rate has to be PCF 10 3000 5000 returns 0 05241 about 5 24 See also PERIOD RATE 390 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker PEARSON Pearson correlation coefficient Syntax PEARSON Rangel Range2 Description Returns the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient r This coefficient is a measure of the strength of the linear relationship between two data sets The result of the PEARSON function is in the range 1 to 1 1 indicates a perfect linear relationship 1 indicates a perfect inverse linear relationship the values in Range2 decrease as the values in Rangel increase 0 indicates that there is no linear relationship at all Rangel is the cell range or array containing the independent values Empty cells text and logical values are ignored Range2 is the cell range or array containing the dependent values Empty cells text and logical values are ignored Rangel and Range2 must have the same number of values otherwise the function returns a N A error value Example If Al A3 contains the values 1 2 3 and B1 B3 contains 2 3 4 PEARSON A1 A3 B1 B3 r
282. ist of dates to be skipped e g holidays NETWORKDAYS 01 01 2004 01 31 2004 returns 22 WORKDAY DAYS NOMINAL nominal interest rate Syntax Description Example See also NOMINAL EffRate NPerYear Returns the nominal annual interest rate given the effective annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year EffRate is the effective annual interest rate NPerYear is the number of compounding periods per year To calculate the nominal annual interest rate for an investment with a effective annual interest rate of 5 compounded quarterly NOMINAL 5 4 returns approx 4 91 EFFECT NORMDIST normal distribution Syntax Description NORMDIST x Mean StdDev Cumulative Returns the normal distribution also known as Gaussian distribution The normal distribution is one of the most important distributions in statistics since many distributions follow it X is the value to be evaluated Mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution StdDev is the standard deviation of the distribution Must be gt 0 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 383 The logical value Cumulative lets you specify which type of function will be returned FALSE The probability density function is returned TRUE The cumulative distribution function is returned rm al gt iaf aed a 0 8 ae os osf i s y X oaf A P gt f 2 Density function bell cu
283. itmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill types see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 Font property sheet Use this property sheet to change the character format font font size font styles etc of the legend entries Legend property sheet Use this property sheet to change the placement of the legend If you choose Custom the legend can be moved to any position using the mouse If you choose None the legend will not be displayed User Manual PlanMaker Charts 187 Common chart properties The previous sections discussed how to change the properties of specific chart elements The following section details the common chart properties To modify the common properties of a chart select the chart and choose the Object gt Properties command Hint Click the icon in the Chart toolbar will also access the Object Proper ties dialog Options available Chart properties Format property sheet Use the Format property sheet to change size and positioning of the chart For details see section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 Chart properties Properties property sheet Use the Properties property sheet to modify common object settings For details see section Object properties Properties property sheet page 146 Chart properties Chart Type property sheet Use the Chart Type property sheet to
284. ive search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned TTEST TDIST User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 425 TODAY current date Syntax Description Note See also TODAY Returns the current date without time The result is a serial date number PlanMaker automatically formats it in date format so that it will be displayed as a date To select a different date format use the Format gt Cell command NOW TRANSPOSE transposed matrix Syntax Description Note Example See also TRANSPOSE Array Returns the transpose of a matrix i e swaps its columns with its rows When you transpose for example a 2x4 matrix the result is a 4x2 ma trix Array is the cell range or array containing the matrix to be evaluated The matrix must contain numeric values only Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 Important Please note that the range you have to select before entering the formula must have the correct dimensions If the matrix consists of x rows and y columns the resulting range must have y rows and x col umns TRANSPOSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 returns 1 4 2 5 3 6 Section Working with arrays page 281 MDETERM MINVERSE MMULT MSOLVE TREND values of a linear regression Syntax Description TREND y_values x_values New_x_values C
285. izing keyboard shortcuts To customize keyboard shortcuts for menu commands use the Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings command Customizing AutoFill lists To customize the lists used to automatically fill cells with the Edit gt Fill command use the Extras gt Edit Lists command See the following pages for detailed information User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 241 Preferences To modify PlanMaker s global preferences use the Extras gt Preferences com mand These settings apply to all documents The dialog box associated with this command contains several property sheets each of which presents options relating to a different topic If you click on the Files property sheet for example you will be able to make settings that control the opening and saving of files The Preferences dialog contains the following property sheets Preferences Edit property sheet The Edit property sheet in the Extras gt Preferences dialog box contains settings related to editing cells Move selection after input Determines where to move the selection after the user has entered data in a cell and pressed the Enter key For example if you choose Down the selection will move down to the cell below the current cell Calculation in status bar When you select multiple cells their sum is automatically displayed in the status bar To have another kind of calculation displayed there select the de si
286. ke the Extras gt Customize gt Toolbars command A dialog box containing all available icons appears Customize x Command Save as Save all x Edit Hint Use your mouse to drag any of these symbols into the desired control strip The icons are divided into groups If you click a group the corresponding icons will be displayed in the Command list To edit the icons of a toolbar Inserting an icon To insert an icon click the icon in the Command list and drag it to the desired position in the toolbar 264 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker m Removing an icon To remove an icon drag it out of the toolbar e g drag it to the document window m Moving an icon To move an icon drag it to the desired position If the icon is dragged in between two other icons it will be inserted between them Icons can also be dragged from one toolbar to another Inserting a separator To insert a separator in front of an icon drag the icon a few pixels to the right m Removing a separator To remove a separator in front of an icon drag the icon a few pixels to the left Resetting toolbars To reset one of the standard toolbars select it in the View gt Toolbars dialog box and click Reset All toolbar settings will revert to the pro gram defaults Using custom toolbar icons You can create user defined toolbar icons and add them to toolbars Such icons can be used to launch other
287. ke your changes and save it 1 Choose File gt Open 2 In the Files of type list select PlanMaker template 3 Select the template to modify Click OK 4 Modify the content and or the styles of the template as desired 5 Choose File gt Save to save the template The document template Normal pmv The document template named normal pmv is the default template for new docu ments When using the File gt New command this template is selected by default Please keep this in mind when modifying this template By default normal pmv is completely empty All it contains is the standard charac ter style Normal and standard cell style Normal Therefore this template is an ideal basis for creating new documents or document templates from the scratch Hint To use a different document template as your default template choose File gt New select a template and click the Set default button From now on this tem plate will be selected by default when creating a new document using the File gt New command Page setup The page setup dialog allows you to set print options for the worksheet This includes settings for paper size and orientation margins headers and footers etc Covered in this section mu Page format Use File gt Page Setup to change paper size orientation and margins 120 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker mu Additional page setup options The Options property sheet in the File
288. key or choose Edit gt Delete Deleting the contents of multiple cells Select the cells and press the Del Del key or choose Edit gt Delete For detailed information on this topic see section Deleting cells and cell con tents page 54 Undoing changes The Edit gt Undo command reverses changes made to a document one by one in reverse order The Undo command can be used repeatedly if desired Reversing the undo command There is a counterpart for the Undo command Edit gt Redo This command restores the action last undone and can also be used repeatedly For detailed information on this topic see section Undoing changes page 51 Starting a new document To create a new document choose File gt New or use the Ctrl N Ctri N key stroke In the resulting dialog box select a document template for the new document To create a document without any additional formatting select the standard document template normal pmv Press Enter or click OK to create the new document New window If you have checked the New window checkbox in this dialog box the new document will appear in a new document window Otherwise the current document is closed and the new document will be created in the same window For detailed information on using document templates see section Document templates page 119 User Manual PlanMaker PlanMaker basics e 33 Opening a document To open an existing document cho
289. l A5 contain the values 1 2 3 2 1 SUMIF A1 A5 2 returns 2 2 which is 4 SUMIF A1 A5 gt 2 returns 2 3 2 which is 7 COUNTIF SUM SUMPRODUCT sum of products Syntax Description Example SUMPRODUCT Rangel Range2 Range3 Multiplies the corresponding elements of two or more arrays and returns the sum of these products Rangel Range2 etc are cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated All ranges must have the same dimensions height and width If not the function returns a N A error value Empty cells text strings and logical values evaluate as zero If Al A3 contains the values 1 2 3 and B1 B3 contains 20 30 40 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 419 See also SUMPRODUCT A1 A3 B1 B3 equals 1 20 2 30 3 40 which is 200 SUM SUMSQ sum of squares Syntax Description Example See also SUMSQ Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the sum of the squares of the given numbers SUMSQ I 2 3 equal 142 242 3 2 which is 14 SUM SUMX2MY2 sum of x42 minus y 2 Syntax Description Example See also SUMX2MY2 Rangel Range2 Returns the sum of the difference of squares of corresponding values in two arrays The equation for this function is SUMX2MY 2 X x2 y42 Rangel and Range2 are cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Both ranges must have the same dimensions height and w
290. l held down to the desired location 5 If you now release the mouse button the content of the selected cells will be moved to the target location If you hold the Ctrl Ctrl key down while releasing the mouse button the cells contents will be copied to the new location This method can also be used with objects pictures charts frames etc Moving and copying formulas containing relative coordinates If you copy cells that contain formulas the cell addresses in the formulas are automatically updated to the new location For example Suppose you have a formula in cell A7 that adds up the values from the four cells above SUM A3 A6 If you copy this formula to cell B7 PlanMaker will automatically update the formula so that it will work again with the four cells above the new position Cell B7 will therefore contain the following formula User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 57 SUM B3 B6 If you do not want this to happen use absolute cell addressing instead of the usual relative cell addressing see section Relative vs absolute cell addressing page 279 Pasting cells selectively If you put information on the clipboard with Edit gt Cut or Edit gt Copy this information is kept there in multiple formats For example if you put text on the clipboard it is stored there both in formatted and unformatted form PlanMaker automatically determines the most suitable format when you paste with Edit gt
291. lanMaker The PlanMaker Tour e 45 Outlook The introductory part of the manual ends here You now know everything about the basic functions of PlanMaker Next comes the reference part of the manual which contains detailed instructions on working with PlanMaker s functions Jump to any chapter you want or just read on Enjoy 46 e The PlanMaker Tour User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets This chapter begins the reference section of the manual The reference section contains detailed descriptions of all features of PlanMaker and is arranged by topic In this first chapter you will find out how to enter data and how to edit worksheets The following topics are covered in this chapter Entering data in cells The first section of this chapter describes everything you need to know about entering text numbers dates and calculations in cells m Undoing changes If you make an error you can reverse it with the help of the Edit gt Undo command The Edit gt Redo command is the counterpart to this and reverses the Undo command m Selecting cells This section describes how to select cells using mouse or keyboard m Deleting cells and cell contents Use Edit gt Delete to delete the contents of cells or Table gt Delete cells to re move cells completely m Moving and copying cells Cells can be moved by selecting them and either using the Edit menu com mands or dragging them using the mouse Formulas that re
292. lines instead of columns Use secondary axis for this series If you check this option the selected data series will be displayed using a secondary value axis y axis Secondary axes can have a different scale than primary axes Annotation Using a secondary axis is helpful if one or more data series require a completely different scale on the axis because they contain values many times larger or smaller than the other data series Chart properties Content property sheet Use the Content property sheet to add remove chart elements or add a caption to them m Caption Lets you enter a caption for the chart The caption will be displayed above the chart m Primary Axes group box Allows you to configure the primary axes The checkbox in front of the axis determines if it will be displayed in the chart The text box to the right lets you enter a caption for the axis 190 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker The options Major grid and Minor grid determine if a grid will be displayed in the background of the chart For more details on gridlines see section Gridlines page 188 m Secondary Axes group box Allows you to configure the secondary axes only available for charts that contain secondary axes E Legend Allows you to change the position of the legend A legend is a small box indicating which colors patterns are assigned to the data series displayed in the chart For more details see section Legend page 188
293. ling sugges tions will appear Editing user dictionaries You can add words PlanMaker did not yet know to your user dictionary If you added a word inadvertently use the Extras gt Edit User Dictionaries com mand to delete it u SmartText feature Use the SmartText feature to set up shorthand codes for common phrases for example lax for Los Angeles See the following pages for detailed information Setting up the language for spell checking The Extras gt Preferences command allows you to change the language for spell checking as necessary User Manual PlanMaker Spell checker e 193 Choose the Extras gt Preferences command switch to the Language property sheet and select the desired language in the Language drop down list Spell checking documents Note Cells containing formulas are skipped by the spell checker Use Extras gt Check Spelling to check the document word for word for spelling errors If this command is invoked from within a cell the spelling in all cells of the current worksheet will be checked If invoked from a text frame only the corre sponding text frame will be checked When an unknown word is found PlanMaker highlights it and opens a dialog box Spellcheck Ea Word typpo wos typo o Change to SmartText bod g Ignore Ignore all No more suggestions Close In the list under Change to TextMaker presents suggestions for the correct spell
294. ls contents are used to build up the selected data series By default the cells selected when the chart was created are used To enter different values Name Lets you modify the name of the data series Either enter the cell containing the name or type in a text string directly or leave this box empty and PlanMaker will automatically assign a name Series 1 Series 2 etc Y values Lets you choose a different cell range for the y values of the data series Annotation With most chart types the y values are the data to be displayed in the chart For example in a Column chart the y values determine the height of User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 189 the columns Exception In XY Scatter charts and Bubble charts the y values determine the y coordinate of the data points X values Lets you choose a different cell range for the x values of the data series Annotation With most chart types the x values are used to label the category axis x axis Exception In XY Scatter charts and Bubble charts the x values determine the x coordinate of the data points Bubble size Lets you choose a different cell range for the bubble sizes of the data points only available in Bubble charts If omitted all bubbles will have the same size Display this series as group box Allows you to modify the way the selected data series is displayed For exam ple in a Column chart you can change the appearance of one or more data se ries to
295. lues the function returns a VALUE error value CHOOSE 2 One Two Three returns Two INDEX VLOOKUP HLOOKUP CLEAN remove unprintable characters Syntax Description CLEAN Text Removes all unprintable characters characters with an ANSI code below 32 from the specified text string CODE ANSI code of a character Syntax Description Example CODE Text Returns the ANSI code of the first character in the specified text string CODE A returns 65 CODE Arthur returns 65 as well User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 297 CODE CHAR 123 returns 123 CODE returns 0 See also CHAR COLUMN column number of a reference Syntax COLUMN Reference Description Returns the column number s of a cell reference If Reference is a single cell the column number of this cell is returned If Reference is a range of cells their column numbers are returned as a horizontal array Note In this case the formula has to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 If Reference is omitted the column number of the cell where this function was inserted is returned Example COLUMN D2 returns 4 COLUMN D2 F4 returns 4 5 6 COLUMNO returns 3 when you use this calculation in cell C5 See also ROW COLUMNS COLUMNS number of columns in a range Syntax COLUMNS Range Description Returns the number of columns in the specified cell range Example COL
296. m Format Lets you change size and positioning See section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 m Filling Lets you change the filling Only visible in pictures containing trans parent areas See section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 m Lines Lets you add border lines See section Object properties Lines property sheet page 143 m Shadow Lets you add a shadow See section Object properties Shadow property sheet page 144 m Properties Lets you modify common settings See section Object properties Properties property sheet page 146 For pictures the following additional property sheet is available in the dialog Picture property sheet Use this property sheet to change the following settings Colors group box Original colors The picture will be displayed in its original colors 152 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Grayscale Colors are reduced to grayscales B W Colors are reduced to black and white To use different colors change Foreground color and Background color as desired Cropping group box To crop the picture enter percentage values in the appropriate input fields E Settings group box To change brightness contrast or gamma value of the picture enter percentage values in the appropriate input fields mu Transparent color group box Lets you modify the transparency settings of the image Detect automatically Uses the transp
297. m coefficient s will be adjusted accordingly Stats optional is a logical value that lets you specify if additional regression statistics should be returned FALSE or omitted Do not return additional statistics TRUE Return additional regression statistics In this case a matrix in the following form will be returned mp Mp 1 gt Mg My b smp SMp 1 gt SM2 SM4 Sb R sey F df ssreg ssresid A graphical representation of this array would look like this The abbreviations used in this illustration represent the following values Abbreviation Description sm SM9 etc Standard error for the coefficients my Mp etc sb Standard error for constant b R Square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficiei sey Standard error for y F F statistic df Degrees of freedom ssreg Regression sum of squares ssresid Residual sum of squares Note Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 364 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also LINEST 4 5 6 returns the matrix 1 3 which indicates that the coefficient m equals 1 and the constant b equals 3 LOGEST TREND GROWTH LN natural logarithm Syntax Description Example See also LN Number Returns the natural logarithm Base e of Number Number must be gt 0 LN 0 7 returns 0 3567 LN EXP 1 234 returns 1 234 LOG L
298. m one EU currency to another Applicable only to currencies of countries that are members of the EU European Union and have adopted the European currency Euro This function can perform three types of conversions a Convert a number from one of these currencies to Euros e g French Francs to Euros b Convert a number from Euros to one of these currencies e g Euros to French Francs c Convert a number from one of these currencies to another by first converting it to Euros and then to the other currency a method called triangulation e g French Francs gt Euros gt Spanish Pesetas Note This method can lead to rounding errors of 0 01 Number is the number to be converted 328 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker From and To are codes representing the source and target currency see table below Use either PM codes or ISO codes Note Microsoft Excel only supports ISO codes If you want to keep your calculations Excel compatible use only ISO codes right column Country PM code ISO code All countries Euro EUR Austria Schilling s ATS Belgium Franc BF BEF Finland Markka mk FIM France Franc F FRF Germany Mark DM DEM Greece Drachma Dr GRD Ireland Pound IR IEP Italy Lira L ITL Luxembourg Franc LF LUF Netherlands Guilder fl NLG Portugal Escudo esc PTE Spain Peseta pts ESP Example EUROCONVERT 100 DM converts 100 German Marks to Euros The re
299. manual PlanMaker has been developed with an understanding that there is a broad range of user experience While it has many functions and customization options for the advanced user it is designed to be an extremely useful tool for the novice as well The chapters of this manual are organized as follows m Chapter Screen elements page 25 Describes the individual components of PlanMaker s application window m Chapter PlanMaker basics page 30 Describes the basic functions of Plan Maker and explains basic spreadsheet terminology m Chapter The PlanMaker Tour page 37 Provides an introduction to the practical use of spreadsheets Chapters Editing worksheets page 47 and following Reference section providing comprehensive instructions on working with PlanMaker s functions broken down according to subject 22 e Welcome User Manual PlanMaker Typographical conventions In this manual menu commands and dialog box components are printed in bold face type File gt New for example stands for the New command in the File menu File names are represented as follows c images beach bmp The Enter key is represented by 1 the arrow keys by z lt 4 etc To enter a key combination such as Alt F AIt F press the F F key while at the same time holding down the AWAIt key Note A text section highlighted like this contains important information or useful hints Starting PlanMak
300. martText entries can be created using a the Insert gt SmartText command or b the Check spelling as you type option of the spell checker Inserting SmartText entries If the Expand SmartText entries option is activated SmartText entries can be inserted by typing their name and pressing the space bar or Enter key Alternatively the Insert gt SmartText command can be used to insert Smart Text entries Editing SmartText entries The Insert gt SmartText command also allows you to edit rename or delete SmartText entries See the following pages for detailed information 196 e Spell checker User Manual PlanMaker Creating SmartText entries SmartText entries can be created using a the Insert gt SmartText command or b the Check spelling as you type option of the spell checker A Using the Insert gt SmartText command To create a SmartText entry named lax containing the text Los Angeles 1 Choose Insert gt SmartText 2 Click the New button 3 Enter a name for the new SmartText entry In this case type lax without the quotation marks 4 Click OK to confirm 5 Enter the desired text In this case type Los Angeles without the quotation marks 6 Click OK to confirm 7 Click Close to close the dialog The SmartText entry has now been created For information on how to use it see section Inserting SmartText entries below B Using the Check spelling as you type option Alternatively
301. mat of cells including font font size font style font color etc User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 83 Paragraph format text frames only The Format gt Paragraph command is available only in text frames It lets you modify the paragraph format spacing indents etc of the included text m Transfer formatting Using the Format gt Transfer formatting command you can transfer the for matting of one cell to other cells Conditional formatting The Format gt Conditional formatting command allows you to apply condi tional format to cells for example Paint this cell in red if it contains a value greater than 1000 AutoFormat The Format gt AutoFormat command allows you to format a range of cells by applying pre defined format schemes mu Character styles PlanMaker also lets you store your favorite character formats in a character style Character styles can be applied to cells at the push of a button m Cell styles You can create cell styles that store your favorite character formats and cell formats Document templates PlanMaker even lets you create your own document templates Document tem plates can include your own character styles your own cell styles and any kind of content m Page setup The page setup command allows the user to set print options It includes settings such as paper size and orientation margins headers and footers and other options Use File gt Pag
302. mmands in the Edit menu Cut The Edit gt Cut command removes the selection and places it on the clipboard The keyboard shortcut for this command is CDX Ctrl X Copy The Edit gt Copy command copies the selection to the clip board Keyboard shortcut Ctrl C Ctr1 C Paste The Edit gt Paste command inserts the contents of the clip board to the active cell You can paste the content of the clipboard repeatedly Keyboard shortcut Ctrl v Ctri V These commands can also be used with objects pictures charts frames etc 56 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Pasting into a selected cell range If you select a range of cells before pasting with Edit gt Paste the pasted cells are fit into the selection m If the selected cell range is smaller than the cell range to be pasted all pasted cells which do not fit are ignored E If the selection is larger than the cell range to be pasted the cells are repeated until the selected area is completely filled Moving and copying using the mouse Drag and Drop To move copy cells using the mouse Select the cells drag them to a different place and drop them there This technique called Drag and Drop provides a particularly quick method for moving and copying Proceed as follows 1 Select the cells that you want to drag to another location 2 Point at the selection 3 Press and hold the left mouse button 4 Drag the mouse with the left mouse button stil
303. modify the chart type For details on chart types see section Chart type page 171 Chart properties Data Source property sheet Use the Data Source property sheet to modify settings related to the chart data source i e the cells containing the data the chart is based on Data source area Lets you specify the cell range containing the data the chart is based on By default the cells selected when the chart was created are used 188 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker m Data series are in group box Lets you specify how the data source area will be arranged in the chart by columns or by rows See also section Arrangement of data series page 173 Data source area contains group box Lets you specify what kind of data the data source area consists of Hint If the first row of the data source area contains headings for the data listed below check the Names option PlanMaker will automatically label the data series with the corresponding headings Chart properties Series property sheet Use the Series property sheet to modify settings related to the data series of the chart Options available E Series The Series list contains a list of all data series displayed in the charts Click one of the series to change its settings Use the Move Up and Move down buttons to change the order of the data series The Add and Delete buttons add delete a data series mu Data sources group box Allows you to specify which cel
304. mple PERIOD Rate CV FV Returns the duration i e the number of periods required to obtain a specific future value in a fixed interest investment This function is ap plicable to investments with just one payment made at the beginning and a fixed interest rate Rate is the interest rate per period PV is the present value FV is the future value This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value To obtain 5000 with a fixed interest investment of 3000 and a yearly interest rate of 6 392 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker PERIOD 6 3000 5000 returns 8 76669 periods i e years See also PCF PERMUT permutations Syntax PERMUT a k Description Returns the number of permutations of size k in a population of size n Use this function to find out in how many ways n distinct objects can be arranged in groups of k elements without repetition and with the order being important Permutations are similar to combinations see COMBIN function except that the order of the objects is important n is the total number of items Must be gt k k is the number of items in each permutation Must be gt 0 and lt n n and k should be integers If not PlanMaker automatically drops their decimals Example To calculate how many different three letter words can be
305. mple See also VARP Number Number2 Number3 Returns the variance of an entire population Number1 Number 2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Please note that all values of the entire population have to be given To calculate the variance of a sam ple use the VAR function instead Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored VARP 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 04 VAR STDEV STDEVP VARPA variance of entire population Syntax VARPA Valuel Value2 Value3 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 433 Description Note Example See also Returns the variance of an entire population including logical values and text Valuel Value2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Please note that all values of the entire popu lation have to be given To calculate the variance of a sample use the VARA function instead Empty cells are ignored Unlike the VARP function VARPA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 VARPA 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 04 VARP VLOOKUP look up column wise Syntax Description VLOOKUP Crit Range n Sorted Scans the first column of Range for the given value If found it returns the content of the cell located in the same row and n th column of Range If no exact ma
306. mplement notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative OCT2HEX 52 returns 2A OCT2HEX 0052 returns 2A as well OCT2HEX 52 1 returns the error value NUM because this number cannot be represented with fewer than 2 hexadecimal digits OCT2HEX 37777777726 returns FFFFFFD6 negative value HEX20CT OCT2BIN OCT2DEC 388 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker ODD round up to next odd number Syntax Description Example See also ODD Number Rounds Number up away from zero to the nearest odd integer ODD 41 returns 41 ODD 42 returns 43 ODD 42 returns 43 EVEN MROUND ROUND ISODD OFFSET shifted reference Syntax Description Example See also OFFSET Reference Rows Columns Height Width Returns a reference shifted by the specified number of rows and col umns Additionally the size of the reference can be modified Reference is the reference to be manipulated Rows is the number of rows Reference will be shifted Positive values shift downwards negative values shift upwards Columns is the number of columns
307. mulas to automatically adapt when they are copied or moved use absolute cell addressing instead of relative cell addressing To make a relative cell address absolute type a dollar sign in front of the column number and row number For example if you enter B 1 B 2 in cell B3 and copy B3 to C3 afterwards the formula will not adapt It will still add the cells B1 and B2 Note If desired you can also make just one component of a cell address absolute by typing a dollar sign only in front of the column number e g B1 or the row number e g B 1 Using the F4 key to change cell addressing Hint When you enter a cell address in a formula you can use the F4 F4 key to switch the type of addressing User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 277 For example after having typed A4 A4 will be displayed when you press F4 F4 A 4 will be displayed when you press F4 F4 once again A 4 will be displayed when you press F4 F4 once again Error values If a formula results in an error an error value is displayed instead of the result For example if a cell contains the formula 1 A1 and a zero is entered in cell Al the error value DIV 0 will be displayed in the cell because numbers cannot be divided by zero The following error values exist Error value Explanation REF Invalid cell reference Displayed when a formula contains a cell reference that is invalid or nonexistent DIV
308. n Object mode hide in Edit mode also see section Object mode page 136 Example Object toolbar Chart Display only when a chart is selected Example Chart toolbar Outline Display only if the current worksheet contains an outline also see section Outliner page 209 Example Outline toolbar Positioning toolbars Toolbars can be positioned as desired To move a toolbar either use the View gt Toolbars command or drag it to the desired position using the mouse Using the View gt Toolbars command to position toolbars 1 Choose View gt Toolbars 2 Click the desired toolbar 3 Under Position click on the desired position Hint If you set the position to Free the toolbar is displayed in a separate window that can be moved freely Using the mouse to position toolbars 1 With the mouse point to any empty area within the toolbar to be moved 2 Press and hold the left mouse button 3 Drag the toolbar to the desired location 262 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Hint If a toolbar is dragged near the program window border it will automatically snap to that border Locking toolbars To lock a toolbar to its current position choose View gt Tool bars select the toolbar and check the Locked option After that the toolbar can no longer be moved with the mouse Managing toolbars The View gt Toolbars command can also be used to create delete rename or customize toolbars Creating a new tool
309. n array in PlanMaker distribute the array s rows and columns over the spreadsheet s rows and columns For example the following array 1 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 4 As you can see for PlanMaker arrays are nothing but rectangular cell ranges Entering array formulas PlanMaker provides array functions allowing you to perform calculations with arrays A formula containing an array function is called an array formula User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 279 Since most array formulas return an entire array of values rather than a single value entering array formulas differs from entering other formulas For example to calculate the inverse of the 3x3 array shown above proceed as follows 1 Select a cell range for the resulting array Before entering the formula you have to select the cell range where the result ing array should be placed The inverse of a 3x3 array also has 3x3 elements Therefore you have to select a range of 3 by 3 cells for example E10 G12 2 Enter the array formula After that enter the array formula for example MINVERSE E6 G8 3 Press Ctrl Shift Enter Important To finalize the formula do not press just Enter but press the key combination Ctrl Ctrl Shift The cells E10 G12 now contain the resulting array i e the inverse of the array in E6 G8 E Matrix_samp pmd iof x Notes m If you have selected a cell range larger than the resulting array the error valu
310. n both x and y coordinate of the data points o Bubble chart Bubble charts display values as filled circles bubbles Bubble charts are usually based on data series containing three values x coordinate y coordinate and bubble size Radar chart K Radar charts display values along spokes that radiate from the center point Surface chart px Surface charts display values as a three dimensional shape Areas plotted in the same color indicate similar values The values to be displayed should have the following structure Ya Ma Ma foe Px za 22 Zs X za 202 223 Za 250 zaa Z values determine the height Pie chart 9 Pie charts display values as pie slices Pie charts are often used to conceptualize how values contribute to a whole Hint You can highlight values by selecting them with the mouse and dragging them out of the pie 170 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Doughnut chart Doughnut charts display values as ring segments They are similar to Pie charts except that they are able to display multiple data series rings hl Cylinder Cone and Pyramid charts are identical to Column and Bar charts except that they display values as cylinders cones or pyramids Cylinder Cone and Pyramid chart Arrangement of data series The two iil icons in the Chart toolbar determine how the selected data will be arranged in the chart by column
311. n is selected calculations will be updated only when saving or printing the document or when copying or cutting cells If all of the above options are deactivated calculations will no longer be updated Hint You can instruct PlanMaker to update all calculations by choosing the Extras gt Recalculate command at any time User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 255 Charts group box Like calculations charts are updated automatically when the content of any cell changes To deactivate this function uncheck the Recale automatically option in the Charts group box Hint You can instruct PlanMaker to update all charts by choosing the Extras gt Update Charts command at any time Iterations group box This option affects only cells containing a circular reference For example if cell Al contains the formula A1 2 this is called a circular reference because the calculation in cell A1 refers to cell A1 itself If the Use iterations option is checked such calculations are repeated until a the number of Maximum iterations is exceeded or b the difference between the current result and the previous result is less than Maximum change By default this option is not checked Note Unless you actually use circular references in calculations this option should not be checked since it significantly increases the time required to recal culate the document Rounding group box Checking these options increases
312. n the Object toolbar available only in Object mode 2 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size The text frame will now be created To edit text in a text frame click inside the text frame To edit table cells again click on any cell Note If the text frame is too small to hold the entered text PlanMaker will display a red bar at its bottom To fix this enlarge the text frame reduce the amount of text or choose a smaller font size Text frame properties Use the Object gt Properties command to modify the properties of a text frame 148 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Hint In Object mode this command can also be invoked by simply double clicking the frame Options available Format Filling Lines Shadow 3D and Properties property sheets These property sheets are identical for most types of objects They contain the following options m Format Lets you change size and positioning See section Object properties Format property sheet page 141 m Filling Lets you change the filling See section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 Em Lines Lets you add border lines See section Object properties Lines property sheet page 143 m Shadow Lets you add a shadow See section Object properties Shadow property sheet page 144 m 3D Lets you add a 3D effect See section Object properties 3D property sheet page
313. n the function name manually or use the lists provided in the Insert gt Function dialog box Insert Function x eS eed Close Category Function r Operator All Functions YELL bbe teki llel Abs Number Returns the absolute value of a number Components of the Insert gt Function dialog box Formula input box Lets you edit the formula mu Category Determines which type of functions to display in the Function list box 276 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Function This list box displays all functions of the selected category To copy a function to the Formula input box double click it m Operator group box This part of the dialog contains buttons for common arithmetic operators To copy an operator to the Formula input box click the corresponding button a Insert button To finish editing the formula in the Formula input box click Insert The dialog will close and the formula will be inserted in the current cell Close button To close the dialog without inserting the formula click Close Relative vs absolute cell addressing Cell references in calculations can be entered either as relative cell addresses or as absolute cell addresses Normally relative cell addressing is used You see that when you enter the for mula B1 B2 in cell B3 and copy B3 to C3 afterwards The formula will auto matically adapt and change to C1 C2 If you do not want for
314. nMaker Formatting worksheets Fortunately the times when spreadsheets consisted of nothing but endless columns of plain numbers are over With modern spreadsheet packages you can apply a variety of fonts colors shades borders and other format options to enhance the appearance of worksheets and improve readability This chapter covers the format options available in PlanMaker E Cell size To change the size of cells either use the commands in the sub menu Table gt Row or Table gt Column or simply drag the row header or column header using the mouse E Number format PlanMaker can display numbers in many different number formats as plain numbers as rounded to 2 decimals as a percentage with a currency symbol as a date or time in a user defined format etc Use the Format gt Cell command to select the appropriate number format Borders The Format gt Borders command lets you add a border to cells E Shades The Format gt Shades command lets you apply a variety of colors shades and patterns to the background of cells Alignment The Format gt Cell command lets you change the cell format including the alignment left aligned centered right aligned etc of the cell contents Protection Format gt Cell can also be used to protect cells against changes see also sec tion Sheet protection page 223 m Character format The Format gt Character command lets you modify the character for
315. nction in this manual 3 When all cells are revised deactivate syntax highlighting Save the document in Excel format again If no further warning messages are displayed all incompatibilities have been eliminated User Manual PlanMaker Working with other file formats 233 Differences between PlanMaker and Excel This section provides a list of the most significant differences between PlanMaker and Excel General m In PlanMaker worksheets are limited to 16384 rows whereas Excel supports 65536 rows When an Excel file is opened that contains more than 16384 rows a warning message is displayed and all rows below row 16384 are omitted m PlanMaker is not able to execute macros and VBA scripts When an Excel file is opened that contains macros or scripts they will be ignored However Plan Maker will not remove them if the file is saved in Excel format the macros and scripts will remain functional Arithmetic functions E Some of PlanMaker s arithmetic functions are not supported by Excel and vice versa If you open or save a document in Excel format a warning will be displayed if the file contains incompatible arithmetic functions For more in formation see section Opening and saving Excel files page 234 Arithmetic operators In Excel the intersection operator is the space bar In PlanMaker a backslash has to be used However PlanMaker automatically converts this operator when you open save an Excel fil
316. nd These settings affect the current worksheet only Options available m Row headers Determines whether row headers are displayed in the worksheet Row headers are buttons labeled with the row number displayed to the left of the worksheet m Column headers Determines whether column headers are displayed in the worksheet Column headers are buttons labeled with the column number displayed above the worksheet Hint Alternatively row and column headers can be turned on off using the View gt Row amp Column Headers command Grid Determines whether gray gridlines are displayed between cells on screen Hint By default gridlines are not printed To print gridlines choose File gt Page Setup switch to the Options property sheet and check the Gridlines op tion User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 257 E Page breaks Determines whether dark gray lines indicating the location of page breaks are displayed in the spreadsheet Customizing display This section provides information on how to customize the display of spreadsheets on screen Zoom level The zoom commands allows you to adjust the zoom level of a worksheet E Show formulas instead of results If the Show Formulas command is selected cells containing a calculation will display the formula rather than the result E Syntax highlighting If the Syntax Highlighting command is selected cells will be colored accord ing to their content S
317. ning a keyboard shortcut to a character style If you use a character style frequently it might be useful to assign a keyboard shortcut to it allowing you to apply it with a single keystroke For this purpose choose Format gt Character Style select a style click Edit and switch to the Style property sheet Place the cursor in the Shortcut key input box and press the desired key combination Note If you enter a key combination that is already in use its current assignment will be displayed below the Shortcut key box To prevent overwriting the key board shortcut for another style or menu command press the Backspace key e__ and assign a different key combination 112 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Applying keyboard shortcuts utilizing Ctrly Ctrl and Shift is suggested as these shortcuts are usually available Applying character styles To apply a character style 1 Select the desired cells Or press F2 F2 and select partial cell content if applying to selected characters 2 Choose Format gt Character Style 3 Click one of the character styles listed 4 Click the Apply button The character format of the selected cells characters will be changed to the charac ter format defined in the character style Hint Character styles can also be applied by selecting them from the font list in the Formatting toolbar Plus If you have assigned a keyboard shortcut to a character style th
318. nitial cell value is 10 and the next cell value is 20 and you select both cells and drag the small rectangle down PlanMaker automatically recognizes how to continue this series and fills the other cells with 30 40 50 etc Filling with formulas If you use the mouse to fill cells with formulas PlanMaker automatically attempts to update the formulas in the new cells with incremented cell addresses For example the formula A1 2 in the initial cell will be updated to A2 2 A3 2 etc in the other cells 64 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Filling with dates Filling with dates is identical to filling with numbers Enter the starting date in the initial cell and drag the small rectangle over the desired cells PlanMaker will add one day in every new cell If desired use the Edit gt Fill command to define whether to increment by days months or years Filling with structures As you have already learned it is possible to select multiple initial cells before starting the filling operation If the initial cells contain both text and numbers PlanMaker will attempt to find a pattern in these values For example if you enter the values 1 2 text PlanMaker will continue the series with 3 4 text 5 6 text 7 8 text etc If the initial cells contain just text PlanMaker will simply repeat the text For example the series Red Green Blue will be repeated as Red Green Blue Red Green Blue etc Cre
319. nnnt 33 Opening a document ceeecceceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeneeeseeeeetaeeesaaeeenees 34 Printing documento aap aaa a n Ea AAFAA 35 Saving a COCUMENK ceecceceneeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeees 36 Exiting FlanMaKa ra a ae E E i T E ER 36 THE PLANMAKER TOU Rye ceteciminccm ts cmesiiam ia cctanates 37 Five minutes Of theory c ccceeececeeeeeeeeceeeeeecaeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeaes 37 First steps with PlanMaketr 0 ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeereae 38 Entering values and formulas c cceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeaes 39 Going three dimensional c cccecesecceceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeaeeeeaaeenenees 43 Changing the layout of worksheets ccccccesseeceeeeseneeeseaeeteneees 44 Chans aenta ah eee eae ee ete the os 45 OUO Garereeeenteereecerrncieer reer cere sere Eire cee coe a a cer cere 46 EDITING WORKSHEETS c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 47 Entering datasin cels sarine ea a aana 49 Undoing changos eserse aa AER e EAEE ER Ena ER 51 Selecting Cells a a aaa aena A enaa aai rae aae aire et ahs 52 Deleting cells and cell contents ssssseesssssrrssesrrsserrssrrrsseernsssrnns 54 Deleting whole CellS asesssssssesessrnssssrnesrrnnesrnnnesrrnnesrnnnnnnnnnnesna 54 Deleting the contents of CelIS cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeetees 55 Moving and Copying cells 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaee
320. nt document only 248 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker The document properties dialog contains the following property sheets Document properties Summary property sheet The Summary property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box lets you edit the document summary The document summary can be used to store additional information along with the document You can specify title subject author keywords and a short description of the document For more information see section Document summary page 205 Document properties Colors property sheet The Colors property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box lets you modify the color palette of the current document When you open a color list for example the color list in the Formatting toolbar only a small subset of the up to 16 million colors available is displayed This subset is called the color palette of the document The color palette of a document can be modified as desired You can add new colors and modify existing colors However the first 24 colors are default colors that cannot be changed Important Changes to the color palette are stored with the document Therefore each document can have a different color palette Adding colors To add a new color 1 Choose File gt Properties and switch to the Colors property sheet Hint Alternatively click the last entry Define color in any color list to define modify colors
321. nt period Per is the payment period to be evaluated NPer is the total number of payment periods PV is the present value User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 395 Example See also FV optional is the future value If omitted it will be set to zero Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period Loan terms 100 000 at 10 per year to be repaid over 72 months with monthly payments at the end of each month How much is the principal in the 32nd period i e the 32nd month PPMT 10 12 32 72 100000 returns 1 318 Note that all values have to use the same time unit months in this case since the payments are made monthly Therefore in the above formula the yearly interest rate had to be divided by 12 to get the monthly inter est rate IPMT CUMPRINC CUMIPMT PMT PROB probability Syntax Description Example PROB Values Probabilities k1 k2 Returns the probability that a value is inside the specified interval of values when the individual probabilities for each value are given Values are the given values Probabilities are the probabilities associated with these values All of them have to be in the range 0 to 1 Their sum has to be 1 Values and Probabilities must have the same number of values other wise the function returns a N A error value k1 and k2 are the bounds of t
322. nt size To change the font and font size of cell contents 1 Select the desired cells 102 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 2 Choose Format gt Character 3 Switch to the Font property sheet You can now set the desired font and font size as follows To change the font select a new font from the Font drop down list m To change the font size select a point size from the Size drop down list or type in a size manually You can enter point sizes even in one tenths increments e g 9 5 or 10 1 Hint You can also change the font and font size using the Formatting toolbar located above the worksheet rather than the menu command Font style Font styles are formattings like bold italic underline etc To apply font styles to cell contents 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Format gt Character 3 Switch to the Font property sheet 4 Check an option or any combination of options from the Style group box Hint The Formatting toolbar located above the worksheet has buttons for the most common font styles B for bold J for italic and U for underline The following keyboard shortcuts are also available Cirl B Ctri B for bold Ctrl Ctri for italic and Ctrl U Ctri U for underline Font color To change the foreground or background color of cell contents 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Format gt Character 3 Switch to the Font property sheet User Manual PlanMaker
323. nt templates can not only contain your favorite character and cell styles but also text values calculations etc This enables you to create a set of templates for invoices annual reports balance sheets or other frequently used documents Creating document templates To create a new document template 1 Start a new document or open the document to base the document template on 2 Create the desired character and cell styles and text values calculations etc to be stored within the template 3 Choose File gt Save as 4 In the Files of type list select PlanMaker template 5 PlanMaker automatically switches to the document template folder 6 Enter a filename for the template 7 Click OK to confirm PlanMaker will store the new template in the document template folder Using document templates To use a user created document template start a new document PlanMaker will display a dialog to let you select the document template 1 Choose File gt New 2 Click one of the document templates listed 3 Click OK to confirm PlanMaker will create a new document based on the selected template It will contain all character and cell styles stored in the document template as well as all the text values calculations etc stored in the template User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 119 Modifying document templates To modify a document template proceed as you would modify a normal docu ment Open it ma
324. nthly Therefore in the above formula the yearly interest rate had to be divided by 12 to get the monthly inter est rate CUMPRINC PPMT IPMT PMT User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 309 CUMPRINC cumulative principal Syntax CUMPRINC Rate NPer PV P1 P2 Type Description Returns the cumulative principal payments between period P1 and period P2 This function is applicable to loans with periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period NPer is the total number of payment periods PV is the present value the loan amount P1 and P2 define the time interval to be evaluated P1 is the first period and P2 is the last Type is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period Example Loan terms 100 000 at 10 per year to be repaid over 72 months with monthly payments at the end of each month How much principal has to be paid in the periods months 24 through 36 CUMPRINC 10 12 6 12 100000 24 36 0 returns 16863 71 Note that all values have to use the same time unit months in this case since the payments are made monthly Therefore in the above formula the yearly interest rate had to be divided by 12 to get the monthly inter est rate See also CUMIPMT PPMT IPMT PMT CURRENCY format number as currency Syntax CURRENCY Number n Description Returns
325. number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative HEX2BIN 2A returns 101010 HEX2BIN 2A 8 returns 00101010 HEX2BIN 2A 2 returns the error value NUM because this number cannot be represented with fewer than 5 binary digits HEX2BIN FFFFFFD6 returns 11111111111111111111111111010110 negative value BIN2HEX HEX2DEC HEX20CT hexadecimal number to decimal number HEX2DEC Number Converts the given hexadecimal number base 16 to a decimal number base 10 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 80000000 to 7FFFFFFF Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s complement notation see last example HEX2DEC 2A returns 42 342 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also HEX2DEC FFFFFFD6 returns 42 DEC2HEX HEX2BIN HEX20CT HEX2OCT hexadecimal number to octal number Syntax Description Example See also HEX20CT Number Digits Converts the given hexadecimal number base 16 to an octal number base 8 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 80000000 to 7FFFFFFF Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s complement notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be gre
326. number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative Example OCT2BIN 52 returns 101010 OCT2BIN 52 8 returns 00101010 OCT2BIN 52 2 returns the error value NUM because this number cannot be represented with fewer than 6 binary digits OCT2BIN 37777777726 returns 11111111111111111111111111010110 negative value See also BIN20CT OCT2DEC OCT2HEX User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 387 OCT2DEC octal number to decimal number Syntax Description Example See also OCT2HEX Syntax Description Example See also OCT2DEC Number Converts the given octal number base 8 to a decimal number base 10 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 20000000000 to 17777777777 Negative numbers have to be trans formed to two s complement notation see last example OCT2DEC 52 returns 42 OCT2DEC 0052 returns 42 as well OCT2DEC 37777777726 returns 42 DEC20CT OCT2BIN OCT2HEX octal number to hexadecimal number OCT2HEX Number Digits Converts the given octal number base 8 to a hexadecimal number base 16 Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 20000000000 to 17777777777 Negative numbers have to be trans formed to two s co
327. o count all cells that contain that value 306 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Use conditions like gt 10 or lt 5 to count all cells that match the specified condition see examples below Note The criterion has to be surrounded by double quotation marks If the cells Al A5 contain 1 2 3 2 1 COUNTIF A1 A5 2 returns 2 COUNTIF A1 A5 gt 2 returns 3 COUNT SUMIF COUNTP PlanMaker 97 compatibility function Syntax Description Note Note Example See also COUNTP Rangel Range Counts the number of cells containing numbers or logical values This function was retained only for compatibility with PlanMaker 97 Using the Excel compatible functions COUNT or COUNTA is recom mended instead The difference between these three functions is COUNTA counts all cells that are not empty COUNT counts only cells that contain numbers COUNTP counts only cells that contain numbers or logical values This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value If the cells A1 A3 contain 42 Test and TRUE and cell A4 is empty COUNTA A1 A4 returns 3 COUNT A1 A4 returns 1 COUNTP A1 A4 returns 2 COUNT COUNTA COVAR Covariance Syntax COVAR Rangel Range2 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 307
328. on the cash flows specified in the Values argument Payments have to be entered as negative values income as positive values The cash flows do not have to be even but they must oc cur in regular intervals e g monthly Values is a cell range or an array containing the cash flows in their actual order namely cash flow for the first period cash flow for the second period etc At least one payment and one income have to be given FinanceRate is the interest rate paid for investments ReinvestRate is the interest rate received for reinvestments IRR NPV RATE MMULT product of matrices Syntax Description Note Example See also MMULT Array1 Array2 Returns the product of two matrices Array1 and Array2 are cell ranges or arrays containing the matrices to be evaluated They must contain numeric values only Please note The number of columns in Array1 must equal the number of rows in Array2 otherwise multiplication is not possible Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 MMULT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 returns 19 22 43 50 Section Working with arrays page 281 MDETERM MINVERSE MSOLVE TRANSPOSE MOD remainder of a division Excel method Syntax Description MOD y Returns the remainder of the division of x by y using the erroneous Excel method 376 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Exampl
329. on working with HTML documents see section Internet page 215 Don t save colors in HTML file If this option is checked the color scheme set up in this dialog will not be stored in the HTML document but only displayed on the screen Show blink style as Text formatted in blink style will not be displayed blinking but in the selected color Background color Determines the background color of the current document Background picture To display a picture in the background of the current document enter its path and filename or click Browse to select a picture file User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 251 Note PlanMaker does not display background pictures on the screen the picture will be displayed in Internet browsers only E Unvisited link Determines the color of links that have not yet been visited E Visited link Determines the color of links that have already been visited Current link Determines the color of the currently selected link Document properties Info property sheet The Info property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box displays statistical information about the current document m The Cells section displays how many cells are filled with text numbers formu las etc m The General section displays the number of worksheets and the number of pages m The Objects section displays the number of objects charts pictures etc in the current documents The Action
330. ondition PlanMaker will hide all rows that do not match the condition There are three commands for filtering data found in the drop down menu of the Table gt Filter command If you select the Special Filter command the resulting dialog box lets you formulate one or more filter conditions After clicking OK the filter activates and hides all rows that do not match the chosen filter conditions m The Show All command makes all hidden rows visible again rendering the Special Filter inactive m The AutoFilter command does not offer as many options as the Special Filter but can be used more quickly Select this command and a special drop down menu will appear above every column in the selected cell range These drop down lists let you easily choose between different pre created filter conditions Detailed information on these three commands is provided on the following pages Special filter Use the Table gt Filter gt Special Filter command to filter data in a range of cells according to one or more selected conditions PlanMaker will hide all rows that do not match the filter conditions Proceed as follows 1 Select the desired range of cells 2 Select the Table gt Filter menu command Choose the Special Filter command from the resulting drop down menu 3 A dialog box is displayed in which you can define one or more filter conditions see below User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 75 When you re done
331. onstant Returns the values of a linear regression Linear regression is a statistical technique that adapts a line called trend line or best fit line to a set of data points for example the re sults of a series of measurements 426 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Example See also The TREND function returns an array with the y values of a trend line calculated from the given y values and x values y_values are the known y values x_values optional are the known x values If omitted the values 1 2 3 will be used New_x_values optional are the x values for which you want to determine the corresponding y values on the curve If omitted the val ues in x_values will be used Constant optional is a logical value that lets you specify if the con stant b the y intercept point should be calculated automatically or forced to equal zero TRUE or omitted b will be calculated from the given data FALSE b will be forced to equal 0 zero the m values will be adjusted accordingly Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 The resistance of a temperature sensitive resistor has been measured at several temperatures Cells A1 A4 contain the temperatures measured 8 20 25 28 Cells B1 B4 contain the resistances measured 261 508 608 680 The following calculation returns an array with the y coordinates o
332. or example rectangles ellipses arrows banners callouts etc By default the AutoShape used for text frames is a simple rectangle To use a different shape select it on the AutoShapes property sheet Click on a category in the list on the left then click the desired AutoShape To learn more about AutoShapes see section Drawings page 161 Pictures The next pages provide all information needed to work with pictures Inserting pictures To insert a picture into the current worksheet 1 Choose Object gt New Picture Frame or click the fw icon in the Object toolbar available only in Object mode 2 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size 150 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker Alternatively click where you want the upper left corner of the picture to be placed The picture will be inserted at its original size 3 A dialog box pops up letting you select the picture file to be placed into the frame Choose a picture file and click OK The picture will now be inserted Options Options available in the Object gt New Picture Frame dialog E Save with document Check this option if you want the picture file to be saved within the document If you do not check this option just a link is preserved to it and you will need to make sure the picture file is available the next time you open the document Note Saving pictures with the document can significantly incre
333. orkbook protection 1 Choose Extras gt Workbook protection 2 If desired enter a password required to deactivate workbook protection 3 Click OK to confirm Workbook protection is now activated Users are no longer able to add delete rename or hide unhide worksheets In addition most of the options in the File gt Properties dialog become unavail able Deactivating workbook protection To deactivate workbook protection choose Extras gt Disable workbook protec tion Users will be allowed to add delete rename and hide unhide worksheets Hint The current state of workbook protection is saved within the document If a password has been assigned users will be required to enter the password to disable workbook protection 224 e Protecting cells and documents User Manual PlanMaker Document protection Use document protection to password protect the current document against reading and or writing To activate document protection choose File gt Properties switch to the Protec tion property sheet and select the desired protection type mu No protection Read protection password required to open the document mu Write protection document can be opened but password is required for saving Protection depending on password combination of the two protection types mentioned above See the following pages for detailed information Activating document protection To activate document prot
334. ose File gt Open or use the Cirl 0 Ctrl O keystroke Template mE HTML HE SPELL Set default New window Description In the resulting dialog box navigate to the document you want to open and click the Open button You can select which drive and folder to display through the Look in drop down list To switch to a different drive or folder click the small arrow to the right of this list to access the drop down menu and select the desired drive and or folder New window In order to open the document in a new window check the New window checkbox Otherwise the current document will be closed and the new file will be opened in the same window Opening other file formats PlanMaker can also open files created in other programs Just select the appropri ate file type in the Files of type drop down menu For information on supported file formats see chapter Working with other file formats page 231 Using QuickPaths QuickPaths are a feature that lets you assign a name to often used file paths To use QuickPaths click the QuickPath button See section Quick Paths page 203 34 e PlanMaker basics User Manual PlanMaker File manager Click the File Manager button to access the built in File manager The File manager shows a list of your documents and lets you search open print and view them See section File Manager page 205 Previewing a document To preview a document from within this dialog click
335. ou will learn how to create and edit hyperlinks e g to an Internet address or to another PlanMaker document E Saving HTML documents The last section provides information about saving documents in HTML format using the File gt Save as command See the following pages for detailed information Opening HTML documents Note Opening HTML files is supported by the Windows version of PlanMaker only Web pages are usually stored in HTML format Hypertext Markup Language To open an HTML document in PlanMaker 1 Choose File gt Open 2 In the Files of type list select the HTML format 3 Navigate to the desired document and click the Open button User Manual PlanMaker Internet functions 213 Note Only HTML documents that begin with a table provide useable results Editing HTML documents Note that the HTML format recognizes only a small subset of the formatting options available in spreadsheet applications When you store a document as a HTML document all formatting not supported in HTML format will be automati cally removed The HTML format supports the following formatting options E Character format Character styles bold italic underline strike through subscript superscript blinking and text color are supported m Cell format Number format borders and shades are supported mu Page format HTML documents do not have a specific page size To change the page s background
336. p x R Normal v arial v jo m B 7 UTE z z wi AL Soa A i e g D E F G H I 3 a H 2 EE a p E eal zal Ea Eal 10 Al 3 a 2 se w Eal isl Untitled 1 PlanMaker Sheet1 B ins auto Spreadsheets are divided into lines and columns Each spreadsheet consists of 16384 rows and 256 columns These are labeled as follows m The rows are numbered from 1 to 16384 m The columns are labeled with alphabetic characters A to Z then AA to AZ BA to BZ etc The matrix of rows and columns results in a cell grid Every cell has exact coordinates B5 for example describes the cell in the fifth line of column B the second column A3 would be the cell in the third row of column A the first column etc These coordinates are referred to as the address of a cell The cell address is very important because calculations often refer to other cells If for example you want to put twice the value of cell Al in cell A2 you would enter in cell A2 A1 2 Twice the value of Al is now displayed in A2 If you change the value in A1 the resulting calculation of cell A2 is automatically updated Moving around in a worksheet If you enter data in PlanMaker it is always inserted into the active cell A thin gray frame known as the cell frame indicates the active cell _ User Manual PlanMaker PlanMaker basics
337. percase and lowercase letters FALSE or omitted Ignore case of letters TRUE Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters i e place text strings starting with a lowercase letter above text strings starting with an uppercase letter Data optional is the cell range or array containing the values to be returned Data must be of exactly the same size as Range If it is omitted the data in Range is returned If it set to another cell range the data from this cell range will be returned in the same order as Range after it was sorted Example If you have created a table with the names and grades of students you can set Range to the cell range with their grades but set Data to the cell range with their names The result will be a list of their names sorted by grade Formulas using this function have to be entered as an array formula see section Working with arrays page 281 This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value SORTV 4 2 3 returns 2 3 4 SORTV 4 2 3 TRUE returns 4 3 2 SORTV 4 2 3 returns 2 3 4 SORTM section Sorting cells page 73 SQRT square root Syntax SQRT Number 412 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns the square root of a number Number must be 2 0 SQRT 25 return
338. plied to the number 0 005 returns 5E 03 Do not interpret the following character just display it Example To output a character use the format code since the would otherwise be interpreted as a format code Do not interpret the text between the quotation marks just display it Example MyText returns MyText Format codes for the number formats Currency and Accounting Currency and Accounting number formats support the format codes listed above as well as the following codes Character Result Display decimals as defined in the Format gt Cell dialog Example If you have set the number of decimals to 2 applied to 1 2 returns 1 20 Note This format code is applicable to Currency and Accounting number formats only Format codes for the number format Date Time With Date Time number formats only the following format codes are valid 94 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Note The format codes listed below are case sensitive Character Result D Day 1 31 DD Day 2 digits 01 31 DDD Name of day abbreviated Su Mo DDDD Name of day Sunday Monday M Month 1 12 MM Month 2 digits 01 12 MMM Name of month abbreviated Jan Dec MMMM Name of month January December MMMMM Name of month first letter only J for January to D for December YY Year 2 digits YYYY Year 4 digits Q Quarter 1 4 QQ The word quarter in the language set in the system s regional s
339. ptions as de sired Note To remove border lines set their line style to None Shades To apply a shade or fill pattern to cells choose Format gt Cell and switch to the Shades property sheet Alternatively use the Format gt Shades command which does exactly the same To change a single cell navigate to it without selecting To change multiple cells select them before executing this command User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 97 Cell x Shading Shades Sample C C V C Shading on C Pattern E iO r Pattern Foreground ZANE S m arane m Applying a shade To apply a color shade click one of the pre defined shades in the Shades list or enter a custom shade value from 0 no shade to 100 solid color To change the color of the shade select the desired color in the Foreground drop down list For information on adding new colors to color lists see sec tion Document properties Colors property sheet page 251 mu Applying a fill pattern To apply a fill pattern click one of the pre defined patterns in the Pattern list To change the colors of the pattern select the desired colors in the Foreground and Background drop down list For information on adding new colors to color lists see section Document properties Colors property sheet page 251 m Removing shades or pattern To remove any shade or pattern applied select None in the Type list
340. r Pmt FV Type Returns the present value of an investment based on periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payment period NPer is the total number of payment periods Pmt is the payment made for each period User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 397 See also FV optional is the future value Type optional is the timing of the payments 0 or omitted Payment at the end of each period 1 Payment at the beginning of each period FV IPMT NPER NPV PMT RATE QUARTILE quartiles of a data set Syntax Description Example See also QUARTILE Range n Returns one of the quartiles of a data set Range is the cell range or array to be evaluated n determines which quartile to return 0 The minimum 1 The 1st quartile 25th percentile 2 The 2nd quartile 50th percentile or median 3 The 3rd quartile 75th percentile 4 The maximum If nis lt 0 or gt 4 a NUM value will be returned If cells A1 A9 contain the values 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 QUARTILE A1 A9 3 is equivalent to PERCENTILE A1 A9 0 75 which returns 7 PERCENTILE PERCENTRANK MEDIAN MODE QUOTIENT quotient of a division Syntax Description Example See also QUOTIENT x y Returns the integer part of the division of x by y QUOTIENT 6 4 returns 1 MOD MODP 398 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker RADIANS convert degrees to
341. r commonly used as current spreadsheet ap plications including PlanMaker automatically convert text strings into numbers where necessary VALUE 42 returns 42 VALUE 42 DM returns 42 since DM is a valid currency unit VALUE 42 bolts returns a VALUE error value VALUE TRUE returns 1 VALUE 09 25 1966 returns 24737 the serial date value for the date 09 25 1966 TEXT T N VAR variance of a sample Syntax Description Example VAR Number1 Number2 Number3 Estimates the variance of a population based on a sample Number1 Number2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored VAR 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 3 432 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also VARA VARP STDEV STDEVP VARA variance of a sample Syntax Description Note Example See also VARA Valuel Value2 Value3 Estimates the variance of a population based on a sample including logical values and text Valuel Value2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Empty cells are ignored Unlike the VAR function VARA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 VARA 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 3 VAR VARP variance of entire population Syntax Description Exa
342. r regression Syntax Description LINEST y_values x_values Constant Stats Returns statistics of a linear regression Linear regression is a Statistical technique that adapts a line called trend line or best fit line to a set of data points for example the re sults of a series of measurements The LINEST function calculates a trend line from the given y values and x values and then returns an array in the form m b The coefficient m is the slope of the trend line the constant b is the y intercept point the point where the trend line intersects the y axis The equation for trend lines is y m x b If more than one range of x values is given the equation is y mj x1 mg9 x9 My Xp b In this case LINEST returns an array in the form mp Mp 1 gt gt My Additionally if the optional argument Stats is used several statistics of the regression standard error coefficient of determination etc are ap pended to the resulting array y_values are the known y values x_values optional are the known x values If omitted the values 1 2 3 will be used User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 363 Constant optional is a logical value that lets you specify if the con stant b the y intercept point should be calculated automatically or forced to equal zero TRUE or omitted b will be calculated from the given data FALSE b will be forced to equal 0 zero the
343. radians Syntax Description Example See also RADIANS Number Converts degrees to radians RADIANS 180 returns 3 14159 DEGREES RAND random value Syntax Description Example See also RAND Returns a random number 0 and lt 1 A new random number will be generated every time the document is recalculated Hint To manually recalculate a document use the Extras gt Recalculate command or press F9 F9 RANDO returns a random number RANDBETWEEN RANDBETWEEN random value Syntax Description Example See also RANDBETWEEN LowerLimit UpperLimit Returns an integer random number gt LowerLimit and lt UpperLimit A new random number will be generated every time the document is recalculated Hint To manually recalculate a document use the Extras gt Recalculate command or press F9 F9 RANDBETWEEN 1 6 returns a random number in the range of 1 through 6 thereby simulating a dice roll RAND RANK rank in a data set Syntax RANK Number Range Ascending User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 399 Description Note Example See also Returns the rank of a number in a data set The largest number s rank is 1 the 2nd largest number s rank is 2 etc Number is the number whose rank you want to determine If number does not occur in Range a N A error value is returned Range is a cell range or array containing the given numbers Ascend
344. red cells will be cut off Making filtered cells visible again To make all cells hidden by a filter visible again use the Table gt Filter gt Show All command AutoFilter A simplified alternative to the Special Filter command is the AutoFilter feature available via the Table gt Filter gt AutoFilter command To apply an AutoFilter 1 Select the desired range of cells Important The first row of the range should contain headings for the data below Use the Table gt Filter menu command In the drop down menu select the AutoFilter command User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 77 The AutoFilter function is now enabled Note the downward arrows in the first row of every column of the selected range Clicking on these arrows will open a drop down menu of the contents of the current column If you choose one of the list entries PlanMaker activates the selected filtering For example if the content Smith is selected from the list only rows that have the text Smith in the current column will stay visible the rest of the rows will be hidden Effectively a filter condition Name equals Smith has been created using the AutoFilter function In addition to listing the cell contents the drop down menu will contain the entries All show all rows Nonempty show only rows where the cell has some content and Only Empty show only rows where the cell has no content Making filtered cells visible again
345. red type of calculation Warning if a formula contains errors If you enter a formula that contains an error e g missing a closing parenthe sis PlanMaker issues an error message when you press Enter If you do not want an error message to be displayed uncheck this option Note Independent from this option erroneous formulas are generally replaced by the text NULL when you save the document In cell editing If this option is checked cells can be edited directly in the worksheet If it is unchecked cells can only be edited using the Edit toolbar displayed above the spreadsheet 242 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Background calculation Whenever you change the content of a cell PlanMaker recalculates the entire worksheet Normally PlanMaker does not respond to keyboard input during this process If you check the Background calculation option PlanMaker sus pends recalculating as soon as you type something and continues afterwards Note On desktop PCs is it not necessary to activate Background calcula tion since recalculating usually takes only a few milliseconds to complete On slow machines such as Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs activating this option may make PlanMaker more responsive when large tables are edited Hint In very large tables you can also completely deactivate automatic recal culating by unchecking the Recalc automatically option in the document prop erties see
346. rest for fixed interest investments 0 eeeee 393 PEARSON Pearson correlation coefficient ceee 393 PERCENTILE percentiles of a data Set cccceeeeenees 394 PERCENTRANK percent rank in a data Set eeeeeees 394 PERIOD duration of fixed interest investments 00 395 PERMUT permutations ccceeesseceeeesneeeeeeetteeeeeenaeeeeeeae 395 PHI PlanMaker 97 compatibility function c ceeeeeees 396 PU Di oeta an aaa att setae AAE RAA aE ARA aana n beats 396 PMT Dayiment reae errena ani AAEREN ESAE ARN aE ae 396 POISSON Poisson distribution ccccccssesseseeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeeeeanees 397 POWER DOW6N sisces tatiehecbhectvevtaneeesscends aa a a a aa aa ERa iiai 397 PPMT payment on the principal 0 cscceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 398 PROB probabllity assine hirer asanes erea ae a aaar Aia 399 PRODUG Ti prog Ct ssitie eskenita aaia 399 PROPER convert text to upper lower case 400 PV present valig ie shentecced inen Reene Senk Ranket ERE SSi 400 QUARTILE quartiles of a data Set 0 cseeeseeeteeeteeteees 400 QUOTIENT quotient of a division ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 401 RADIANS convert degrees to radians cccceeeeceeeeees 401 RAND random value ccceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeaeeseeees 401 RANDBETWEEN random value n 402 RANK rank in a data Set eecceeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeeteeeeeeneeee
347. returns 6 LARGE A1 A5 3 returns 5 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 361 etc See also SMALL MAX PERCENTILE PERCENTRANK RANK LCM least common multiple Syntax LCM Number1 Number2 Number3 Description Returns the LCM least common multiple of the specified integers The LCM is the smallest positive integer that is a multiple of the given inte gers Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated All of them must be 1 Additionally all of them should be integers If not Plan Maker automatically drops their decimals Example LCM 5 10 15 returns 30 If cells Al to A3 contain the values 4 8 and 6 LCM A1 A3 returns 24 See also GCD LEFT left part of a text string Syntax LEFT Text n Description Returns the first n characters of Text If n is omitted only the first character is returned Example LEFT peanut 3 returns pea LEFT peanut returns p See also RIGHT MID REPLACE LEN length Syntax LEN Value Description Returns the number of characters in a text string 362 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Value is the value to be evaluated usually a text string If Value is a number a date or a logical value it will be converted to a text string automatically LEN Text returns 4 LEN 42 returns 2 LEN 42 returns 3 LEN 42 5 returns 4 LEN TRUE returns 4 LEFT RIGHT MID LINEST statistics of a linea
348. rmula as text In that case put a single quotation mark in front of your input This prompts PlanMaker to treat the content as text If for example you enter 42 including the single quotation mark PlanMaker treats this as text not a number Undoing changes The Edit gt Undo command lets you revoke the last changes you made to a docu ment If for example you have changed the font in a cell choose Edit gt Undo and the old font will reappear This works not only for formatting changes but for virtually all changes For example you can undo text you typed in as well as deletions you have made The Undo command can be used repeatedly If you call it five times the last five changes will be revoked This useful command is also available by pressing the key combination Crl Z Ctri Z Recovering from undo There is a counterpart for the Undo command The Edit gt Redo command restores the last action you have undone Using the Edit gt Redo command you can undo your undoes and your document will revert to its previous state User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 51 This command can also be used repeatedly If you call the Undo command five times the last five changes will be revoked If you call Redo five times the docu ment reverts to its original state The key combination for the Redo command is Ctr Y Ctrl Y Selecting cells Some PlanMaker commands expect you to first select the cells on which
349. ro Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored GEOMEAN 1 2 6 returns 2 28943 HARMEAN AVERAGE GESTEP greater or equal step Syntax Description Example See also GESTEP Number Step Returns 1 if Number 2 Step else returns 0 GESTEP 41 42 returns 0 GESTEP 42 42 returns 1 GESTEP 42 1 42 returns 1 DELTA 340 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker GROWTH values of an exponential regression Syntax Description Note See also GROWTH y_values x_values New_x_values Constant Returns the values of an exponential regression Exponential regression is a statistical technique that adapts an exponen tial curve to a set of data points for example the results of a series of measurements The GROWTH function returns an array with the y values of a best fit exponential curve based on the given y values and x values y_values are the known y values All of them must be positive other wise a NUM error value is returned x_values optional are the known x values If omitted the values 1 2 3 will be used New_x_values optional are the x values for which you want to determine the corresponding y values on the curve If omitted the val ues in x_values will be used Constant optional is a logical value that lets you specify if the con stant b should be calculated automatically or forced to equal zero TRUE or omitted b will be calculated
350. ror Red Formula Green Fixed positive number Dark blue Fixed negative number Light blue Fixed logical value Brown Fixed text string Black What the background color indicates User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 259 Cells containing an error are displayed in red foreground color and shaded in one of the following background colors Background color Error type White Cyan Light gray Magenta Yellow Formula returns an error value The calculation in this cell returns an error value caused for example by a division by zero Hint If you click the cell an error message is displayed in the status bar Correct the formula accordingly For more information on error values see section Error values page 280 Syntax error in formula The calculation in this cell has a syntax error caused for example by a missing parenthesis or missing arguments Hint If you click the cell an error message is displayed in the status bar Correct the formula accordingly If you don t correct the formula it will be replaced by the text string 4NULL when the document is saved Function not exportable The calculation in this cell uses an arithmetic function that cannot be exported to the chosen file format Hint Replace the function by a function that is compatible with the chosen file format For more information see the corresponding function description in this manual Function possibly imported erroneously
351. ror value except N A Syntax Description Example See also ISERR Reference Returns TRUE if the specified cell contains any kind of error value except N A ISERR A1 returns TRUE if Al contains an error e g a division by zero ISERR A1 returns FALSE if A1 contains the error value N A or any kind of value that is not leading to an error value ISERROR ISNA ERROR TYPE section Error values page 280 ISERROR is an error value Syntax Description Example See also ISERROR Reference Returns TRUE if the specified cell contains any kind of error value ISERROR A1 returns TRUE if A1 contains an error e g a division by zero ISERR ISNA ERROR TYPE section Error values page 280 ISEVEN is an even number Syntax Description Example ISEVEN Number Returns TRUE if the specified value is even FALSE if it is odd Number should be an integer If not PlanMaker automatically drops its decimals ISEVEN 2 returns TRUE ISEVEN 2 75 returns TRUE 356 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker ISEVEN 3 returns FALSE ISEVEN 3 75 returns FALSE See also ISODD ISFORMULA is a formula Syntax ISFORMULA Reference Description Returns TRUE if the specified cell contains a formula Note This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fi
352. rty sheet Border group box Lets you add border lines in the selected line style to the plot area E Filling group box Lets you change the filling of the plot area To use complex fill types gradients bitmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill types see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 Walls three dimensional charts only Walls exist in three dimensional charts only 174 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Modifying properties To change the properties of the walls select one of the walls right click it and choose the Walls Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select a wall and either click the 15 icon in the Chart tool bar or double click a wall to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet Border group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the walls E Filling group box Lets you change the filling of the walls To use complex fill types gradients bitmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill types see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 3D View property sheet Use this property sheet to modify the 3D settings for the entire chart For more information see section Chart properties 3D View property sheet page 193 Floor three dimensional charts only Floors exis
353. rty sheet page 142 m Lines Lets you modify the lines used to draw the object See section Object properties Lines property sheet page 143 m Shadow Lets you add a shadow See section Object properties Shadow property sheet page 144 m 3D Lets you add a 3D effect See section Object properties 3D property sheet page 145 m Properties Lets you modify common settings See section Object properties Properties property sheet page 146 For certain types of drawings additional property sheets are displayed AutoShapes property sheet available only for AutoShapes Use this property sheet to change the shape of an AutoShape For this purpose click on a category in the list on the left then click the desired AutoShape Inner text property sheet available only for AutoShapes with text added Use this property sheet to change settings affecting the text inside an AutoShape Only available if text has been added to the AutoShape see section Adding text to AutoShapes page 163 m Inner margins group box Lets you modify the margins between AutoShape and inner text If you check the Automatic option PlanMaker will calculate suitable settings automatically E Rotate by group box Lets you rotate the inner text in 90 degrees increments mu Overlapping objects group box Lets you specify how the frame will behave if it is overlapped with other frames User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc
354. rve and distribution function See also NORMINV NORMSDIST NORMINV percentiles of the normal distribution Syntax NORMINV Probability Mean StdDev Description Returns the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 Mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution StdDev is the standard deviation of the distribution Must be gt 0 Note The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned See also NORMDIST NORMSDIST standard normal distribution Syntax NORMSDIST x Description Returns the standard normal cumulative distribution function 384 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also The standard normal distribution is a normal distribution see NORMDIST function with a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one x is the value to be evaluated NORMDIST NORMSINV percentiles of the standard distribution Syntax Description Note See also NORMSINV Probability Returns the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution function i e percentiles of this distribution Probability is the probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech n
355. s Use this property sheet to add guidelines to the selected data series For example if you add an Average guideline a dashed line indicating the average of the selected data series will be displayed in the chart Types of guidelines available Average Minimum Maximum Standard devia tion and Linear approximation displays a trend line calculated using linear regression Hint Alternatively you can add a large variety of other types of trend lines using the Object gt Chart gt Add trend line command See section Trend lines below Options property sheet This property sheet contains several additional options for the selected chart type Trend lines Note Trend lines are available only for certain chart types including two dimensional column bar and line charts If desired you can add trend lines to the data series of a chart Trend lines can be used to graphically display the trend of a data series i e to what extent the data series rises falls on average Trend lines can also be extended beyond the given data points so that they display a forecast for future values A statistical technique called regression analysis is used to calculate trend lines Adding trend lines To add a trend line to a data series select the data series right click it and choose the Add trend line command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the data series and either click the t icon in
356. s etc The Object menu contains commands for inserting and manipulating objects such as charts pictures text frames and drawings This chapter covers information on working with objects in PlanMaker mu Objects basic procedures Discusses basic procedures for working with objects e g inserting selecting and modifying objects m Objects advanced procedures Discusses advanced procedures e g hiding and grouping objects Following these sections the different object types are introduced in detail Charts page 150 see also chapter Charts page 169 m Text frames page 150 m Pictures page 152 E OLE objects page 156 m Drawings page 161 Objects basic procedures This section discusses basic procedures for working with objects e g inserting selecting and modifying objects More advanced procedures will follow later on in section Objects advanced procedures page 148 User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 133 Inserting objects For example to insert a picture into the current worksheet 1 Choose Object gt New Picture Frame 2 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size Alternatively click where you want the upper left corner of the picture to be placed The picture will be inserted with its original size 3 A dialog box pops up letting you select the picture file to be placed into the frame Choose a picture file and click
357. s drawings etc e 137 Aligning and distributing objects To align or distribute objects select the desired objects and choose the Object gt Align or Distribute command A submenu containing the following commands will appear a Align left E Align center a Align right m Align top E Align middle Align bottom E Distribute horizontally E Distribute vertically The last two commands are available only if three or more objects are selected Use these commands to evenly distribute the selected objects Duplicating objects To obtain a copy of an object you would normally copy it to the clipboard and paste it from there Alternatively use the Edit gt Duplicate command to create a copy of an object Hint Objects can be duplicated using the mouse Press and hold the Ctrl Ctrl key and drag a new object out of the object you want to duplicate Object properties Use the Object gt Properties command to modify the properties of an object Object properties are settings such as object size fill style line style etc To change the properties of an object select it and choose the Object gt Properties command Hint With most types of objects this command can also be invoked by double clicking the object 138 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker The Object Properties dialog pops up It contains the following property sheets Object properties Format prop
358. s e g Amount Price etc CriteriaArea is a cell range containing one or more conditions that have to be fulfilled The first row of CriteriaArea has to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc See also AVERAGE DAY day of a date Syntax DAY Date Description Returns the day of a date Example DAY 09 25 1966 returns 25 See also YEAR WEEKNUM MONTH WEEKDAY DAYS days between two dates Syntax DAYS Datel Date2 Description Returns the number of days between two dates User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 313 Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value DAYS 01 01 2000 01 14 2000 returns 13 DAYS 01 14 2000 01 01 2000 returns 13 DATEDIF NETWORKDAYS DAYS360 TIMEDIFF DAYS360 days between two dates Syntax Description Example See also DAYS360 StartDate EndDate Mode Returns the number of days between two dates based on a year with 360 days 12 months with 30 days each StartDate and EndDate are the two dates to be evaluated Mode optional is a logical value that lets you specify how dates occurring on the 31st of a month should be evaluated FALSE or omitted The U S NASD method is used If StartDate is the 31st of a month the 30th of the same month will be
359. s gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings dialog box provide the following functions m Apply button Activate the selected keyboard mapping m New button Create a new keyboard mapping 266 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Hint To only modify a few keyboard shortcuts you do not have to create a complete keyboard mapping Just click Edit and modify the standard keyboard mapping E Delete button Delete keyboard mapping m Rename button Rename keyboard mapping Edit button Modify keyboard shortcuts m Reset button Reset keyboard shortcuts only applicable to the pre defined keyboard mappings Default and TextMaker Classic See the following pages for detailed information Activating a keyboard mapping To select the active keyboard mapping 1 Choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings 2 Select the desired keyboard mapping 3 Click the Apply button All keyboard shortcuts defined in the selected keyboard mapping will be activated PlanMaker is shipped with two pre defined keyboard mappings Default The default keyboard mapping This includes all keyboard shortcuts mentioned in this manual e g Ctrl S Ctrl S for the Save command TextMaker Classic A keyboard mapping inspired by WordStar a for merly well known word processor Hint A table of the keyboard shortcuts of the Standard keyboard mapping is available in chapter Keyboard shortcuts page 441 Apart from these pre de
360. s see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 Marker group box available only for certain chart types Some chart types e g certain types of line charts draw markers for each data point Here you can modify the appearance of such markers For this purpose choose the Custom option and select the desired style size color etc Data labels property sheet Use this property sheet to add labels to the selected data points This is useful for example if you want to have the exact values displayed for each data point Display group box Lets you specify what type of label will be displayed By default Don t show is selected meaning that no label will be displayed If for example you choose Show value the value in the cell represented by the data point will be displayed m Display legend key in label If this option is checked the legend key is displayed in each label The legend key is a small square shaded in the color used to paint the data point User Manual PlanMaker Charts 177 m Placement group box Lets you modify the placement of the labels relative to the corresponding data points Note Labels can be modified like any other kind of chart element For example to change their properties select one of them right click it and choose the Data label Properties command from the context menu Error bar Y property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for certain c
361. s where necessary N Text returns 0 N 42 returns 0 N 42 returns 42 N TRUE returns 1 If Al contains the date 09 25 1966 N A1 returns 24373 the serial number of that date T VALUE TEXT NA error value N A Syntax Description Annotation See also NAQ Returns the error value N A not available Entering NAQ in a cell indicates that the value in this cell is currently not available Use this function in a cell that is empty but definitely has to be filled out later in order to receive correct results in calculations made with this cell As a result all calculations referring to this cell will also return a N A error value instead of an incorrect result If for example you calculate the sum of your assets in a balance sheet but some of the required values are still missing enter NA in these empty cells As a result the sum will be a N A error value instead of an incomplete value Instead of entering NAQ into a cell you can also type N A which will lead to the same result ISNA ISERR ISERROR ERROR TYPE section Error values page 280 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 381 NEG negative value Syntax Description Note Example See also NEG Number Return the negative value of Number This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by the
362. s 5 SQRT 25 returns a NUM error value SQRTN POWER SQRTN n th root Syntax Description Note Example See also SQRTN Number n Returns the n th root of Number If n is omitted the square root is returned If nis even Number must be 0 n should be an integer If not PlanMaker automatically drops its decimals If n is omitted the square root is returned This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value SQRTN 25 returns 5 SQRTN 25 returns a NUM error value SQRTN 125 3 returns 5 SQRTN 125 3 returns 5 SQRT POWER SQRTPI square root of x Pi Syntax Description Example See also SQRTPI Number Returns the square root of Number pi Number must be 2 0 SQRTPI 42 equals SQRT 42 PI which is 11 48681381 PI SQRT SQRTN User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 413 STANDARDIZE standardized value Syntax STANDARDIZE x Mean StdDev Description Returns the normalized value of x for a distribution given by mean and standard deviation x is the value to be normalized Mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution StdDev is the standard deviation of the distribution Example STANDARDIZE S 4 1 25 returns 0 8 See also AVERAGE STDEV NORMDIST NORMSDIST STDEV standard deviation of a sample Synta
363. s available m Use shadow If this option is checked a shadow will be applied to the object E Color Lets you change the color of the shadow 142 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker m Semi transparent Here you can change the Transparency of the shadow Under Windows values between 0 no transparency and 100 full transpar ency are permitted If you set the value to 50 for example the shadow will have 50 transparency Under other operating systems only the option Semi transparent is available It sets the shadow to 50 transparency Scaling Lets you change the size of the shadow E Offset Lets you move the shadow relative to the object mu Perspective Lets you modify the perspective of the shadow Note If Horizon is a positive value the shadow will be painted in front of the object if it is negative the shadow will be painted behind the object m Gallery Offers some pre defined shadow styles to choose from Object properties 3D property sheet Note This property sheet is available only for text frames and drawings Use the 3D property sheet to add a 3D effect to the object For this purpose activate the Use 3D effect option and select one of the pre defined 3D effects from the Gallery Then modify settings for the selected 3D effect Options available E Use 3D effect If this option is checked a 3D effect will be applied to the object User Manual PlanMaker Objects pic
364. s or by rows By columns By default the first icon is selected meaning that the data is evaluated column by column The values in the first column will be the first data series the val ues in the second column will be the second data series etc m By rows If you click the second icon the data will be evaluated row by row The values in the first row will be the first data series the values in the second row will be the second data series etc Alternatively this setting can be switched by choosing Object gt Chart gt Data in Columns or Data in Rows respectively Working with chart elements Each chart consists of various elements data series axes legend etc referred to as chart elements User Manual PlanMaker Charts 171 The picture below illustrates all chart elements chart area are 80000 60000 50000 a 40000 30000 20000 10000 eats 0 value axis Series 1 Series 2 etc represent the chart s data series Three dimensional charts types contain some additional chart elements walls floor etc which will also be discussed on the following pages Each of these chart elements can be selected and modified Selecting chart elements To select a chart element select the chart itself if it isn t already selected and click the desired chart element Hint Alternatively open the chart elements drop down list in the Chart toolbar and selec
365. s section displays when the document has been created saved and printed Document properties Options property sheet The Options property sheet in the File gt Properties dialog box contains common settings for the current document Text frames group box m Tab width Determines the tab width for text entered in text frames 252 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Worksheet group box E Syntax highlighting If this option is checked cells will be colored according to their content Equivalent to the View gt Syntax Highlighting command see section Syntax highlighting page 261 Show formulas If this option is checked cells containing a calculation will display the formula instead of the result Equivalent to the View gt Show Formulas command see section Show formulas instead of results page 261 Protection indicator If this option is checked a green rectangle will be displayed in the bottom left corner of all unprotected cells when sheet protection is activated see also sec tion Sheet protection page 223 m Hyphenation If this option is checked cells where the option Wrap text is activated using the Format gt Cell command will be hyphenated Comments group box mu Show indicators If this option is checked a yellow triangle is displayed in the top left corner of cells that contain a comment See also section Inserting comments page 78 m Always show comments Norm
366. s the exponential of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMEXP 2 4i returns 4 82980938326939 5 59205609364098i See also COMPLEX IMABS IMARGUMENT IMCONJUGATE User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 347 IMLN natural logarithm of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMLN ComplexNumber Returns the natural logarithm base e of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMLN 2 4i returns 1 497866136777 1 10714871779409i COMPLEX IMLOG10 IMLOG2 IMLOG10 base 10 logarithm of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMLOG10 ComplexNumber Returns the base 10 logarithm of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMLOG10 2 4i returns 0 6505 14997831991 0 480828578784234i COMPLEX IMLN IMLOG2 IMLOG2 base 2 logarithm of a complex number Syntax Description Example See also IMLOG2 ComplexNumber Returns the base 2 logarithm of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMLOG2
367. s to contain column la bels e g Amount Price etc DCOUNT DDB double declining balance depreciation Syntax Description Example See also DDB Cost Salvage Life Per Factor Returns the depreciation of an asset for the specified period using the double declining balance method or a variable declining balance method if Factor is specified Cost Initial cost of asset Salvage Salvage value value at the end of the depreciation Life Life of asset in number of periods Per Period to evaluate in the same time unit as Life Factor optional Rate at which the balance declines 2 if omitted Asset parameters initial cost 100000 salvage value 20000 life 10 years DDB 100000 20000 10 1 returns 20000 depreciation in year 1 DDB 100000 20000 10 2 returns 16000 depreciation in year 2 etc DB SYD SLN DEC2BIN decimal number to binary number Syntax Description DEC2BIN Number Digits Converts the given decimal number base 10 to a binary number base 2 User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 317 Example See also DEC2HEX Syntax Description Example Number is the number to be converted It must be in the range 2 31 to 2431 1 Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker
368. sales in the 4th quarter 180 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Crossing point To force the trend line to intersect the y axis at a specific y coordinate check this option and enter the desired y coordinate Available for certain types of trend lines only Show formula in chart If this option is checked the formula used to calculate the trend line will be displayed in the chart Show correlation in chart If this option is checked the correlation coefficient R of the data series will be displayed in the chart E Name group box Lets you modify the name of the trend line displayed in the legend Select the Custom option and enter the desired name Category axis x axis The x axis of a chart is also called category axis Showing hiding axes To show hide axes select the chart choose Object gt Properties and switch to the Content property sheet Check the axes to be dis played For example if you check the X axis option the x axis category axis will be displayed Modifying properties To change the properties of the category axis select it right click it and choose the Category Axis Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the axis and either click the I icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the axis to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet E Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the axis User Manu
369. sample Must be gt 0 Example CONFIDENCE 0 05 1 6 65 returns 0 38897 CONVERT unit conversion Syntax CONVERT Number From To Description Converts a number between different measurement systems Number is the number to be converted 300 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note User From is the unit of Number see table below To is the target unit see table below Both units have to be in the same category For example you can convert meters to miles but of course not to minutes A N A error value is displayed if a From and To are not from the same category or b invalid unit codes Unit codes are case sensitive The following unit codes are available Mass Code Gram 8 Slug sg Pound avoirdupois lbm u atom mass u Ounce avoirdupois ozm Distance Code Meter m Statute mile mi Nautical mile Nmi Inch in Foot ft Yard yd Angstrom ang Pica Pica Light year ly Parsec parallax second parsec These units are not supported by Microsoft Excel Time Code Second sec Minute mn Hour hr Day day Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 301 Year Fortnight This unit is not supported by Microsoft Excel Based on a year with 365 25 days Liquid measure Liter Teaspoon Tablespoon Fluid Ounce Cup Pint U S Pint U K Quart Gallon Force Newton Dyne Pound force Power Watt HP Horsepower Magnetism Tesla Gauss Energy Joule Erg Thermodyn
370. selected with the mouse see above m Canceling a selection Press any navigation key without holding Shift or Ctrl down to cancel an existing selection Deleting cells and cell contents There are two methods for deleting data in a worksheet m Deleting whole cells If you use the Table gt Delete cells command the selected cells will be re moved completely and the other cells move up to take their space um Deleting just the contents of cells If you use the Edit gt Delete command only the contents of the selected cells are removed All cells remain where they are See the following pages for detailed information 54 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Deleting whole cells The Table gt Delete cells command not only deletes the content of the selected cells but also removes them from the worksheet completely A dialog box will appear in which you can determine how the other cells will move after the deletion Options available m Move cells up The selected cells are removed and the cells below move up E Move cells to the left The selected cells are removed and the cells to the right of them move to the left m Remove complete rows The entire row s including the selected cells are removed and the rows below move up m Remove complete columns The entire column s including the selected cells are removed and the columns right of them move to the left Deleting the contents of cells The E
371. sert objects drawings images etc created with other applications use the Object gt New OLE Object Frame command For example choose this command and select Paintbrush Image in the Object type list Windows drawing program Paintbrush will be started automatically Create a new drawing and close Paintbrush The picture will now appear in the PlanMaker document Note that this picture is now embedded in the document To modify it just double click it Again Paintbrush will be started Make your changes close Paintbrush and the picture will be updated in the PlanMaker document Note OLE objects can only be created using applications that support OLE Ob ject Linking and Embedding For more information on working with OLE objects read the following pages Inserting OLE objects Note OLE objects are available in the Windows version of PlanMaker only To insert an OLE object into the current worksheet 1 Choose Object gt New OLE Object Frame 2 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size Alternatively click where you want the upper left corner of the object to be placed The object will be inserted at its original size 3 A dialog box pops up letting you select the type of OLE object to be inserted Only objects provided by OLE compatible applications are listed 154 e Objects pictures drawings etc User Manual PlanMaker 4 Click OK and the corresponding application will b
372. sign otherwise the function returns a NUM error value CEILING 42 5 1 returns 43 CEILING 42 5 1 returns 43 CEILING 21 5 returns 25 CEILING 12 3456 0 01 returns 12 35 FLOOR MROUND ROUND TRUNC CHAR character from ANSI code Syntax Description Example See also CHAR Number Returns a single character with the specified ANSI code Number must be at least 8 CHAR 65 returns A CHAR 32 returns a blank CHAR CODE X returns X CODE CHIDIST chi square distribution Syntax Description See also CHIDIST X DegreesFreedom Returns the one tailed probability of the chi square distribution X is the value to be evaluated Must be 0 DegreesFreedom is the number of degrees of freedom Must be 1 and lt 1010 CHIINV CHITEST User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 295 CHIINV percentiles of the chi square distribution Syntax Description Note See also CHIINV Probability DegreesFreedom Returns the inverse of the chi square distribution function 1 e percen tiles of this distribution Probability is the one tailed probability to be evaluated Must be in the range 0 to 1 DegreesFreedom is the number of degrees of freedom Must be 1 and lt 1010 The result of this function is calculated using an iterative search tech nique If the search does not converge after 100 iterations a N A error value is returned CHITEST CHIDIST CHITEST
373. sistor has been measured at several temperatures Cells A1 A4 contain the temperatures measured 8 20 25 28 Cells B1 B4 contain the resistances measured 261 508 608 680 The following calculation returns the standard error of the resistances predicted by linear regression STEYX B1 B4 A1 A4 returns 4 97351 See also INTERCEPT SLOPE FORECAST SUBSTITUTE replace text in a text string Syntax SUBSTITUTE Text OldText NewText n Description Searches for OldText in a text string If found OldText will be re placed by NewText Text is the text string in which you want to replace text 416 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker OldText is the text to be replaced Note This function is case sensitive it will distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters NewText is the replacement text n optional lets you specify which occurrence of OldText to replace If omitted all occurrences will be replaced Example SUBSTITUTE aabbaabb aa xx returns xxbbxxbb SUBSTITUTE aabbaabb aa xx 2 returns aabbxxbb SUBSTITUTE aabbaabb AA xx returns aabbaabb See also FIND SEARCH REPLACE SUBTOTAL subtotal ignoring filters Syntax SUBTOTAL Function Rangel Range2 Description Applies one of the arithmetic functions listed below to the specified cell range s ignoring all cells that are filtered Annotation When you apply arithmetic functions to cells that are filtered
374. sressrens 223 Step 1 Setting up protection settings for cells ce 224 Step 2 Activating sheet protection cccccccsseeeeessteeeeeeees 224 Deactivating sheet Protection eeececeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeenteeeeeeee 225 Workbook protection aoste ieaiai eara e ar e 226 Activating workbook protection ccccceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 226 Deactivating workbook protection cccccceeeeeseeeeesteeeeeeees 226 Document protectio sse sortiren ian ERRE AANER ERA 227 Activating document protection essesseseessserissrsirssrerrssreens 227 Deactivating document protection sessesssseiesssrrsseerresreens 228 WORKING WITH OTHER FILE FORMATS 231 Importing and exporting GOCUMENTS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 231 Supported file formats ccccsccccesssececesseeeeeesseeeesssneeeesssteeeseaaes 232 Working with text fiIl S cee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeesaaeeesaaeeeeneeees 233 Working with Excel fil S cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeaaeeeeneeees 234 Opening and saving Excel files cccsecceeesseeeeeessteeeeeenaes 234 Differences between PlanMaker and Excel 236 Notes for Pocket PC and Handheld PC user 237 DOCUMENT WINDOWS scusssccasevesciaietascanteiesceleteseateietaes 239 Creating document WINGOWS ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeteneeeeaes 239 Activating document WINGOWS ceeccceeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeetteeeeetaee
375. stRow LastRow or FirstColumn LastColumn respectively For example if you have created a table containing a large list of data with a heading placed in the first row enter 1 1 in the Repeated rows box to have this row repeated on every page of the printout Print order Lets you specify in which order worksheets larger than a page will be printed Left to right Print from left to right then from top to bottom Top to bottom Print from top to bottom then from left to right Print range Lets you specify the cell range to be printed By default the print range is set to AII indicating that the entire worksheet will be printed If you enter a cell range for example A1 D20 or the name of a named cell range only this range will be printed Important When you save a document this setting will be stored in the docu ment permanently If you open and print this document in the future only the specified print range will be printed To have the entire worksheet printed again set this option back to AH Center horizontally Center vertically If Center horizontally is checked the worksheet s content will be horizontally centered on the page when printed If Center vertically is checked the worksheet s content will be vertically centered on the page when printed Scaling Lets you scale the printout up or down Only values between 50 and 200 percent are valid If you set Scaling to 50 the printout will be sc
376. status bar is displayed Untitled 1 PlanMaker Sheet1 3 ins auto Hint Move the mouse pointer over any toolbar icon or menu command and a short explanation of its function is displayed in the status bar The status bar displays the following information from left to right Example Explanation On the very left information is displayed about the toolbar icon or menu entry that the mouse is currently pointing at Sheet The name of the current worksheet is displayed here Sum 6 Displays the result of the immediate calculation If a single cell is selected its content is shown here If several cells are selected the sum of the cell contents is indicated see also the Calculation in status bar setting in Extras gt Preferences Al This icon lights up in red if the worksheet contains circular refer ences This usually indicates an erroneously written formula for example a formula in cell A1 that refers to cell A1 itself If you click this icon PlanMaker selects the cell with the circular reference If you click again it jumps to the next such cell if more than one such cells exist Ins Indicates whether Insert Mode Ins or Overstrike Mode Ovr is active In Insert Mode Ins what you type is inserted before the existing text In Overstrike Mode Ovr what you type overwrites the existing text The default setting is Insert Mode You switch between these modes by pressing the Ins
377. sult after some seconds PlanMaker will determine that the value cannot be calculated through approxima tion and will abort the search An example In the worksheet shown below the SUM function has been used in cell A5 to add the numbers 1 2 and 3 in the cells A2 A3 and A4 The result in cell A5 is 6 The intent is to determine to which value cell A3 must be changed so that the result of the addition is 7 For this purpose move the cell frame to the cell with the calculation whose result is to be modified in this case cell A5 with the SUM formula Then choose Extras gt Goal Seek P Solver pmd iol x P 4 B D Formula cell gags Target value 7 Caneel Variable cell 43 Accuracy 0 00001 Notice in the screenshot how to fill in the values in the dialog box When you click OK PlanMaker starts the approximation process and displays the result 3 in a dialog box N l k e Hh Sheeti This means that the content of cell A3 must be changed from 2 to 3 so that the calculation has the result 7 If you click the Use button the found result will be copied into cell A3 80 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Freezing rows and columns Use the View gt Freeze command to freeze the first rows and or columns of a worksheet on screen As a result the frozen rows or columns do not move when you scroll through the worksheet but permanently stay in place T
378. sult is 51 13 Euro EUROCONVERT 100 DEM EUR does the same but uses ISO codes The result is 51 13 Euro as well EUROCONVERT 100 DEM ATS returns 703 55 Austrian Schillings EVEN round up to next even number Syntax Description Example See also EVEN Number Rounds Number up away from zero to the nearest even integer EVEN 42 returns 42 EVEN 43 returns 44 EVEN 43 returns 44 ODD MROUND ROUND ISEVEN User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 329 EXACT compare texts Syntax Description Example See also EXACT Textl Text2 Returns TRUE if Text1 and Text2 are exactly the same This function is case sensitive EXACT aaa aaa returns TRUE EXACT aaa Aaa returns FALSE EXACT UPPER aaa UPPER Aaa returns TRUE FIND SEARCH EXP power of e Syntax Description Example See also EXP Number Returns e raised to the power of Number The constant e 2 71828 is the base of the natural logarithm LN Number is the exponent EXP 5 returns 148 4132 EXP LN 0 1234 returns 0 1234 LN POWER EXPONDIST exponential distribution Syntax Description EXPONDIST x Lambda Cumulative Returns the exponential distribution function An exponential distribution can be used to model time intervals like the time between phone calls or the time customers have to wait at a counter x is the value to be evaluated Must be gt
379. t If the selection contains row and or column headings these headings can be used to automatically label the axes and the legend 2 Choose Object gt New Chart Frame or click the icon in the Object toolbar available only in Object mode 3 With the mouse draw a frame with the desired position and size User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 167 4 In the resulting dialog box click the desired Chart type and Subtype to specify how the chart will look For more information about chart types see section Chart type page 171 5 Click OK to confirm The chart will now be inserted Editing charts This section provides information on editing charts Note Basic procedures for editing objects are discussed in chapter Objects pictures drawings etc page 135 This section covers chart specific procedures only Hint Using the Chart toolbar A toolbar named Chart toolbar will automatically appear when you select a chart Wi Chart Area z 1 IA E m S mE The Chart toolbar This toolbar provides icons for working with charts From left to right E Choose chart type Choose chart subtype Drop down list of all chart elements open it and click an element to select it for editing Edit properties of the current chart element Edit common chart properties Data series are in columns Data series are in rows Add trend line Legend on off Vertical gridlines on off Horizontal gridlines on off
380. t be complex numbers in X yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMPRODUCT 2 4i 1 2i returns 6 8i See also COMPLEX IMDIV IMSUB IMSUM IMREAL real coefficient of a complex number Syntax IMREAL ComplexNumber Description Returns the real coefficient of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMREAL 2 4i returns 2 See also COMPLEX IMAGINARY IMSIN sine of a complex number Syntax IMSIN ComplexNumber Description Returns the sine of a complex number ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function Example IMSIN 2 4i returns 24 83 13058489464 11 3566127112182i See also COMPLEX IMCOS IMSQRT square root of a complex number Syntax IMSQRT ComplexNumber Description Returns the square root of a complex number 350 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also ComplexNumber must be a complex number in x yi or x yj format Annotation Complex numbers can be created with the COMPLEX function IMSQRT 2 4i returns 1 79890743994787 1 11178594050284i COMPLEX IMPOWER IMSUB difference of complex numbers Syntax Description Example See also IMSUB ComplexNumber1 ComplexNumber2 Returns th
381. t in three dimensional charts only Modifying properties To change the properties of the floor select it right click it and choose the Floor Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the floor and either click the iB icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the floor to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet Border group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the floor User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 175 Filling group box Lets you change the filling of the floor To use complex fill types gradients bitmaps etc select the Complex option and click the Customize button For more information on fill types see section Object properties Filling property sheet page 142 3D View property sheet Use this property sheet to modify the 3D settings for the entire chart For more information see section Chart properties 3D View property sheet page 193 Corners three dimensional charts only Corners exist in three dimensional charts only Modifying properties To change the properties of the corners select one of them right click it and choose the Corners Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select a corner and either click the iB icon in the Chart toolbar or double click a corner to access its properties dialog Options available 3D View property sheet Use this property sheet to modi
382. t the desired element Note To select a single value within a data series first click the data series to select the entire series then click the desired value Changing position and size of chart elements Some chart elements can be moved or resized To move an element select it and drag it to the desired position To change its size drag one of the corner handles 172 e Charts User Manual PlanMaker Modifying chart elements properties Like all objects charts have properties that can be modified see section Common chart properties page 190 As well as changing common chart properties you can also change the properties of single chart elements For example to change the properties of the legend displayed in a chart right click the legend to open its context menu Then do not choose the Chart Properties command rather select the Legend Properties command This command will open a dialog containing legend specific properties Hint Clicking the ibl icon in the Chart toolbar or double clicking a chart ele ment will also access the element s properties dialog A different dialog appears for each type of chart element The following pages provide detailed information on all chart elements including their properties Chart area The chart area is the complete area covered by the chart frame Modifying properties To change the properties of the chart area select it right click it and choose the Chart
383. tch is found the next smallest value will be taken If no smaller value exists a N A error value is returned Note VLOOKUP can search vertically only To search horizontally use HLOOKUP instead Crit is the value to be searched for case insensitive Range is the cell range or array to be evaluated Its first column should contain the values to be scanned n is the relative column number in Range from which a value will be returned If n is less than 1 a VALUE error value is returned If n is greater than the total number of columns in Range a REF error value is re turned 434 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also Sorted is a logical value determining whether the values in the first column of Range are in sorted order TRUE or omitted Values have to be sorted in ascending order FALSE Values do not have to be sorted HLOOKUP INDEX MATCH WEEKDAY weekday Syntax Description Example See also WEEKDAY Date Mode Returns the day of the week of a date as a number Date is the date to be evaluated Mode optional lets you change the type of values to be returned 1 or omitted Numbers from 1 Sunday to 7 Saturday are returned 2 Numbers from 1 Monday to 7 Sunday are returned 3 Numbers from 0 Monday to 6 Sunday are returned WEEKDAY 09 25 1966 returns 1 i e Sunday WEEKDAY 09 25 1966 2 returns 7 i e Sunday YEAR WEEKNUM MONTH DAY WEEK
384. ter PCL Laser v Print area Options Port COMI 57600 i D Whole document aa D only selected cells Net path Collate copies Pages D Only chosen worksheets Draft mode gt Pages 1 1 C Reverse order j Color Pages to print Dialog box options Printer Lets you choose the desired printer The Setup button opens a window with options to setup and configure the con nected printer s Print area Lets you choose which parts of the document to print User Manual PlanMaker Printing and e mailing 217 m Whole document Print the entire document all worksheets m Only selected cells Print only those cells on the current worksheet that are currently selected m Only chosen sheets Print only the selected worksheets To select which sheets to print click the button to the right of this option and check the desired worksheets Pages Lets you determine which pages to print E All Print all pages E Pages Print only the specified pages Enter the desired page number s in the input box For example 12 Prints page 12 only 12 15 Prints pages 12 to 15 12 Prints all pages from page 12 to the end of document 12 Prints all pages from the beginning of document to page 12 To enter multiple page ranges separate by commas Example 2 5 12 Prints pages 2 through 5 and page 12 In addition the Pages to print option lets you select whether all pages just even pages or just odd pages will print
385. ter a formula in a cell use one of the following procedures Entering formulas manually Important Formulas have to begin with an equal sign For example to calculate 2 2 enter 2 2 To enter formulas manually type them in starting with an equal sign Then press the Enter key to confirm or the Esc ESC key to abort Alternatively use the following buttons of the Edit toolbar m To accept the input click the button identical to pressing 1 To cancel the input click the x button identical to pressing Esc ESC To edit a formula later navigate to the cell containing the formula and press the F2 F2 key Alternatively double click the cell Using the mouse to enter formulas When entering a formula you can use the mouse to select a single cell or a cell range and have its address pasted into the formula For example to enter the formula SUM B2 D4 proceed as follows User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 275 1 Enter SUM 2 With the mouse select cells B2 to D4 by dragging a rectangle from B2 to D4 3 After releasing the mouse button the cell address is automatically pasted into the formula The formula now displays SUM B2 D4 4 Enter the closing parenthesis and press the Enter key to complete the formula The cell will now contain the formula SUM B2 D4 Using the Insert gt Function command To utilize arithmetic functions in formulas either just type i
386. th a different number format will be formatted in that number format Creating linked cell styles If you create new cell styles as described at the beginning of this chapter they will always be based on the cell style Normal If you later change for example the number format of the Normal style the number format of all derived styles changes as well unless you explicitly chose a different number format there Note By default all cell styles are based on the cell style Normal You can however base them on any other cell style by selecting the base style in Based on To create a style and base it on another style proceed as follows 1 Choose Format gt Cell style 2 Click New 3 Enter a name for the new cell style 4 Under Based on choose the cell style on which the new style should be based 5 You can now apply the desired formatting to the cell style Document templates Character styles and cell styles see previous sections are stored in the document they were created in To reuse styles in other documents store them in a document template 118 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker When you use the File gt New command to create a new document PlanMaker requires that you choose the document template the new file will be based on Choosing a document template that contains user defined character and cell styles will make these styles available in the new document Note Docume
387. the Chart toolbar or choose the Object gt Chart gt Add trend line command Removing trend lines To remove a trend line select it and press the Del Del key User Manual PlanMaker Charts 179 Modifying properties To change the properties of a trend line select it right click it and choose the Trend Properties command from the context menu Hint Alternatively select the trend line and either click the 1 icon in the Chart toolbar or double click the trend line to access its properties dialog Options available Format property sheet E Line group box Lets you modify the line style used to draw the trend line Trend property sheet E Type group box Lets you determine the type of trend line linear trend exponential trend etc The available types of trend lines are based on the following formulas Linear y ax b Folynomial y b cx tCX tex c 1 2 3 ae n Exponential Y bx Eulers number Logarithmic y c in b Potential y ex Moving average ft 0 H tu bt Mog En m Based on series Lets you choose the data series for which the trend line is displayed Forecast group box Lets you extend the trend line beyond the given data points Example If 3 data points are given e g the sales figures of the Ist 2nd and 3rd quarter and you enter in the Forward box the trend line will be ex tended by one unit data point so that it displays a forecast for the
388. the cell range or array containing the values x will be tested against User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 437 x is the value to be tested Sigma optional is the standard deviation of the entire population if known If omitted the standard deviation of the given sample i e the values in Area is used See also STANDARDIZE NORMDIST NORMSDIST 438 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Keyboard shortcuts The following pages provide a list of the most frequently used keyboard shortcuts available in PlanMaker cuts page 268 Hint If you want to edit PlanMaker s keyboard mapping choose Extras gt Customize gt Keyboard Mappings See section Customizing keyboard short Keyboard shortcuts for navigating in spreadsheets Move to the next cell Move to the next filled cell Move to the previous page Move to the next page Move to the first cell in the current column Move to the last cell in the current column Move to the first cell in the current row Move to the last filled cell in the current row Move to the first cell in the worksheet A1 Move to the last filled cell in the worksheet Move to the previous worksheet Move to the next worksheet Move to the next circular reference Move to the next cell containing an error Move to the next error Select current array formula User Manual PlanMaker 2 M B 1A TA Ctrl Ctri 2 MB IA TI Page
389. the displayed dialog box you can select which row and or column contain s the headings that will be used for naming the ranges see example below When you re done click OK to confirm The names will now be created based on the selected headings An example To generate names automatically from the following table January February March London 100 450 333 Paris 345 543 564 Madrid 123 543 555 Select all values and all headings Use the Table gt Names gt Edit command and click Import Select which row and or column headings are used on m If you select Top row PlanMaker assigns the names January February March to the cells below them E If you select Left Column PlanMaker names the cells to the right of Lon don Paris Madrid with the corresponding name If both options are selected PlanMaker will create all six names 70 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker Creating a list of all named ranges PlanMaker can insert a list into the worksheet of all named ranges This is useful if you want an overview of all named ranges in the workbook and the corresponding cell addresses To insert a complete list of named ranges 1 Select the cell where the list is to be inserted 2 Choose Table gt Names gt Edit 3 Click the Insert list button A list of all named fields will now be inserted in the table Putting named ranges to use After creating named ranges with the Table gt Names command
390. the following pages for detailed information Creating a new AutoFill list To create a new AutoFill list for the Edit gt Fill command 1 Choose Extras gt Edit Lists 2 Click the New button 3 Another dialog appears Use it to enter the desired list entries Press the Enter key after each entry to start a new line 4 Click OK to confirm User Manual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 271 Editing AutoFill lists To edit a user defined AutoFill list created with the Edit gt Fill command 1 Choose Extras gt Edit Lists 2 Select the desired list 3 Click the Edit button 4 Use the resulting dialog to edit the list entries 5 Click OK to confirm Deleting AutoFill lists To delete a user defined AutoFill list created with the Edit gt Fill command 1 Choose Extras gt Edit Lists 2 Select the desired list 3 Click the Delete button Importing AutoFill list from cells If a PlanMaker document contains a cell range whose contents you want to save as an AutoFill list 1 Select the desired cells 2 Choose Extras gt Edit Lists 3 Click the Import button PlanMaker reads the contents of the selected cells and creates a new AutoFill list from them Each cell becomes a list entry 272 e Customizing PlanMaker User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions This chapter provides instructions on working with formulas including compre hensive descriptions of PlanMaker s arithmetic functions
391. the following proce dures Choose the View gt Object Mode menu command to switch to Object mode Choose again to return to Edit mode m Click the R icon in the Formatting toolbar to switch to Object mode Click again to return to Edit mode m Right click on any cell to open the context menu Choose the Object mode command to switch to Object mode Choose the Exit Object mode command to return to Edit mode m For the fastest method Point to any cell and double click using the right mouse button to switch between Object and Edit mode The Object toolbar When in Object mode the Formatting toolbar is automatically replaced by the Object toolbar RIMES RE EIA ve SP FODOR AE Qf era z The Object toolbar This toolbar provides icons for working with objects From left to right Toggle between Object and Edit mode Insert a chart frame Insert a text frame Insert a picture frame Insert an OLE object frame Insert an OLE object frame containing an equation editor object Insert a line Scribble Insert a curve Insert a straight connector Insert an elbow connector Insert a curved connector Insert a rectangle User Manual PlanMaker Objects pictures drawings etc e 135 Insert a rounded rectangle Insert an ellipse Insert an AutoShape Insert a TextArt object not available on Pocket PCs and Handheld PCs Group selected objects Modify object properties Drop down list of all objects in the document see below
392. the prices So you grab your pocket calcula tor type in the numbers one by one jot down the result and become frustrated With every new offer the game begins anew even though the method of calcula tion never changes only the values do Such calculations can be carried out much easier with the help of a spreadsheet application The first technique you will learn when using PlanMaker is to make use of vari ables Variables help you to generate abstract formulas without the use of actual number or dollar values For instance computer monitor printer total price abstracted a b c d Without spreadsheets such a formula has only practical benefit if you use a pro grammable calculator you can enter the formula once and then execute it many times The calculator asks for the values one by one and then shows the total value This is not much of an improvement over repeated individual calculations User Manual PlanMaker The PlanMaker Tour e 37 First steps with PlanMaker With these preliminary thoughts in mind let s look at how such problems can be solved with PlanMaker When you start PlanMaker the following screen will appear File Edit Yiew Format Insert Table Object Extras Window Help R Normal j Arial xi 10 5 C xj B f U Ta 222 96 st v Al VS By amp ae A B E D E E 6 H I i a El l f 2 al al E Ea eal 7 al El to
393. therwise erroneous results might be returned Annotation If you use mode 0 and Crit is a text string wildcard characters can be used in Crit A question mark stands for any single character an asterisk stands for any sequence of characters MATCH b a b c d 0 returns 2 because b is the second element of the given vector INDEX VLOOKUP LOOKUP HLOOKUP MAX maximum Syntax Description Example MAX Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the largest value in the given numbers Numberl Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored MAX 5 7 4 9 returns 9 If the cells Al A3 contain 1 2 and TRUE User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 371 See also MAX A1 A3 returns 1 the logical value TRUE is ignored MAXA MIN LARGE MAXA maximum Syntax Description Note Example See also MAXA Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the largest value in the given values Valuel Value2 etc are the values to be evaluated Empty cells are ignored Unlike MAX MAXA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 MAXA S 7 4 9 returns 9 If the cells A1 A3 contain 1 2 and TRUE MAXA AI1 A3 returns 1 since TRUE evaluates as 1 MAX MDETERM matrix determinant Syntax Description Example See also MDETERM Array
394. ting linked character styles cccccesseeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeees 114 Gell Styles iii acvietint havi c ee aie ns de a 115 Creating Cell Styles ccc cccceceseceeeeeseaeeteaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaes 116 Applying Cell Styles cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeneeeecaeeeeneeeseneeeeaeeneneeee 117 Modifying Cell styles 0 cccecsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeneaeeeeaes 117 The Cell style Normal cccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeseaeeeeseaaes 118 Creating linked Cell styles 0 cccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeteaeeeeees 118 Document templates ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseneaeees 119 Creating document templates c ccccccssseeeeeeseteeeeteetenes 119 Using document templates cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 120 Modifying document templates ccccesceeeeeeeesteeeeseeeteees 120 The document template Normal Pmv cceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 120 Page SOUP odua aaa ede wastes i a aia a iD 121 Page formatric ve diesen aise rn at adi riia ih 121 Additional page Setup Options 0 eee eeeeceeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeenaes 122 Headers and Footers ccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 124 Page breaks iirinn teddies Avene eave overeat 125 PAGO VIQW rei aae AEEA tec seta aces IETA AEA A 126 SEARCH amp REPLACE a a a r EE NEERA 129 Sedler eo A E tae aea te tates 129 BLES E e E TEE EEE E E TE E E ES 130 Search again amp replace again eeeceeeeceeeeee
395. tion function X is the value to be evaluated Must be 0 DegreesFreedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom DegreesFreedom2 is the denominator degrees of freedom Both degrees of freedom must be 1 and lt 10410 See also FINV FTEST FILENAME file name of document Syntax FILENAME IncludePath Description Returns the file name of the current document IncludePath optional determines if the path drive and folder should be included FALSE or omitted don t include path TRUE include path Note This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value Example If you save a document as Balance pmd in folder c Documents FILENAME returns Balance pmd FILENAME TRUE returns c Documents Balance pmd See also USERFIELD SHEETNAME 332 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker FIND search for text Syntax Description Example See also FIND SearchedText Text StartPos Returns the position of the text string SearchedText within the text string Text StartPos optional lets you specify the position character at which to start the search If omitted the search starts at the first character The FIND function is case sensitive To perform a non case sensitive search use the SEARCH function FIND a Banana returns 2 FIND A Banana returns th
396. tive position in a range cc cceeeeceeeeeeeseeeeees 373 MAX MAXIMUM ccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeecaeeesaeeneneeeeaes 374 MAXA Ma XiMUM 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeneeseaeeesaeeneaeeeeaes 374 MDETERM matrix determinant ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 375 MEDIAN w2is aeaee arn aet ea aaa aA aa TAa reae 375 MID part of a text String 0 00 eeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeteaeeeeaeeeeaes 375 MILLISECONDS milliseConds 0 csccecceeeeeeeseteeeeeseeeeees 376 MIN MINIMUM eriari raina aata e eee AAE ES i AA AE 376 MINA MINIMUM ssssseeeseeeseesseeeeseeesesesesesnsnnrnnnsenrssnnssnnnnnssnnnee 377 MINUTE Minute c cccceeeesceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeesesaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 377 MINVERSE inverse matrix ccccceeceeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeaes 377 MIRR modified internal rate of return ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 378 MMULT product of matrices ccccecseeeeeeeseeeeeseteeeeeaeeteaes 378 MOD remainder of a division Excel method 006 379 MODE most frequently occurring value cceeeeeeeeeees 380 MODP remainder of a division PlanMaker method 380 MONTH month of a date cccccecceeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeaes 381 MROUND round to a multiple of base ccceeeeeeeeeeees 381 MSOLVE solution of matrix equation AX B ceee 382 MULTINOMIAL multinomial coefficient 0 0 eee 383 N convert value into
397. to Date unit This option is only available if the Series type is set to Date Lets you determine the unit of the increment m Days Increment by days m Workdays Increment by days excluding Saturdays and Sundays For example if the initial value is Friday with the increment set to 1 the next value will be the following Monday User Manual PlanMaker Editing worksheets e 63 Months Increment by months m Years Increment by years Tips and tricks for automatic filling As described on the last pages PlanMaker provides many options for filling cells automatically This section offers some tips and tricks to help you effectively use this very useful feature Hint The quickest way to fill a range of cells is to drag the small rectangle in the bottom right corner of a cell with the mouse in the appropriate direction Plan Maker then sets the series type to Auto which means that it will automatically figure which values to use to fill the cells Filling with text To fill cells with text simply enter the desired text in the first cell Then drag the small rectangle in the bottom right corner of the cell over the cells you want to fill Filling with numbers If you use the mouse to fill cells with numbers PlanMaker will automatically determine the increment For example if you drag the small rectangle from a cell with the value 42 the other cells will be filled with the values 43 44 45 etc If the i
398. ts 0 ccceeeececeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeeeenees 274 Importing AutoFill list from cells 0 0 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneneees 274 FORMULAS AND FUNCTIONS 000 eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 275 FOrmUlla DASICS erare exstenastnesterdeteevedeceesieesdeesneeeeeeeseavenevgaeyy suey 276 Arithmetic operators in formulas s 276 Entering formulas cceceeeeecceceneeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeseeeeeeeaeeesaeeneaeeee 277 Relative vs absolute cell addressing ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 279 Eror VAIO Sena n Absa a r At ahecdega E AA NEA 280 Working With ArrayS eea eRe AE EREI E KE RARA EERI EERE EEE 281 Working with database fUNCTIONS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee teen eeeeeeeeeeeees 283 Functions from AtoZ sriain teed Avie avis 285 ABS absolute value ccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeneeees 286 A COS arCCOSIME tire cesdeees adsnese cde ea E avastaceettaavaxcre nese 286 ACOSH inverse hyperbolic cosine 286 ADDRESS cell address as text 0c cceeceeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeees 286 AND logical AND function 0 ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeees 287 ACOT aArCCOtangent eccceceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeteaeeeeaeeeed 288 ACOTH inverse arccotangent ccccccseeeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 288 AREAS number of areas eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeee 288 ASIN AlGSIMG e mirena dang sieenseech Oo E E oeees 289 ASINH inverse hyperbolic sine 28
399. ts installed on your computer Select the Tahoma font or any other font you like Then open the list with the font sizes at the right of the font list Select a font size of 24 point The remaining elements of the Formatting toolbar allow you to change the color of text and to apply various formatting attributes B turns on bold printing J switches to italics U underlines the text etc There are many more possibilities to improve the visual display of worksheets For detailed information see chapter Formatting worksheets page 83 44 e The PlanMaker Tour User Manual PlanMaker Charts Before we end this tour let s have a quick look at charts In spreadsheets consisting of nothing but long columns of numbers it is often hard to interpret their meaning PlanMaker provides easy ways to turn raw numbers into charts that get the point across To insert a chart in a worksheet select the values you want to base your chart on and choose Object gt New Chart Frame Use the mouse to draw a rectangle on your screen This rectangle determines the position and size of the chart After drawing the rectangle a dialog box will open that lets you define the type pie chart column chart etc and the graphical options colors headline legend etc of the chart B Diamark2_en pmd OF x Columnt Column Column3 Column E Column2 OColumn3 For more information on charts see chapter Charts page 169 User Manual P
400. tures drawings etc e 143 mu Perspective If this option is checked a perspective will be added to the object mu Wire frame If this option is checked the object will be painted as a wire frame model E X angle Y angle and Depth Lets you modify angles and depth of the 3D effect Colors group box By default the color used for the side faces of the object is determined auto matically To use a different color activate the Side faces option and select the desired color If the Affect front side option is checked the front side of the object will be lightened darkened according to the lighting of the 3D effect Note To change the lighting click the More button More button Click the More button to change the lighting of the 3D effect An additional dialog box will appear To change the position of the light source click the cor responding position in the Lighting field The other two options let you change the Intensity of the light source and the type of Surface to be simulated E Gallery Offers some pre defined 3D effect settings to choose from Object properties Properties property sheet Use the Properties property sheet to modify common object settings Options available E Name PlanMaker automatically assigns a unique name to every object you insert If desired you can change that name here Hint The name of the current object is displayed in the Object toolbar If you click the name a list of all objects
401. turned ROW D2 returns 2 ROW D2 F4 returns 2 3 4 ROW returns 5 when you use this calculation in cell AS COLUMN ROWS ROWS number of rows in a range Syntax Description Example ROWS Range Returns the number of rows in the specified cell range ROWS A1 D5 returns 5 404 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker See also ROW COLUMNS RSQ square of Pearson Syntax Description Example See also RSQ Rangel Range Returns the square of Pearson s product moment correlation coefficient r This coefficient is a measure of the strength of the linear relationship between two data sets For more information see PEARSON function Rangel is the cell range or array containing the independent values Empty cells text and logical values are ignored Range2 is the cell range or array containing the dependent values Empty cells text and logical values are ignored Rangel and Range2 must have the same number of values otherwise the function returns a N A error value If A1 A3 contains the values 2 5 3 and B1 B3 contains 2 7 4 RSQ A1 A3 B1 B3 returns 0 99436 PEARSON SEARCH search for text Syntax Description Example SEARCH Text SearchedText StartPos Returns the position of the text string SearchedText within the text string Text StartPos optional lets you specify the position character at which to start the search If omitted the search starts
402. turns 2 37024 ACOTH COUNT number of cells filled with numbers Syntax Description COUNT Rangel Range Counts the number of cells containing numbers This functions counts only cells with numbers including dates and text representing a number To count cells with any content use the COUNTA function instead User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 305 Example See also If the cells A1 A3 contain 42 Test and TRUE and cell A4 is empty COUNT A1 A4 returns 1 COUNTA ISNUMBER COUNTA number of cells filled Syntax Description Example See also COUNTA Rangel Range Counts the number of cells containing any kind of value i e cells that are not empty If the cells A1 A3 contain 42 Test and TRUE and cell A4 is empty COUNTA A1 A4 returns 3 COUNT ISBLANK COUNTBLANK number of empty cells Syntax Description Example See also COUNTBLANK Rangel Range Counts the number of cells that are empty If the cells A1 A3 contain 42 Test and TRUE and cell A4 is empty COUNTBLANK A1 A4 returns 1 ISBLANK COUNT COUNTIF count if condition is true Syntax Description COUNTIF Range Criterion Counts those cells in Range that fulfill the specified criterion Range is the cell range to be evaluated Criterion is the criterion that the values in Range have to fulfill to be included Use numbers or text like 42 or January t
403. turns TRUE if the specified number is odd FALSE if it is even Number should be an integer If not PlanMaker automatically drops its decimals ISODD 1 returns TRUE ISODD 1 75 returns TRUE ISODD 2 returns FALSE ISODD 2 75 returns FALSE User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 359 See also ISEVEN ISREF is a valid reference Syntax ISREF Reference Description Returns TRUE if the specified value is a valid reference Example ISREF A1 returns TRUE ISREF A 1 returns TRUE ISREF A1 C7 returns TRUE ISREF some text returns FALSE ISREF FirstQuarter returns FALSE as long as the name FirstQuarter does not exist As soon as you assign the name FirstQuarter to a range of cells this calculation will return TRUE See also ISFORMULA ISTEXT is text Syntax ISTEXT Value Description Returns TRUE if the specified value is text Example If Al contains a text string and C7 contains a number then ISTEXT A1 returns TRUE ISTEXT C7 returns FALSE See also ISNONTEXT ISLOGICAL ISNUMBER KURT kurtosis Syntax KURT Number1 Number2 Number3 Number4 Numbers5 or KURT Rangel Range2 Range3 Description Returns the Kurtosis of a probability distribution 360 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Example See also The Kurtosis is a measure of the peakedness of a distribution compared to a normal distribution see NORMDIST function A normal distribution
404. turns an empty text string LEFT RIGHT REPLACE FIND SEARCH MILLISECONDS milliseconds Syntax Description MILLISECONDS Time Returns the milliseconds of a time value User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 373 Note Example See also This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value MILLISECONDS 12 34 56 555 returns 555 HOUR MINUTE SECOND MIN minimum Syntax Description Example See also MIN Number Number2 Number3 Returns the smallest value in the given numbers Numberl Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored MIN S 7 4 9 returns 4 If the cells Al A3 contain 5 2 and TRUE MIN A1 A3 returns 2 the logical value TRUE is ignored MINA MAX SMALL MINA minimum Syntax Description Note Example MINA Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the smallest value in the given values Valuel Value2 etc are the values to be evaluated Empty cells are ignored Unlike MIN MINA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 MINA S 7 4 9 returns 4 If the cells A1 A3 contain 5 2 and TRUE MINA A1 A3 returns 1 since TRUE evaluates as 1 374 e Formulas and functions User
405. u specify how the series is incremented m Auto Arithmetic series with automatic increment Here every value will be increased by an increment that is determined by PlanMaker automatically If two cells contain the values 10 and 20 the new cells will be filled with 30 40 50 etc also see tips and tricks in the next section 62 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker a Arithmetic Arithmetic series Here every value will be increased by the value entered in the Increment input box For example if the initial cell contains the value 1 and you choose an incre ment of 2 the cells will be filled with 3 5 7 9 11 etc E Geometric Geometrical series Here every value will be multiplied by the value entered in the Increment input box For example if the initial cell contains the value 1 and you choose an incre ment of 2 the new cells will be filled with 2 4 8 16 32 etc E Date Date series Here every value will be increased by the value in the chosen date unit see below This can only be used if the initial cell contains a date For example if the initial cell contains the date 1 1 2000 the increment is 1 and the Date unit is Months the cells will be filled with 1 2 2000 1 3 2000 1 4 2000 etc Increment Lets you specify the amount by which every value will increase from cell to cell Positive or negative increment values can be used This option is not available if the Series type is set to Au
406. ual PlanMaker Customizing PlanMaker e 247 Template folder This is the folder where your document templates are stored You can change the folder by editing this field Default file format Lets you choose which file format you prefer for saving new documents in Plan Maker s own file format or Microsoft Excel file format Saving group box Contains the following options m Create backup copies Check this option if you want to have PlanMaker create bak files of the last saved file when saving documents m Request summary information when saving Check this option to be prompted to enter additional information on new documents author title keywords etc when saving See also section Document summary page 205 m Autosave every minutes Indicates the time between Autosave intervals Autosave is a feature designed to keep your documents even in the event of system crashes or power failures PlanMaker saves your document at regular intervals to temporary files If PlanMaker is restarted after a crash it finds tem porary auto save files and asks you whether you want to restore the work from these files Recently used files Determines the number of entries listed under the File menu for recently used files Note On Pocket PCs the recently used files list is located in the Recent menu Document properties To modify the document properties use the File gt Properties command These settings affect the curre
407. ue to be evaluated Must be gt 0 See also FACT GAUSS PlanMaker 97 compatibility function Syntax GAUSS x Description Returns the integral of the PHI function standard normal cumulative distribution function minus 0 5 Note This function was retained only for compatibility with PlanMaker 97 Use of the following Excel compatible function is recommended in stead GAUSS x equals NORMSDIST x 0 5 See also PHI NORMDIST NORMSDIST GCD greatest common divisor Syntax GCD Number1 Number2 Number3 Description Returns the GCD greatest common divisor of the specified integers The GCD is the largest integer that will divide all of the given integers without a remainder User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 339 Example See also Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated All of them should be integers If not PlanMaker automatically drops their decimals GCD 25 100 250 returns 25 GCD 25 105 250 returns 5 If cells A1 to A3 contain the values 4 8 and 6 respectively GCD A1 A3 returns 2 LCM GEOMEAN geometric mean Syntax Description Example See also GEOMEAN Number1 Number2 Number3 Returns the geometric mean of the specified numbers The geometric mean is the n th root of the product of the given values n is the total number of values Number1 Number2 etc are the numbers to be evaluated All of them have to be greater than ze
408. ulate the total cost of our computer equipment we have to add up the unit prices This is simple to do Go to cell B5 and type an equal sign The equal sign shows PlanMaker that you would like to begin entering a formula Now enter the formula For this purpose you use the cell addresses as variables Type in B2 B3 B4 Note Cell addresses are not case sensitive i e you can enter them in either upper or lower case When you press you will see the result of your first formula VS v X 52 53 B4 B 1499 699 499 2897 Let s see what happens if you change the numbers in the cells Replace 899 by 799 or some other value As soon as you press the result of the calculation is updated immediately Regardless of what cells B2 B3 and B4 contain PlanMaker will always sum them up If you get a quote for a computer system in which only the price for only one component has changed you only need to update that one value and the new total price will be displayed in cell B5 The SUM function The example above is one method of adding up several numbers But while this method is adequate for a few numbers it is clearly too cumbersome for adding 50 numbers that would be one long formula However there are better ways to achieve this the arithmetic functions of PlanMaker Let s find out more about them First make cell B5 the current cell it contains the formula you entered previously 40 e The
409. ulative Returns the Poisson distribution The Poisson distribution describes the occurrence of rare events in a large number of independent trials It can simulate the binomial distribu tion for small values of p probability and large values of n number of trials X is the value to be evaluated Must be 0 394 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Lambda is the expected average value Must be 2 0 In a multi story building an average of 4 light bulbs become defective per week To determine the probability that just 3 light bulbs become defective in one week POISSON 3 4 FALSE returns 0 195366815 i e about 19 5 To determine the probability that at most 3 light bulbs become defective in one week POISSON 3 4 TRUE returns 0 43347 i e about 43 3 BINOMDIST POWER power Syntax Description Annotation Example See also POWER x y Returns x raised to the y th power x is the base y is the exponent The operator does exactly the same POWER x y is equivalent to xy POWER 2 4 equals 24 which equals 16 LOG SQRTN section Arithmetic operators in formulas page 276 PPMT payment on the principal Syntax Description PPMT Rate Per NPer CV FV Type Returns the principal due in the given period for an investment based on periodic constant payments and a constant interest rate Rate is the interest rate per payme
410. um Ctrl Num Ctr Shift Num Col T Ctd T Ctrl L Ctn L User Manual PlanMaker Alignment right Ctrl R Ct R Alignment centered Ctrl Ctri E Alignment flush Cth OCti J Insert gt Function F7 F7 Insert gt Comment F2 Shift F2 Insert current date Ctrl Ctri Insert current time Ctrl Ctrl Shift Extras gt Recalculate F9 F9 Extras gt Update Charts F8 F8 User Manual PlanMaker Keyboard shortcuts e 441 User Manual PlanMaker Keyboard shortcuts e 443
411. used instead If EndDate is the 31st of a month the 1st of the following month will be used instead Exception If StartDate and EndDate are the 31st of a month the 30th of the same month will be used instead for both dates TRUE The European method is used If StartDate or EndDate is the 31st of a month the 30th of the same month will be used instead DAYS360 01 01 2000 02 01 2000 returns 30 DAYS360 02 01 2000 03 01 2000 returns 30 DAYS360 01 01 2000 01 01 2001 returns 360 DATEDIF DAYS NETWORKDAYS TIMEDIFF DAYSPERMONTH days per month Syntax Description DAYSPERMONTH Date Returns the number of days in the specified month 314 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Example This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value DAYSPERMONTH 09 25 1966 returns 30 DAYSPERMONTH 09 25 1966 returns 31 DAYSPERYEAR days per year Syntax Description Note Example See also DAYSPERYEAR Date Returns the number of days in the specified year This function is not supported by Microsoft Excel If you save a docu ment in Excel format all calculations using this function will be re placed by their last result as a fixed value DAYSPERYEAR 01 01 2004 returns 366 2004 is a leap year DAYSPERYEAR 01 01 2005 returns 365 2
412. utomatically You can use PlanMaker s Fill function to quickly copy the content of a cell to other cells or create an increasing or decreasing number series across cells There are two ways to use this function Filling with the mouse To fill cells automatically using the mouse 1 Enter the initial value in a cell 60 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 2 Click on that cell to make it the currently selected cell 3 With the mouse point at the small rectangle in the bottom right corner of the cell frame it is marked in red in the following illustration 4 Drag this rectangle while holding the mouse button down to cover the desired range of cells Release the mouse button as soon as the target position has been reached All cells in the selection you created have now been automatically filled What the cells are filled with depends on the content of the initial cell E If the initial cell contains text PlanMaker fills all cells with this text If the initial cell contains a number e g 42 PlanMaker fills successive cells with incrementing values in this case 43 44 45 etc If you do not want PlanMaker to fill the cells with a series of numbers but instead duplicate the value 42 in all cells press and hold the Ctrl Ctrl key while you are dragging with the mouse To control the fill function precisely press and hold the AWAIt key while drag ging A dialog box described below will appear providin
413. valuated Please note that all values of the entire population have to be given To calculate the standard deviation of a sample use the STDEV function instead Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored The standard deviation is calculated using the biased or n method STDEVP 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 0198 STDEV VARP STDEVPA standard deviation of entire population Syntax Description STDEVPA Valuel Value2 Value3 Returns the standard deviation of an entire population including logical values and text Valuel Value2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Please note that all values of the entire popu lation have to be given To calculate the standard deviation of a sample use the STDEVA function instead Empty cells are ignored User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 415 Note Unlike the STDEVP function STDEVPA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 Annotation The standard deviation is calculated using the biased or n method Example STDEVPA 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 0198 See also STDEVP STEYX standard error of a linear regression Syntax STEY X y_values x_values Description Returns the standard error of a linear regression y_values are the known y values x_values are the known x values Example The resistance of a temperature sensitive re
414. value automatically To use a different value select Custom and enter the desired value User Manual PlanMaker Charts e 183 m Intersection between X and Y axis group box Use this option to determine where the x axis category axis will cross the y axis value axis Auto chooses a suitable value automatically Maximum value places the x axis at the end of the y axis and Custom uses a user defined value Major step value group box Lets you modify the interval between major tick marks on the axis Minor step value group box Lets you modify the interval between minor tick marks on the axis Invert axis direction If this option is checked the direction of the axis is reversed Logarithmic scale If this option is checked the axis will use a logarithmic scale e g 10 100 1000 etc rather than a linear scale Font property sheet Use this property sheet to change the character format font font size font styles etc of the axis labels Note If desired the axis labels can be rotated by choosing the Custom option and selecting the desired angle under Rotation Series axis Z axis The z axis of a chart is also called series axis It is only available for certain three dimensional charts Showing hiding axes To show hide axes select the chart choose Object gt Properties and switch to the Content property sheet Check the axes to be dis played For example if you check the Z axis option the z axis ser
415. values in the Amount column for all records matching the condition Color blue DSUM A11 C16 1 A2 A3 returns 150 Same as above except that the column was specified by its relative number instead of its label Functions from A to Z This section provides an alphabetical list of PlanMaker s arithmetic functions including comprehensive descriptions of each function User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 283 ABS absolute value Syntax Description Example See also ABS Number Returns the absolute value of a number i e removes its sign ABS 42 returns 42 ABS O returns 0 ABS 42 returns 42 SIGN NEG ACOS arccosine Syntax Description Example See also ACOS Number Returns the arccosine of Number i e the angle whose cosine is Number Number must be in the range 1 to 1 ACOS 1 returns 0 ACOS COS 0 1234 returns 0 1234 COS ACOSH inverse hyperbolic cosine Syntax Description Example See also ACOSH Number Returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of Number i e the value whose hyperbolic cosine is Number ACOSH 1 1 returns 0 44357 ACOSH COSH 0 1234 returns 0 1234 COSH ADDRESS cell address as text Syntax ADDRESS Row Column Abs Mode SheetName 284 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Description Example See also Returns a text string containing the address of the cell in the specified Row and
416. ve Example BIN2HEX 101010 returns 2A BIN2HEX 00101010 returns 2A as well BIN2HEX 11111111111111111111111111010110 returns FFFFFFD6 negative value See also HEX2BIN BIN2DEC BIN20CT BIN2OCT binary number to octal number Syntax BIN20CT Number Digits Description Converts the given binary number base 2 to an octal number base 8 Number is the number to be converted It must not contain more than 32 places Negative numbers have to be transformed to two s comple ment notation see last example The optional argument Digits lets you specify the number of places to be displayed If omitted PlanMaker determines the number of required places automatically Digits has to be greater than zero If Digits is smaller than the minimum number of places required to display the number the function returns a NUM error value Digits will be ignored if Number is negative Example BIN20CT 101010 returns 52 BIN20CT 00101010 returns 52 as well BIN2OCT 11111111111111111111111111010110 returns 37777777726 negative value See also OCT2BIN BIN2DEC BIN2HEX User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 293 BINOMDIST binomial distribution Syntax Description Example See also BINOMDIST k n p Cumulative Returns the binomial distribution function The binomial distribution can be used to determine the probability to get k successes in an experiment with n independent trials with only t
417. wo possible outcomes success or failure with a fixed probability of p for each trial For example a coin toss experiment is a binomial experiment see example below k is the number of successes Must be in the range 0 to n n is the number of independent trial runs p is the probability of a success for each trial run Must be in the range 0 to 1 The logical value Cumulative lets you specify which type of function will be used FALSE BINOMDIST uses the probability density function which returns the probability that there are exactly k successes TRUE BINOMDIST uses the cumulative distribution function which returns the probability that there are at most k successes When you toss a coin 10 times n 10 what is the probability that it lands on its tail p 50 exactly 4 times k 4 BINOMDIST 4 10 50 FALSE returns 0 20508 What is the probability that it lands on its tail at most 4 times BINOMDIST 4 10 50 TRUE returns 0 37695 COMBIN CRITBINOM NEGBINOMDIST CEILING round up to a multiple of base Syntax Description CEILING Number Base Rounds Number up away from zero to the nearest multiple of Base Positive numbers are rounded to the nearest multiple of Base that is larger than Number 294 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also Negative numbers are rounded to the nearest multiple of Base that is smaller than Number Number and Base must have the same
418. ws will be hidden To make them reappear 86 e Formatting worksheets User Manual PlanMaker 1 Select any cell range that includes the hidden rows 2 Choose Table gt Row gt Show Hiding columns Hiding and unhiding columns works just the same way except that you use the column headers or the commands Table gt Column gt Hide and Table gt Column gt Show accordingly Number format To change the number format of cells choose Format gt Cell and switch to the Number Format property sheet The number format determines how numbers are represented in these cells For example if you enter 1 234 in a cell and then apply one of the Currency number formats to it it will be displayed with the chosen currency symbol and two decimal places for example as 1 23 Note When you apply a number format that has a fixed number of decimal places the number will only be displayed as a rounded value but still keeps all of its decimal places To actually round numbers use arithmetic functions like the ROUND function To change the number format of cells 1 Select the cells whose number format you want to change To format just a single cell navigate to it without selecting 2 Choose Format gt Cell 3 Switch to the Number format property sheet User Manual PlanMaker Formatting worksheets e 87 4 5 Cell x Number Format Borders Shading Alignment Protection Format Subtype US
419. x Description Example See also SKEW Number1 Number2 Number3 Number4 or SKEW Rangel Range Range3 Returns the skewness of a probability distribution The skewness is a measure of the asymmetry of a distribution If the skewness is zero the distribution is symmetric If it is positive the positive tail is larger if negative the negative tail is larger Number1 Number2 etc are the values to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored At least three values have to be given otherwise the function returns a DIV 0 error value Measuring the height of several test persons led to the following results 1 x 1 60m 2 x 1 65m 4 x 1 70m 2 x 1 75m and 1x1 80m To calculate the skewness of this distribution use the following formula SKEW 1 60 1 65 1 65 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 75 1 75 1 80 returns 4 66562E 15 INTERCEPT FORECAST KURT NORMDIST 408 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker SLN straight line depreciation Syntax Description Example See also SLN Cost Salvage Life Returns the depreciation per period of an asset using the straight line depreciation method Cost Initial cost of asset Salvage Salvage value value at the end of the depreciation Life Life of asset in number of periods Asset parameters initial cost 6000 salvage value 3000 life 5 years SLN 6000 3000 5 returns 600 per year
420. x STDEV Number1 Number2 Number3 Description Estimates the standard deviation of a population based on a sample Number1 Number2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Empty cells text strings and logical values are ignored Annotation The standard deviation is calculated using the unbiased or n 1 method Example STDEV 2 2 3 4 1 returns 1 14018 See also STDEVP VAR STDEVA standard deviation of a sample Syntax STDEVA Valuel Value2 Value3 Description Estimates the standard deviation of a population based on a sample including logical values and text Valuel Value 2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be evaluated Empty cells are ignored 414 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Note Annotation Example See also Unlike the STDEV function STDEVA also evaluates logical values and text FALSE evaluates as 0 TRUE evaluates as 1 Text evaluates as 0 The standard deviation is calculated using the unbiased or n 1 method STDEVA 2 3 4 1 returns 1 14018 STDEV STDEVP standard deviation of entire population Syntax Description Annotation Example See also STDEVP Number Number2 Number3 Returns the standard deviation of an entire population Number1 Number2 etc are single values cell ranges or arrays containing the values to be e
421. xed value Example If Al contains a formula and C7 contains a fixed number or text string then ISFORMULA A1 returns TRUE ISFORMULA C7 returns FALSE See also ISREF ISLOGICAL is a logical value Syntax ISLOGICAL Reference Description Returns TRUE if the specified cell contains a logical value i e TRUE or FALSE Example If Al contains TRUE and C7 contains a text string then ISLOGICAL A1 returns TRUE ISLOGICAL C7 returns FALSE See also ISTEXT ISNUMBER ISNA is not available Syntax ISNA Reference Description Returns TRUE if the specified cell contains a N A error value User Manual PlanMaker Formulas and functions e 357 Example See also Cells contain a N A error value if they contain a the formula NA Q or b a calculation resulting in a N A error More details about the us age of N A error values can be found in section NA error value N A page 384 If Al contains a N A error value then ISNA A1 returns TRUE NAQ ERROR TYPE ISERR ISERROR section Error values page 280 ISNONTEXT is no text Syntax Description Example See also ISNONTEXT Value Returns TRUE if the specified value is not text If Al contains a text string C7 contains a number then ISNONTEXT A1 returns FALSE ISNONTEXT C7 returns TRUE ISTEXT ISLOGICAL ISNUMBER ISNUMBER is numeric Syntax Description Example See also ISNUMBER Value Returns TRUE i
422. xt string Number is the number to be converted Must be 0 and lt 4000 Number should be an integer If not PlanMaker automatically drops its decimals If Number equals zero an empty text string will be returned If the optional argument Form is used PlanMaker tries to create a shorter form of the Roman numeral Form can be any integer from 0 do not shorten through 4 shorten as much as possible ROMAN 1999 returns MCMXCIX ROMAN 1999 0 returns MCMXCIX as well ROMAN 1999 1 returns MLMIL ROMAN 1999 2 returns MXMIX ROMAN 1999 3 returns MVMIV ROMAN 1999 4 returns MIM ROUND round Syntax Description ROUND Numter n Rounds Number to n decimals 402 e Formulas and functions User Manual PlanMaker Example See also n is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is rounded to the nearest integer If n is a negative value Number is rounded to the left of the decimal point For example if n is 2 Number is rounded to the nearest multiple of a hundred see last example ROUND 1 234 2 returns 1 23 ROUND 1 235 2 returns 1 24 ROUND 444 222 0 returns 444 ROUND 444 222 2 returns 400 ROUNDDOWN ROUNDUP TRUNC MROUND ROUNDDOWN round down Syntax Description Example See also ROUNDDOWN Number n Rounds Number down towards zero to n decimals n is the number of decimals If n is omitted Number is rounded to the nearest integer If n is a negativ
423. you maintain the financial records of three branches of a com pany on three worksheets you can create a fourth worksheet that sums the finan cial results of the three branches giving you an integrated view of the company finances To add a new worksheet to a workbook use the Table gt Worksheet gt Insert command To switch between the individual sheets use the worksheet tabs on the worksheet register e Hh Sheeti Sheet 4 Sheet3 Simply click on the desired worksheet tab to switch the currently active worksheet For detailed information see chapter Working with multiple worksheets page 65 User Manual PlanMaker The PlanMaker Tour e 43 Changing the layout of worksheets Let s return to our first sample worksheet and improve the visual layout Plan Maker has many formatting functions that let you fine tune how the worksheets look Adding a headline What is missing from our worksheet is a headline Let s enter one and increase the font size to make it stand out Click on cell B1 to make it the active cell Then for example type the following text My first worksheet Changing character formatting Move the cell frame back to cell B1 again Open the font list in the Formatting toolbar by clicking the small triangle to the right of the font name Eril v H Courier New S Normal Fp Symbol Wp Tahoma OP Times New Roman Wp Verdana Fp Winagdings PlanMaker now displays a list of all fon
424. you want to carry out these commands P Untitled 1 Iof x A B i D E F G a gt Hh Sheet1 To select cells use the mouse the stylus on handheld computers or the key board Using the mouse to select cells With the mouse cell ranges can be selected as follows m Selecting arbitrary cell ranges Cell ranges can be selected by left clicking then dragging the mouse over contiguous cells 52 e Editing worksheets User Manual PlanMaker mu Selecting complete rows and columns A complete column can be selected by clicking on its column header Column headers are buttons above the table labeled A B C and so on There is also a row header for each row It is located at the left of the table and is labeled 1 2 3 etc If you click on a row header the complete row is se lected If you left click and drag the mouse over several column or row headers you can conveniently select multiple columns or rows at the same time m Selecting the entire worksheet The command button in the top left of the worksheet window above the 1 and left of the A will select the entire worksheet as will the Edit gt Select All command E Selecting a single cell Sometimes it is necessary to select a single cell There are two ways to do this Either click on the cell and drag the mouse to a neighboring cell and back again while keeping the left mouse button pressed Or just click on the cell and keep the mouse button down

PlanMaker 2006 User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents